E4647 V5 Government of Tamil Nadu DETAILED PROJECT REPORT (DPR) FOR ROAD IMPROVEMENT WORKS UNDER TAMIL NADU ROAD SECTOR PROJECT II (TNRSP II) August 2014 VOLUME VII: PART A (II) ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN FOR UPGRADING NANGUNERI - BHARATAVARAM OVARI ROAD (SH89) UPTO ECR JUNCTION KM 0/000 TO KM 35/200 October 2014 PREPARATION, REVIEW AND AUTHORISATION Revision Approved for Date Prepared by Reviewed by No. Issueby Dr. Mahaveer Prasad Saini / SK Sinha 0 24.07.2014 Deepak Malik Sippy N Kumar (Team Leader) Dr. Mahaveer Prasad Saini / SK Sinha 1 28.08.2014 Deepak Malik Sippy N Kumar (Team Leader) Dr. Mahaveer Prasad Saini / SK Sinha 2 17.09.2014 Deepak Malik Sippy N Kumar (Team Leader) Dr. Mahaveer Saini / SK Sinha 3 06.10.2014 Sippy N Kumar Deepak Malik (Team Leader) ISSUE REGISTER Number of Distribution List Date Issued Copies Highways Department, Govt. of Tamil Nadu 06.10.14 1(Soft) SMEC staff: Associates: Office Library 06.10.14 1(Soft) SMEC Project File: SMEC COMPANY DETAILS SMEC INDIA PVT LTD – SMEC INTERNATIONAL PTY. LTD., AUSTRALIA (JV) 5th Floor, Tower C, DLF Building No.8 DLF Cyber City, Phase-II. Gurgaon-122002 (Haryana) INDIA T +91-124-4552800, 4501100 Ext.267 | F +91-124-4380043 Email: Deepak.malik@smec.com www.smec.com ROAD IMPROVEMENT WORKS UNDER TAMIL NADU ROAD SECTOR PROJECT II (TNRSP II) For PD, PMU, WB(Transport), TNRSP, Chennai, Tamil Nadu Highways Department, GoTN TNRSP-II ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN Upgrading Nanguneri - Bharatavaram Ovari Road (SH89) Upto ECR Junction km 0/000 to km 35/200 TABLE OF CONTENTS 1 INTRODUCTION .............................................................................................................. 1-1 1.1 ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT (EA) PROCESS ..................................... 1-2 1.2 OBJECTIVES OF ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN (EMP) ............ 1-2 1.3 ENVIRONMENTAL REGULATIONS APPLICABLE TO THE PROJECT ........ 1-3 1.4 METHODOLOGY OF PREPARING EMP ...................................................... 1-4 2 PROJECT DESCRIPTION ............................................................................................... 2-1 2.1 REGIONAL SETTING OF the PROJECT ROAD ............................................ 2-1 2.2 DESCRIPTION OF PROJECT ROAD ............................................................ 2-1 2.3 ENVIRONMENTAL DATA SHEET ................................................................. 2-4 2.4 PROPOSED PROJECT IMPROVEMENTS .................................................... 2-6 2.5 PUBLIC PARTICIPATION .............................................................................. 2-7 2.6 ENVIRONMENTAL ENHANCEMENT MEASURES ADOPTED IN THE PROJECT ....................................................................................................................... 2-7 3 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT ACTION PLAN ...................................................... 3-1 3.1 OBJECTIVE OF EMAP .................................................................................. 3-1 3.2 COMPONENTS OF EMAP ............................................................................ 3-1 3.3 PENALTY CLAUSE FOR NONCONFORMITY TO EMP .............................. 3-25 4 ARRANGEMENTS FOR IMPLEMENTATION OF EMAP ................................................ 4-1 4.1 ORGANIZATION, STAFFING AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF PIU .................. 4-1 4.2 ORGANIZATION, STAFFING AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF CONSTRUCTION SUPERVISION CONSULTANT (CSC) ........................................................... 4-5 4.3 ORGANIZATION, STAFFING AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF CONSTRUCTION CONTRACTOR .............................................................................................. 4-8 4.4 INFORMATION DISSEMINATION ............................................................... 4-10 4.5 GRIEVANCE REDRESSAL MECHANISM ................................................... 4-11 4.6 TRAINING PROGRAMME ON ENVIRONMENTAL ASPECTS .................... 4-12 5 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING AND REPORTING REQUIREMENTS ...................... 5-1 5.1 MONITORING AND REPORTING OF ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT MEASURES ................................................................................................... 5-1 5.2 ENVIRONMENTAL QUALITY MONITORING PLAN FOR THE PROJECT .... 5-3 6 ENVIRONMENTAL BUDGET .......................................................................................... 6-1 DPR VOLUME VII: PART A (II) Page |i Highways Department, GoTN TNRSP-II ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN Upgrading Nanguneri - Bharatavaram Ovari Road (SH89) Upto ECR Junction km 0/000 to km 35/200 LIST OF TABLES TABLE 1-1: LIST OF ENVIRONMENTAL REGULATIONS APPLICABLE TO THE PROJECT ......... 1-3 TABLE 1-2: GUIDELINES IN EMAP .................................................................................................... 1-5 TABLE 2-1: ENVIRONMENTAL DATA SHEET OF NANGUNERI - BHARATAVARAM - OVARI ROAD SECTION OF SH-89 ........................................................................................................ 2-4 TABLE 3-1: ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT ACTION PLAN (EMAP) FOR NANGUNERI – BHARATAVARAM – OVARI ROAD SECTION OF SH-89 UPTO ECR JUNCTION ........ 3-2 TABLE 3-2: SPECIFIC ENVIRONMENTAL ENHANCEMENT MEASURES FOR PROJECT ROAD .. 3- 23 TABLE 4-1: ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF OFFICERS ......................................................... 4-1 TABLE 4-2: STAFFING PATTERN IN CONTRACTOR’S OFFICE ..................................................... 4-9 TABLE 4-3: TRAINING PROGRAMME TO THE CONTRACTOR’S STAFF ..................................... 4-12 TABLE 5-1: MONITORING AND REPORTING PLAN FOR ENTIRE PROJECT ................................ 5-1 TABLE 5-2: ENVIRONMENTAL QUALITY MONITORING PLAN ....................................................... 5-4 TABLE 5-3: BASELINE MONITORING LOCATIONS ALONG NANGUNERI - BHARATAVARAM - OVARI ROAD SECTION OF SH-89 ................................................................................. 5-6 TABLE 6-1: COST ESTIMATES FOR ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT ALONG NANGUNERI - BHARATAVARAM - OVARI ROAD SECTION OF SH-89 UPTO ECR JUNCTION ........ 6-1 LIST OF FIGURES FIGURE 2-1: REGIONAL SETTING OF NANGUNERI – BHARATAVARAM – OVARI ROAD SECTION OF SH-89 ........................................................................................................ 2-2 FIGURE 2-2: LOCATION MAP OF NANGUNERI – BHARATAVARAM – OVARI ROAD SECTION OF SH-89 ................................................................................................................................ 2-3 FIGURE 4-1: INSTITUTIONAL ORGANISATION FOR TNRSP EMP IMPLEMENTATION ............... 4-3 FIGURE 4-2: ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT UNIT (EMU) ........................................................ 4-4 FIGURE 4-3:ORGANISATION STRUCTURE, TNRSP ....................................................................... 4-4 DPR VOLUME VII: PART A (II) P a g e | ii Highways Department, GoTN TNRSP-II ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN Upgrading Nanguneri - Bharatavaram Ovari Road (SH89) Upto ECR Junction km 0/000 to km 35/200 LIST OF ANNEXURE Annexure Description No. 3.1 Guidelines for Siting, Management and Redevelopment of Construction Camps 3.2 Guidelines for Siting, Management and Redevelopment of Labour Camps 3.3 Guidelines for Siting, Management and Redevelopment of Quarry and Stone Crusher 3.4 Guidelines for Siting, Management and Redevelopment of Borrow Areas 3.5 Guidelines for Siting And Management of Debris Disposal Site 3.6 Guidelines for Preparing Comprehensive Waste Management Plan 3.7 Guidelines for Top Soil Conservation And Reuse 3.8 Guidelines To Ensure Worker’s Safety during Construction 3.9 Guidelines For Preparation of Traffic Management Plan 3.10 Guidelines For Storage, Handling, Use And Emergency Response For Hazardous Substances 3.11 Guidelines for Environment Friendly Construction Methodology 3.12 Reporting Format for Identification of Construction Camp Site 3.13 Reporting Formats for Identification of Labour Camp Site 3.14 Reporting Format For Identification of Quarry And Stone Crusher Site 3.15 Reporting Format for Identification of Borrow Areas 3.16 Reporting Format for Identification of Debris Disposal Site 3.17 Reporting Format for Identification of Sources of Water for Construction 3.18 Format for Register of Complaints and It’s Reporting 3.19 Format for Register of Sites Opened, Closed, and It’s Reporting 3.20 Checklist for Monitoring of Construction Camp Management 3.21 Checklist for Monitoring of Labour Camp Management 3.22 Checklist for Monitoring of Quarry And Stone Crusher Management 3.23 Checklist for Monitoring of Borrow Area Management 3.24 Checklist for the Monitoring of Debris Disposal Site Management 3.25 Check List for Monitoring of Redevelopment of Construction Camp Site 3.26 Check List for Monitoring of Redevelopment of Labour Camp Site 3.27 Check List for Monitoring of Redevelopment of Quarry And Stone Crusher Site 3.28 Check List for Monitoring of Redevelopment of Borrow Areas 3.29 Check List for Monitoring of Redevelopment of Debris Disposal Site DPR VOLUME VII: PART A (II) P a g e | iii Highways Department, GoTN TNRSP-II ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN Upgrading Nanguneri - Bharatavaram Ovari Road (SH89) Upto ECR Junction km 0/000 to km 35/200 Annexure Description No. 3.30 Reporting Format for Work Force Management 3.31 Reporting Format for Occupational Health and Safety Measures 3.32 Reporting Format for Top Soil Conservation 3.33 Reporting Format for Water Sprinkling For Dust Suppression 3.34 Reporting Format for Road Safety Measures During Construction 3.35 Format for Register of Accidents and It’s Reporting 3.36 Reporting Format for Environmental Quality Monitoring 3.37 Reporting Format for Enhancement And Mitigation of Cultural Properties 3.38 Reporting Format for Enhancement Measures Other Than Cultural Properties 3.39 Reporting Format for Tree Plantation 3.40 Reporting Format for Monthly Report from Contractor To CSC 3.41 Reporting Format for Monthly Report from CSE To PIU 3.42 List of Permissions to be obtained for the Project 3.43 Schematic Diagram of Catch Drain and Oil Interceptors 3.44 Public Water Sources along the Project Road, Impact and Mitigation 3.45 Location of Bus bays/bus shelter 3.46 Water Bodies Along for the Project Road, Impact, Mitigation And Enhancement 3.47 Quarry and Borrow Areas for the Project Road 3.48 Material Sources Available for the Project Road 3.49 Details of Likely Tree Removal Along the Project Road 3.50 Landscaping, Tree Planting and Environmental Enhancement Plan 3.51 Environmental Enhancement Drawings 3.52 Spoil and Scarified Material Disposal Plan for the Project Road 3.53 Cultural Properties Rehabilitation Measures 3.54 Environmental Standards for Air, Water and Noise Quality 3.55 Reference Environmental, Health and Safety International Practices DPR VOLUME VII: PART A (II) P a g e | iv Highways Department, GoTN TNRSP-II ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN Upgrading Nanguneri - Bharatavaram Ovari Road (SH89) Upto ECR Junction km 0/000 to km 35/200 ABBREVIATIONS Abbreviation Description AIDS Acquired Immunodeficiency Syndrome BIS Bureau of Indian Standards BP Bank Procedure BOD Biological Oxygen Demand BOQ Bill of Quantities CD Cross Drainage CNG Compressed Natural Gas COD Chemical Oxygen Demand COI Corridor of Impact CRZ Coastal Regulation Zone CPCB Central Pollution Control Board CPR Common Property Resource CL Centre Line CO Carbon Monoxide CSC Construction Supervision Consultant CTE Consent to Establish CTO Consent to Operate DPR Detailed Project Report dB(A) Decibel DG Diesel Generator EA Environment Assessment EIA Environmental Impact Assessment EIRR Economic Internal Rate of Return EMP Environmental Management Plan EMAP Environmental Management Action Plan ERoW Existing Right of Way EMU Environment Management Unit EO Environment Officer EPC Engineering Procurement Construction ES Environmental Specialist ESE Environment Safety Engineer Fédération Internationale Des Ingénieurs-Conseils/International Federation of FIDIC Consulting Engineers FMB Field Measurement Book GoI Government of India GoTN Government of Tamil Nadu GW Ground Water HD Highway Department HFL High Flood Level HIV Human Immuno deficiency Virus IMD Indian Meteorological Department IRC Indian Road Congress IS Indian Standards DPR VOLUME VII: PART A (II) Page |v Highways Department, GoTN TNRSP-II ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN Upgrading Nanguneri - Bharatavaram Ovari Road (SH89) Upto ECR Junction km 0/000 to km 35/200 Abbreviation Description ISO International Organization for Standardization KVA Kilo Volt Ampere LHS Left Hand Side l/hr Liter Per hour LPG Liquid Petroleum Gas MoRTH Ministry of Road Transport & Highways MCW Mother and Child fare MoEF&CC Ministry of Environment, Forests and Climate Change NABL National Accreditation Board for Testing and Calibration Laboratories NAAQS National Ambient Air Quality Standards NH National Highway NGO Non-Governmental Organization NOx Oxides of Nitrogen NPV Net Present Value NQ Noise Quality OB Over Burden (Waste) OFC Optical Fiber Cable OHSAS Environmental Health & Safety Management System OP Operational Procedure PAPs Project Affected Persons PPP Public Private Partnership PWD Public Work Department PIA Project Influence Area PIL Public Information Cell POL Petroleum, Oil and Lubricant PIU Project Implementation Unit PM Particulate Matter PPE Personal Protective Equipment PRoW Proposed Right of Way PD Project Director pH Potential of Hydrogen PUC Pollution under Control Certificate PVC Poly Vinyl Chloride QMS Quality Management System RAP Resettlement Action Plan RCC Reinforced Cement Concrete RHS Right Hand Side ROB Railway Over Bridge RoW Right of Way RUB Railway Under Bridge SAR Sodium Adsorption Ration SC Supervision Consultant SCRN State Core Road Network SCSS Senior Construction Safety Specialist SE Superintendent Engineer DPR VOLUME VII: PART A (II) P a g e | vi Highways Department, GoTN TNRSP-II ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN Upgrading Nanguneri - Bharatavaram Ovari Road (SH89) Upto ECR Junction km 0/000 to km 35/200 Abbreviation Description SH State Highway SO2 Sulfur Dioxide SOS Save Our Souls/ Emergency Communication Telephone SP Superintendent of Police SPCB State Pollution Control Board SQ Soil Quality TDS Total Dissolved Solids TNRSP Tamil Nadu Road Sector Project TNPCB Tamil Nadu Pollution Control Board TWAD Tamil Nadu Water Supply and Drainage Board USEPA United State Environment Protection Agency WB World Bank WBG World Bank Group DPR VOLUME VII: PART A (II) P a g e | vii CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION Highways Department, GoTN TNRSP-II ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN Upgrading Nanguneri - Bharatavaram - Ovari Road (SH89) Upto ECR Junction km 0/000 to km 35/200 1 INTRODUCTION The Highway Department, Government of Tamil Nadu (GoTN) is undertaking road development in the State with World Bank assistance loan. The State Highways of length of about 1800km has already been improved under Tamil Nadu Road Sector Project Phase I (TNRSP I). GoTN has now mooted to second phase of road improvement works, namely TNRSP II. A Strategic Options Study (SOS) on the State Core Road Network (SCRN) for selection of candidate roads for improvement was carried out by Tamil Nadu Road Sector Project I, HD in the year 2009-10 and the same was revalidated in 2011-12. State HD has prioritized about 2000km of State Roads for various improvement works under Engineering, Procurement, Construction (EPC)+5 years maintenance/Public Private Partnership (PPP) Contract/ Bill of quantity (BOQ) Contract modes. SMEC India Pvt. Ltd.-SMEC International Pty. Ltd., Australia (JV) has been appointed by Highways Department, GoTN as PPC 05 DPR Consultant vide agreement signed on 18thOctober 2013 to undertake work of second phase, TNRSP II. To define the Environmental Management requirements and to ensure environmental safe guards during construction and operation, an Environmental Management Plan (EMP) has been prepared for the section Nanguneri - Bharatavaram - Ovari Road (Km 0/000 to Km 35/200) of SH-89 of length 35.2 km, (Refer Figure 2.1) considered under Phase-I roads under TNRSP-II. Phase-I roads under TNRSP-II are as follows: 1. Paruvakudi - Kovilpatti - Ettayapuram -Vilathikulam - Vembar Road (SH44) km 22/500 to km 38/750 and km 41/300 to km 56/700 2. Nanguneri - Bharatavaram - Ovari Road upto ECR Junction (SH89) km 0/000 to km 35/200) 3. Rajapalayam - Sankarakoil – Tirunelveli Road (SH41) km 1/800 to km 28/000 and km 33/800 to km 82/800 As a first step an Environmental Assessment (EA) has been prepared in accordance to the World Bank requirements for the roads considered under Phase –I roads under TNRSP-II. This document provides the Environmental Management Action Plan (EMAP) for Nanguneri - Bharatavaram - Ovari Road upto ECR Junction (Km 0/000 to Km 35/200) Section of SH-89 comprising activity wise impacts and mitigation measures identified for each environmental attribute like land, water, air, noise, biological environment and social environment for the project road. A robust Monitoring and Reporting (M&R) system is in-built into it for various phases of the project and activities. This is supported by annexures, which provides (i) detailed guidelines to enable the contractor to implement the EMAP in an appropriate manner, (ii) monitoring formats for the contractor to report to CSC (Construction Supervision Consultant) and (iii) checklists for the CSC to monitor the implementation of EMAP. The acquisition of land, which has already been identified under design stage, is under process. RAP provides compensation and rehabilitation, for direct (private properties) social DPR VOLUME VII: PART A (II) P a g e | 1-1 Highways Department, GoTN TNRSP-II ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN Upgrading Nanguneri - Bharatavaram - Ovari Road (SH89) Upto ECR Junction km 0/000 to km 35/200 impacts, while EMP provides other social impact mitigation and enhancement for direct (public properties) and indirect impacts. 1.1 ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT (EA) PROCESS The EA has been carried out for the roads considered as Phase –I roads under TNRSP-II as mentioned above. The project/road specific issues are addressed in the Environmental Assessment report and EMP. This document addresses the corridor-specific Environmental Management Plan (EMP) for the 35.2 km of Nanguneri - Bharatavaram - Ovari Road Section upto ECR Junction of SH-89 included in the TNRSP Phase-II improvement programme. EA and EMP reports identifies the environmental impacts in the earlier stages of project preparation to incorporate necessary mitigation measures required to minimise those impacts as well as to enhance the positive factors. All environmental management/ mitigation costs including environmental monitoring and training budget have been included in the EMP Cost provided in Chapter 6. The project’s Social Impact Assessments resulted in the preparation of a Resettlement Action Plan (RAP) to address the land acquisition procedures and all associated social aspects such as compensation, resettlement and relocation for the project road. Similarly, the environmental studies has led to the preparation of project specific EMPs. This document assists the Contractor and associated officials to mitigate or minimize the negative social and environmental impacts due to the construction and operation of the project and to enhance the positive impact of this project. The EMP has been prepared to meet the GOI requirements as specified by the Ministry of Environment, Forests and Climate Change (MoEF & CC) and meeting the requirements of the World Bank. Its purpose is to present an evaluation of potential impacts due to the proposed widening of the existing Nanguneri - Bharatavaram - Ovari Road Section of SH-89 upto ECR Junction. The document includes the impacts, mitigation measures and appropriate costs for the proposed mitigation measures. Institutional strengthening for environmental management is also an essential part of this document for implementing contract provisions and other environmental mitigation and enhancement provisions. 1.2 OBJECTIVES OF ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN (EMP) The objectives of the Environmental Management Plan (EMP) are to Define the environmental management principles and guidelines for the pre- construction, construction and post construction phases of the road improvement; Describe the practical mitigation measures that will be implemented on road improvement works and ancillary sites (Quarry and borrow areas) to prevent or mitigate any negative environmental impacts and to enhance the positive issues; Establish the roles and responsibilities of all parties involved in the implementation of environmental controls; Establish monitoring and reporting system for facilitating appropriate implementation of EMP. DPR VOLUME VII: PART A (II) P a g e | 1-2 Highways Department, GoTN TNRSP-II ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN Upgrading Nanguneri - Bharatavaram - Ovari Road (SH89) Upto ECR Junction km 0/000 to km 35/200 1.3 ENVIRONMENTAL REGULATIONS APPLICABLE TO THE PROJECT Summary of environmental clearances/ permits/ approvals required for the sub-project is presented in Table 1.1. During the pre-construction stage, the responsibility of obtaining clearances from concerned authority lies with TNRSP. The required clearances during construction phase shall be obtained by the contractor. Table 1-1: List of Environmental Regulations Applicable to the Project Sl. Type of Clearance Statutory Project Applicability Responsibility No. / Permission Authority stage 1. Tree felling District For roadside tree Pre TNRSP Permission Collector cutting construction 2. Consent to TNPCB For establishment of Pre Contractor Establish under the construction camp, construction Air (Prevention & construction plant, Control of Pollution) crusher, batching Act, 1981 and the plant etc. Water (Prevention &Control of Pollution) Act, 1974 3. Consent to Operate TNPCB For operating Construction Contractor under the Air construction plant, stage (Prevention & crusher, batching (Prior to Control of Pollution) plant etc. initiation of Act, 1981 and the any work Water (Prevention &Control of Pollution) Act, 1974 4. Permission to TN Irrigation Use of surface water Construction Contractor withdraw water for Department for construction stage construction from (Prior to surface water initiation of sources such as any work) Rivers/Ponds 5. Permission to State and Extraction of ground Construction Contractor withdraw ground Central water stage water for Ground Water (Prior to construction from Boards initiation of new sources any work) 6. Permission for TNPCB Manufacture, Construction Contractor storage, handling storage and import stage and transport of of Hazardous (Prior to hazardous Chemical initiation of materials any work 7. Explosive License Chief For storing fuel oil, Construction Contractor Controller of lubricants, diesel stage DPR VOLUME VII: PART A (II) P a g e | 1-3 Highways Department, GoTN TNRSP-II ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN Upgrading Nanguneri - Bharatavaram - Ovari Road (SH89) Upto ECR Junction km 0/000 to km 35/200 Sl. Type of Clearance Statutory Project Applicability Responsibility No. / Permission Authority stage Explosives etc. at construction (Prior to camp initiation of any work) 8. Quarry Lease Deed Dept. of Quarry operation Construction Contractor and Quarry License Mining; (for new quarry) stage from State Concerned Environmental (Prior to Department of District Clearance from initiation of Mines and Geology Administration; SEIAA and any work) SEIAA; CTE/CTO from TNPCB TNPCB. 9. PUC for vehicles Motor Vehicle For all Construction Contractor for construction Department of construction stage under Central Tamil Nadu vehicles (Prior to Motor and Vehicle State initiation of Act 1988 any work) 10. Labour license Labour Engagement of Construction Contractor commissioner Labour stage office (Prior to initiation of any work) 1.4 METHODOLOGY OF PREPARING EMP Much of the environmental degradation that happens during the construction stage of a highway can be prevented or controlled, if there is an appropriate system in place. Hence, this EMAP table has been specifically designed to capture all the impacts that take place during the entire life cycle of a project from design to operation stage. Accordingly, a thorough activity analysis was carried out listing all the project activities, based on which an impact identification matrix was prepared to understand the impacts upon various environmental attributes such as land, water, air, noise, flora and fauna. Lastly, socio- economic impact on people and solid waste generation were also considered as separate impacts. Based on this exercise, an Environmental Management Plan (EMP) has been prepared suggesting various mitigation measures to avoid or minimize the impacts of the project on the environment during the pre-construction, construction and operation phases. Two sets of guidelines were prepared and incorporated in the EMAP table of EMP reports to enable the contractor to implement the project with least impact upon the environment– (i) Guidelines for entire project stretch including the project facilities like camps and sites and (ii) Guidelines exclusively for siting, management and restoration of project facilities like camps and sites. Table 1.2 highlights the list of these guidelines: DPR VOLUME VII: PART A (II) P a g e | 1-4 Highways Department, GoTN TNRSP-II ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN Upgrading Nanguneri - Bharatavaram - Ovari Road (SH89) Upto ECR Junction km 0/000 to km 35/200 Table 1-2: Guidelines in EMAP Sl. No. Title A GUIDELINES FOR ENTIRE PROJECT STRETCH 1 Guidelines for preparing Comprehensive Waste Management Plan 2 Guidelines for Top Soil Conservation and Reuse 3 Guidelines to Ensure Worker’s Safety during Construction 4 Guidelines for Preparation of Traffic Management Plan Guidelines for Storage, Handling, Use and Emergency Response For Hazardous 5 Substances 6 Environmental Monitoring Plan B GUIDELINES FOR PROJECT FACILITIES 1 Guidelines for Siting, Management and Redevelopment of Construction Camps 2 Guidelines for Siting, Management and Redevelopment of Labour Camps Guidelines for Siting, Management and Redevelopment of Quarrying and Stone 3 Crushing Operations 4 Guidelines for Siting, Management and Redevelopment of Borrow Areas 5 Guidelines for Siting and Management of Debris Disposal Site The guidelines for project facilities have been structured with following objectives: i. It facilitates the selection of a site with least environmental impact, ii. It looks into the satisfaction of the land owner in case of leased out / rent outlands, iii. It guides the contractor with step by step measures in setting up of an efficient and environment friendly camp / site, iv. It ensure smooth, safe and efficient functioning of these camps and sites v. It guides the contractor in preparing a camp / site management and restoration plan to be submitted to CSC (prior to setting up of the camp/site) vi. It facilitates restoration of the site at the closure stage in a very environment friendly manner. EMP assigns the responsibilities for various actions identified to limit the adverse impacts of the project. An environmental monitoring plan and an institutional framework have been proposed as part of the EMP for proper implementation and monitoring of mitigation measures. The cost for implementing the proposed environmental mitigation measures and carrying out the environmental monitoring has been worked out and is presented in the EMP for necessary budgetary allocations as part of the project cost. In order to implement various environmental requirements during pre-construction, construction and operational phases, all mitigation and enhancement measures have been clearly built in to the Environmental Management Plan (Figure.1-1) including cost. DPR VOLUME VII: PART A (II) P a g e | 1-5 Highways Department, GoTN TNRSP-II ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN Upgrading Nanguneri - Bharatavaram - Ovari Road (SH89) Upto ECR Junction km 0/000 to km 35/200 Figure 1-1: Approach to EMP Implementation DPR VOLUME VII: PART A (II) P a g e | 1-6 CHAPTER 2 PROJECT DESCRIPTION Highways Department, GoTN TNRSP-II ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN Upgrading Nanguneri - Bharatavaram - Ovari Road (SH89) Upto ECR Junction km 0/000 to km 35/200 2 PROJECT DESCRIPTION 2.1 REGIONAL SETTING OF THE PROJECT ROAD Tamil Nadu lies in the southernmost part of the Indian Peninsula and is bordered by the union territory of Puducherry and the states of Kerala, Karnataka, and Andhra Pradesh. It is bounded by the Eastern Ghats on the north, by the Nilgiri, the Anamalai Hills, and Kerala on the west, by the Bay of Bengal in the east, by the Gulf of Mannar and the Palk Strait on the southeast, and by the Indian Ocean on the south. Tamil Nadu is the eleventh largest state in India by area and the sixth most populous state in India. Presently there are 32 districts and 208 taluks in the State. The project road is located in the Tirunelveli district. Regional setting of the project road is shown in Figure 2.1. 2.2 DESCRIPTION OF PROJECT ROAD Nanguneri-Bharatavaram-Ovari Road upto ECR Junction (Km 0/000 to Km 35/200) Section of SH-89 The project road stretch passes through Tirunelveli District of Tamil Nadu state. The location map of the project road is shown in Figure 2-2. SH No. Description of Road link Districts Length (Km) SH89 Strengthening and widening of Nanguneri Tirunelveli 35.200 – Bharatavaram – Ovari Road upto ECR Junction, Km 0/000 to Km 35/200 The project road starts from Nanguneri, NH-7 junction at Km 0/000 and ends at Ovari at Km 35/200, covering a design length of 35.200 km. The road is passing through 13 villages, covering only Tirunelveli district. About 11.02 km stretch (31%) of the road traverses through built-up area. The road traverses through plain terrain. Nanguneri – Bharatavaram – Ovari Road upto ECR Junction (km 0/000 to km 35/200) section of SH-89 is a two-lane road and proposed for two-lane up gradation with paved shoulders. (Except the stretch from km0/000 to km15/500 falling within 10 km buffer zone of Koonthakulam Bird Sanctuary) Existing Features: The existing road stretch has 42 minor and 5 major junctions. There is no truck lay bye, underpass, flyover and ROB/RUB. There is no major bridge and minor bridges, 4 causeways and 30 nos. of culverts. There are 37 nos. of bus stops along the road. There is no reserve/protected forest within RoW of project road. Koonthakulam Bird Sanctuary is located at about 7.5km distance from road (Stretch from km0/000 to Km15/500 falls within 10km buffer of sanctuary). There is no archaeological site within 500m of project road. DPR VOLUME VII: PART A (II) P a g e | 2-1 Highways Department, GoTN TNRSP-II ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN Upgrading Nanguneri - Bharatavaram - Ovari Road (SH89) Upto ECR Junction km 0/000 to km 35/200 Figure 2-1: Regional Setting of Nanguneri – Bharatavaram – Ovari Road section of SH-89 DPR VOLUME VII: PART A (II) P a g e | 2-2 Highways Department, GoTN TNRSP-II ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN Upgrading Nanguneri - Bharatavaram - Ovari Road (SH89) Upto ECR Junction km 0/000 to km 35/200 Figure 2-2: Location Map of Nanguneri – Bharatavaram – Ovari Road section of SH-89 DPR VOLUME VII: PART A (II) P a g e | 2-3 Highways Department, GoTN TNRSP-II ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN Upgrading Nanguneri - Bharatavaram - Ovari Road (SH89) Upto ECR Junction km 0/000 to km 35/200 2.3 ENVIRONMENTAL DATA SHEET Environmental data sheet comprises of chainage wise existing details of environmental and social features, road furnitures, locations of cross drainage structures and water body and sensitive receptors details of the project corridor. Table 2.1 presents the Environmental Data Sheet of Nanguneri - Bharatavaram - Ovari Road section of SH-89 upto ECR Junction. Table 2-1: Environmental Data Sheet of Nanguneri - Bharatavaram - Ovari Road section of SH-89 Chainage Environmental and Social Features From To LHS RHS CD Structures (Km) (Km) 0.00 1.00 Open Land/Barren Land , Open Open Land/Barren Land , Culvert Well, 2 Grave Yards, Pond, Tube Well, Temple, Old Age Bus Stop Home, College 1.00 2.00 Open Land/Barren Land, Check Open Land/Barren Land, 2 Culvert dam\Bund Ponds 2.00 3.00 Hand Pump, Open Well, 2 Tube Culvert well switch Tap Water Tank, Partially Built-up,Check Over Head Water Supply Tank, dam\Bund, Bus Stop 2 Temples, Drain, Partially Built-up, Bus Stop 3.00 4.00 Partially Built-up, Tube well with 3 Culverts Tap Water Tank, 2 Temples, Partially Built-up, 2 Bus Stops Grave Yard, Bus Stop 4.00 5.00 Open Land/Barren Land, Bus 3 Culverts, Open Land/Barren Land Stop Causeway 5.00 6.00 Open Land/Barren Land , Hand Culvert Pump, 2 Tube wells with Tap Open Land/Barren Land, Bus Water Tank, Tap Water Tank, Stop Temple, Panchayat Library, Check dam\Bund, Bus Stop 6.00 7.00 Partially Built-up, Hand Pump, 3 Culverts Partially Built-up,Grave Yard Grave Yard 7.00 8.00 Partially Built-up Partially Built-up Culvert 8.00 9.00 Partially Built-up , Tube well Culvert Partially Built-up, Open Well, with Tap Water Tank, 4 Tube well with Tap Water Temples, School, Grave Tank, Bus Stop Yard, Check dam\Bund, Bus Stop 9.00 10.00 Open Land/Barren Land, Hand Open Land/Barren Land, 2 Culvert Pump, Open Well, Check Schools, Check dam\Bund, 2 dam\Bund, 2 Bus Stop Bus Stop 10.00 11.00 Built-Up Area, Tube well with Built-Up Area, Church, 2 Bus Tap Water Tank, Tap Water Stops Tank, Church, 2 Schools, 2 Bus Stop DPR VOLUME VII: PART A (II) P a g e | 2-4 Highways Department, GoTN TNRSP-II ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN Upgrading Nanguneri - Bharatavaram - Ovari Road (SH89) Upto ECR Junction km 0/000 to km 35/200 Chainage Environmental and Social Features From To LHS RHS CD Structures (Km) (Km) 11.00 12.00 Built-Up Area, Tube well with Built-Up Area, Temple, Bus Tap Water Tank, Church Stop 12.00 13.00 Barren Land, Tube well with Barren Land, Tube well with Tap Water Tank Tap Water Tank, 2 Bus Stop 13.00 14.00 Barren Land, Check dam\Bund, Barren Land ,Tap Water Tank, Drain, Bus Stop Bus Stop Causeway 14.00 15.00 Barren Land ,School, College, Barren Land, Tap Water Tank, Culvert Bus Stop Bus Stop 15.00 16.00 Built-Up Area, Open Well, Tap Built-Up Area, Temple, 2 Bus Culvert Water Tank, Check dam\Bund Stop 16.00 17.00 Built-Up Area, Open Well, Culvert Built-Up Area, School, Drain, Tube well with Tap Water Check dam\Bund, Bus Stop Tank, Temple, Bus Stop 17.00 18.00 Built-Up Area, Open Well, Built-Up Area, Temple, Grave Culvert Grave Yard Yard 18.00 19.00 Built-Up Area Built-Up Area, Church 19.00 20.00 Hand Pump, Temple, Bus Built-Up Area Stop 20.00 21.00 Built-Up Area ,Church Built-Up Area Culvert 21.00 22.00 Built-Up Area ,Check Built-Up Area dam\Bund 22.00 23.00 Built-Up Area ,School, Bus Stop Built-Up Area, Bus Stop Culvert 23.00 24.00 Open / Barren Land, Check Open / Barren Land ,Grave Culvert dam\Bund, Bus Stop Yard, Drain, Bus Stop 24.00 25.00 Open / Barren Land , Check Open / Barren Land, Over Culvert dam\Bund, Bus Stop Head Water Supply Tank 25.00 26.00 Open / Barren Land ,2 Open Open / Barren Land, Church, Well, Over Head Water Supply Bus Stop Tank, School, 2 Bus Stops 26.00 27.00 2 Drains, Open / Barren Land, Bus Stop Open / Barren Land Culvert, Causeway 27.00 28.00 Built-Up Area , Over Head Built-Up Area , Temple, Bus Culvert, Water Supply Tank, Bus Stop Stop Culvert 28.00 29.00 Built-Up Area , 2 Temples, Built-Up Area Bus Stop 29.00 30.00 Built-Up Area , Water Supply Drain Tank (PHED), Over Head Built-Up Area Water Supply Tank, 3 Temples 30.00 31.00 Built-Up Area Built-Up Area, School Drain 31.00 32.00 Built-Up Area, Built-Up Area, Built-Up Area, Bus Stop Open Well, 2 Church, Bus Stop 32.00 33.00 Built-Up Area, School Built-Up Area Culvert DPR VOLUME VII: PART A (II) P a g e | 2-5 Highways Department, GoTN TNRSP-II ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN Upgrading Nanguneri - Bharatavaram - Ovari Road (SH89) Upto ECR Junction km 0/000 to km 35/200 Chainage Environmental and Social Features From To LHS RHS CD Structures (Km) (Km) 33.00 34.00 Cashew Plantation, Hand Pump, Over Head Water Coconut Plantation Supply Tank 34.00 35.200 Cashew Plantation, 4 Tube well 2 Culverts Coconut Plantation and Chamber 2.4 PROPOSED PROJECT IMPROVEMENTS Study mandates the improvement of the project road to two-lane with paved shoulders standard with other improvements to make the road a standard facility. However, no widening is proposed for the project road stretch from km0/000 to km 15/500 (falling within 10 km buffer zone of Koonthakulam Bird Sanctuary, where it will be 2-lane without paved shoulder). Improvement proposals formulated are based on the IRC guidelines and site specific requirements. The proposed improvements are aimed at easing traffic congestion, reducing the road accidents by improving physical characteristics of the road, which includes geometry, pavement strength, drainage, and enhancing the aesthetics. General philosophy followed in formulating the improvement proposals are: Limit the improvements within the land identified for the project. Utilize the available Right of Way to the maximum extent possible so as to avoid additional land acquisitions Improve and introduce the project facilities Improvement of road safety features Accordingly, the following optimum level of improvements is proposed: Two-lane with paved shoulder (16m PRoW in urban stretches and 23m in rural stretches) except the stretch from km0/000 to km15/500 (falling within 10 km buffer zone of Koonthakulam Bird Sanctuary) Reconstruction of existing 4 nos. causeway to minor bridge Reconstruction of 6 nos. of pipe culverts to box culverts and 6 nos. of slab/cut stone culverts to box culverts. Retaining/widening of 11 nos. of pipe culverts and 6 nos. of slab culverts. Construction of 9 additional box culverts and 4 additional pipe culverts. Proposal for 18 nos. of bus bays/bus shelters Footpath of 1.5m width in built up area Proposal for traffic control devices and road safety features Improvement of existing intersections No proposal for truck laybye, underpass, flyover and ROB/RUB. DPR VOLUME VII: PART A (II) P a g e | 2-6 Highways Department, GoTN TNRSP-II ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN Upgrading Nanguneri - Bharatavaram - Ovari Road (SH89) Upto ECR Junction km 0/000 to km 35/200 There is no proposal of bypass. One major realignment is proposed at Thisaiyanvillai (km26/800 to km 30/000). Apart from that, three major horizontal curve improvements are also proposed(Refer section E of Annexure 3.50). 2.5 PUBLIC PARTICIPATION To provide better and qualitative planning options; consultations with specific objectives, agenda were conducted in structured manner. For this purpose, much advance date and venue of consultation were fixed in coordination with the PRIs representatives at villages level and Tehsildar, Forest officials (range official) etc. Structured Public Consultations (PC) were conducted jointly by Technical, Social and Environment team members along Nanguneri - Bharatavaram Ovari Road upto ECR Junction (km 0/000 to km 35/200), Section of SH 89 on 15.05.2014 at two locations (1) Emankulam Village and (2) Tisanyanvillai. The major issues/concerns and their adopted mitigation measures are as follows: Realignment feasibility studied for Tisaiyanvillai and major realignment is approved by the World Bank and TNRSP. The Idaingudi by pass proposal was studied and decision was made saying unviable. The Idanyankudi Village will be strengthened with edge to edge improvement. The Ovari Siva Temple will be considered for enhanced proposal of development nearby tourist/ pilgrimage places. The road will be extended upto ECR junction. 2.6 ENVIRONMENTAL ENHANCEMENT MEASURES ADOPTED IN THE PROJECT General environmental enhancement measures proposed for the project are reconstruction of affected open well, construction of soak pit for open wells and hand pumps along the road to recharge water, recharge pits on both sides of roads in rural areas, planting trees on both sides of the road at places where land is available, plantation in realignment sections, landscaping of junctions etc., Apart from this, public utilities such as construction of bus shelters at bus bays locations, providing hand pump facility at bus bays for drinking water will be undertaken along the project corridor. The details of road specific environmental enhancement measures are presented in Table 3- 2. DPR VOLUME VII: PART A (II) P a g e | 2-7 CHAPTER 3 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT ACTION PLAN Highways Department, GoTN TNRSP-II ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN Upgrading Nanguneri - Bharatavaram - Ovari Road (SH89) Upto ECR Junction km 0/000 to km 35/200 3 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT ACTION PLAN Environmental Management Action Plan (EMAP) deals with the implementation procedure of the guidelines and measures recommended to avoid, minimize and mitigate environmental impacts of the project. It also includes management measures suggested for enhancement of the environmental quality along the project corridor. The institutional arrangement made under the project will look into the implementation of project as well as EMAP as provided in this chapter. The various legal settings applicable to the project are briefly stated in chapter 1. The avoidance, mitigation & enhancement measures for protection of the environment along the project corridor have been discussed in detail in Chapter 8 of EA report. Although the social impacts, its mitigation and management are an essential component of the EMAP, this chapter excludes it for the purpose of clarity and procedural requirements. Social elements have been dealt in separate volume namely, Resettlement and Rehabilitation Action Plan (RAP). 3.1 OBJECTIVE OF EMAP The EMAP is a plan of action for mitigation / management / avoidance of the negative impacts of the project and enhancement of the project corridor. For each measure to be taken, its location, timeframe, implementation and overseeing / supervision responsibilities have been incorporated. 3.2 COMPONENTS OF EMAP The components of the EMAP have been detailed in Table 3.1, which explains the environmental issues and the avoidance/ mitigation/ minimization or enhancement measures adopted and/or to be adopted during different phases of the project. It also provides the references for the suggested measures, responsible agency for its implementation/ management as well as its timeframe. DPR VOLUME VII: PART A (II) P a g e | 3-1 Highways Department, GoTN TNRSP-II ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN Upgrading Nanguneri - Bharatavaram - Ovari Road (SH89) Upto ECR Junction km 0/000 to km 35/200 Table 3-1: Environmental Management Action Plan (EMAP) for Nanguneri – Bharatavaram – Ovari Road section of SH-89 upto ECR Junction Environmental Implementing Responsible Mitigation/Enhancement measures Time frame Reference Impact & Issues Organization Organization DESIGN PHASE General Standard cross section alternatives were used for the During Design PIU – TNRSP Design Economic consideration of Project road design depending on the traffic requirement Consultant/ Analysis, DPR Cross section and economic indicators like EIRR & NPV. Contractor Alternatives Geometric Design The proposed alignment is selected/adjusted (within During PIU – TNRSP Design Geometric IRC/MoRTH specifications) alignment Consultant/ Design, Main to minimize land disturbance design Contractor Report, DPR to avoid culturally & environmentally sensitive areas – cultural properties, water bodies etc. Issues from Various issues raised were examined & suitably During Design PIU - TNRSP Design Chapter 5: stakeholder incorporated based on merit & other road safety Consultants Stakeholder Consultations measures. Consultation of EA Report Avoidance of Cultural properties along the alignment were identified. During PIU – TNRSP PIU – EMU, (Refer Cultural Properties Religious Structures were avoided by adjustment of alignment Design Annexure 3.53) alignment. design Consultants/ 7 cultural properties will be impacted (5 temples and 2 Contractor church) Preservation of tree About 60% of the existing trees have been saved During TNRSP, PIU – EMU, MoRTH clause during alignment design. alignment District Design 201.5 (Page 42) No trees will be cut beyond toe line. design Collector of Consultants/ Tirunelveli Contractor Annexure 3.50 DPR VOLUME VII: PART A (II) P a g e | 3-2 Highways Department, GoTN TNRSP-II ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN Upgrading Nanguneri - Bharatavaram - Ovari Road (SH89) Upto ECR Junction km 0/000 to km 35/200 Environmental Implementing Responsible Mitigation/Enhancement measures Time frame Reference Impact & Issues Organization Organization Detailed Avenue plantation scheme is prepared, for district plantation all along the project corridor, cost is considered in Budget. Design Discharge & Bridges have been designed for the 50-year flood During Design TNRSP Design Hydrology report Drainage design frequency. All culverts have been designed for 25 years Consultants/ flood frequency. The fill height has been designed for 50- Contractor year flood. Monitoring at critical The monitoring of Air, land, water and Noise has been During Design TNRSP Design Section 4.2.2 locations carried out at critical locations along the project corridor. Consultants (Air), section This will serve as a benchmark for monitoring during 4.3.3 (Soil) construction and operational phases. (Refer Section 5.2 of section 4.4.3 Chapter 5) (Water), section 4.5.1 (Noise) of Chapter 4: Baseline Environment of EA Report External Influence Location and basic facilities at site are suggested in a way During Design TNRSP Design Annexure 3.1 of construction to cause minimum interference with the local system, for Consultants/ camp details refer Annexure 3.1: Guidelines for siting, Contractor management and redevelopment of construction camp Road safety issue Geometric improvement has been incorporated as per IRC During PIU - TNRSP Design Refer section 2.8 due to poor codes and MoRTH specifications. alignment Consultants/ (1) of Chapter 2 geometrics design Contractor of EA Report. DPR VOLUME VII: PART A (II) P a g e | 3-3 Highways Department, GoTN TNRSP-II ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN Upgrading Nanguneri - Bharatavaram - Ovari Road (SH89) Upto ECR Junction km 0/000 to km 35/200 Environmental Implementing Responsible Mitigation/Enhancement measures Time frame Reference Impact & Issues Organization Organization Diversion of Traffic Appropriate diversion of traffic schemes to ensure smooth During Design PIU - TNRSP Design Annexure 3.9 traffic flow, minimize accidents during construction, design Consultants/ of diversionary signage. Contractor Accident black spot Improved road surface with improved road geometry, During design PIU - TNRSP Design Refer section 2.8 Pedestrian facilities and Bus stops are planned. Lining and Stage. Traffic Police Consultants/ of Chapter 2 of signing is given a high priority for all road junctions. Safety Contractor/ EA Report. Audits completed on the final design drawing and Traffic Police corrective measures undertaken. PRE-CONSTRUCTION PHASE Permissions/ Tree felling permission will be obtained from District After TNRSP, PIU – EMU, Annexure 3.42 Approvals Collector of Tirunelveli district centerline District Design marking at Collector of Consultants / site. Tirunelveli Contractor Land Acquisition The land acquisition will be done as per “The Right to Fair After TNRSP, PIU, Land Compensation and Transparency in Land Acquisition, proposed Revenue Acquisition Resettlement Rehabilitation and Resettlement Act, 2013” centerline Department Officer Action Plan marking at site (LAO-TNRSP) CSC Property Acquisition Compensation to be paid to Project Affected Peoples Post design to TNRSP, PIU Resettlement based on the Entitlement matrix as provided in Pre- Revenue R&R Officer Action Plan Resettlement Action Plan. construction. Department, (TNRSP), CSC NGOs recommended in RAP Relocation of All underground and overhead community utilities will be Post design to TNRSP, PIU – R&R DPR VOLUME VII: PART A (II) P a g e | 3-4 Highways Department, GoTN TNRSP-II ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN Upgrading Nanguneri - Bharatavaram - Ovari Road (SH89) Upto ECR Junction km 0/000 to km 35/200 Environmental Implementing Responsible Mitigation/Enhancement measures Time frame Reference Impact & Issues Organization Organization Utilities shifted as per utility shifting plan, prior permission will be Pre- Design officer, CSC/ Resettlement obtained from regional offices of Electricity, construction Consultant Contractor Action Plan Telecommunications, OFC, Water works etc. Loss of drinking Total 17 nos. of drinking water sources (hand pump- 2, Post design to TNRSP PIU, Annexure 3.44 water source open well -1,water supply tap -4 and Tube well-10) will be Pre- Ground Water CSC, replaced according to RAP construction. Board /PHED Contractor Tree Felling A total of 773 trees girth size > 30 cm to be felled. (Refer Post design to TNRSP, PIU – EMU, MoRTH clause Annexure 3.49) Permission will be obtained from District Pre- District CSC 201.5 (Page 42) Collector of Tirunelveli District, before felling of trees. construction. Collector. Contractor Cultural Properties 7 cultural properties will be impacted (5 temples fully Pre PIU – TNRSP CSC, RAP impacted and 2 church partially impacted) Construction PIU – EMU, Contractor Bus Stops 18 nos. of bus stops are proposed During design PIU – TNRSP Design Annexure 3.45 stage. Consultants/ Contractor CONSTRUCTION PHASE Clearances, List of clearance required prior to start of construction Construction PIU – TNRSP Contractor General Approvals and Activity is provided in Chapter 1 as Table 1.1. stage (Prior to PIU – EMU Conditions of Permits initiation of Contractor Contract Provide a copy of all necessary clearances to the CSC / any work District EMU Collector Adhere to all clearance terms and conditions Obtain written permission from private landholders to Clause 111.3, conduct construction activities on their land prior to MoRTH commencing works. DPR VOLUME VII: PART A (II) P a g e | 3-5 Highways Department, GoTN TNRSP-II ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN Upgrading Nanguneri - Bharatavaram - Ovari Road (SH89) Upto ECR Junction km 0/000 to km 35/200 Environmental Implementing Responsible Mitigation/Enhancement measures Time frame Reference Impact & Issues Organization Organization Environmental Monitoring will be carried out regularly as per the frequency During and SPCB, PIU - Contractor (Refer Section Management and locations provided under Section 5.2 of Chapter 5. after TNRSP 5.2 of Chapter 5 and Monitoring construction of EMP) Facility Equipment (2.5 years for EMP (Meters, construction Vehicles and and initial 2 Buildings) years of operation) Asphalting Asphalt mixing plants will be sited over 1000 m (refer During PIU- TNRSP, Contractor MORTH CPCB/SPCB) from any communities. Mixing Construction CSC, Specification equipment will be well sealed, and be equipped with a SPCB 111, 111.5 dust-removal device. Operators will wear dust masks, ear protection and hard hats. AIR Gaseous Emissions Vehicles and machinery will be maintained so that Beginning with PIU - TNRSP, Contractor MORTH emissions conform to National Ambient air quality & throughout TNPCB Specification standards. construction 111.1, 111.5 All vehicles and machineries should obtain Pollution Under Control Certificates Dust Generation Vehicles delivering materials will be covered to Beginning with PIU – TNRSP, Contractor MORTH reduce spills and dust blowing off the load. & throughout EMU – TNRSP Specification Clearing and grubbing to be done, just before the start construction CSC 111.1, of next activity on that site. In case of time gap, water until 111.5, will be sprinkled regularly till the start of next activity. asphalting is 111.8, DPR VOLUME VII: PART A (II) P a g e | 3-6 Highways Department, GoTN TNRSP-II ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN Upgrading Nanguneri - Bharatavaram - Ovari Road (SH89) Upto ECR Junction km 0/000 to km 35/200 Environmental Implementing Responsible Mitigation/Enhancement measures Time frame Reference Impact & Issues Organization Organization Water to be sprayed during the construction phase, at completed 111.9, mixing sites, approach roads & temporary roads. and side 111.10 In laying sub-base, water spraying is needed to aid slopes are compaction of the material. After the compaction, covered water spraying will be carried out at regular intervals to prevent dust generation. Road surface will be cleaned with air compressor and vacuum cleaners prior to the construction works. Manual labour using brooms will be avoided, if used, labour will be provided masks. Embankment slopes will be covered with turfing/stone pitching immediately after completion Equipment Construction plant and equipment will meet recognized During PIU – TNRSP, Contractor MORTH Spec Selection international standards for emissions and will be construction EMU – 106, IRC: 72- maintenance and maintained and operated in a manner that ensures that TNRSP, CSC 1978; IRC: 90- operation relevant air, noise, and discharge regulations are met 1985, 111.5, 111.9, 111.10, 201.3 LAND Soil Erosion and Main reason of soil erosion is rains/monsoon, Upon PIU – TNRSP, Contractor MORTH Sedimentation contractor will plan the activities so that No bare/ completion of EMU – Specification control loose earth surface is left out before the onset of construction TNRSP, CSC 306, 307, 308 monsoon, for minimizing the soil erosion following activities at preventive measures to be taken such as these sites Embankment slopes will be covered, soon after during completion construction DPR VOLUME VII: PART A (II) P a g e | 3-7 Highways Department, GoTN TNRSP-II ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN Upgrading Nanguneri - Bharatavaram - Ovari Road (SH89) Upto ECR Junction km 0/000 to km 35/200 Environmental Implementing Responsible Mitigation/Enhancement measures Time frame Reference Impact & Issues Organization Organization Next layer/activity will be planned, soon after completion of, clearing and grubbing, laying of embankment layer, sub grade layer, sub-base layer, scarification etc. Top soil from borrow area, Debris disposal sites; borrow area, construction site will be protected/covered for soil erosion. Debris due to excavation of foundation, dismantling of existing cross drainage structure will be removed from the water course immediately. Diversions for bridges will be removed from the watercourse before the onset of monsoon. Loss of agricultural All areas of cutting and all areas will be permanently During PIU – TNRSP Contractor MORTH topsoil covered will be stripped to a depth of 150mm and construction EMU –TNRSP, Specification stored in stockpile. CSC 301.3.2, 305.3.3 Top soil will be safeguarded from erosion and will be reused as follows. Covering all borrow areas after excavation is over. Dressing of slopes of road embankment Agricultural field, acquired temporarily. Compaction of Soil Construction vehicles will operate within the Corridor of During PIU – TNRSP Contractor MORTH and Damage to Impact avoiding damage to soil and vegetation. construction EMU –TNRSP, Specification Vegetation Contractor, to the satisfaction of the owner/villagers, will CSC 201.2 redevelop diversions, access road used. Contamination of Guidelines of Hazardous Wastes (Management, Handling During PIU – TNRSP Contractor Refer section soil and Transboundary Movement) Rules, 2008 will be Construction EMU –TNRSP, 8.3.5, Chapter-8 DPR VOLUME VII: PART A (II) P a g e | 3-8 Highways Department, GoTN TNRSP-II ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN Upgrading Nanguneri - Bharatavaram - Ovari Road (SH89) Upto ECR Junction km 0/000 to km 35/200 Environmental Implementing Responsible Mitigation/Enhancement measures Time frame Reference Impact & Issues Organization Organization enforced. CSC of EA Report Plant to be setup 500m away from surface water body. Oil interceptor will be installed at construction site. Borrow pits A total of 3 borrow pits will be established/used. During PIU – TNRSP Contractor IRC: 10 1961 No borrow pit will be opened without the permission of Construction EMU –TNRSP, MORTH Spec. supervision consultant. CSC 111.2, 305.2.2 Written approval from owner to be submitted to EMU. Annexure 3.4: Borrow pits have been identified outside the ROW. guidelines for Before opening additional borrow pits, operating pits siting, will be closed according to IRC specification. management and redevelopment of borrow areas Annexure 3.47: Quarry and borrow areas for Project road 1) Quarrying 1. Quarrying will be carried out at approved and licensed During PIU – TNRSP Contractor MORTH quarries only. Copy of licenses will be submitted to the Construction EMU –TNRSP, Specification 2) Material sources EMU. CSC 111.3, 302, 2. As far as possible contractor will use the material from 305.2.2 the Material sources as provided in Volume-III, Material Report of DPR. In case of new quarry, the instruction of Annexure 3.3: Guidelines for siting, management and redevelopment of Quarry and stone crushers will be applicable. DPR VOLUME VII: PART A (II) P a g e | 3-9 Highways Department, GoTN TNRSP-II ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN Upgrading Nanguneri - Bharatavaram - Ovari Road (SH89) Upto ECR Junction km 0/000 to km 35/200 Environmental Implementing Responsible Mitigation/Enhancement measures Time frame Reference Impact & Issues Organization Organization WATER Loss of water No excavation from the bund of the water bodies. During PIU – TNRSP Contractor MORTH bodies No debris disposal near, any water body. Construction EMU –TNRSP, Specification (Surface/Ground) Prior written permission from authorities for use of CSC 111.4, 201.2, water for construction activity will be submitted to 301, 304, 306 EMU. Construction labours will be restricted from polluting the source or misusing the source. Annexure 3.46 - Shifting of source will be completed prior to disruption Water bodies of the actual source. along the project Source will be replaced immediately, in case of road, impact, accidental loss. mitigation and Alternate measures will be taken/ensured during enhancement disrupted period. Alteration of Diversions will be constructed during dry season, with Whenever PIU – TNRSP Contractor MORTH drainage adequate drainage facility, and will be completely encountered EMU –TNRSP, Specification removed before the onset of monsoon. during CSC 201.2,301, 304, Debris generated due to the excavation of foundation construction. Irrigation Dept. 306, 312 or due to the dismantling of existing structure will be removed from the water course. Section 8.4.3 Silt fencing will be provided on the mouth of discharge and 8.4.4, into natural streams / ponds. chapter 8 of EA Side drains are provided on both sides of the road, Report obstruction if any to be removed immediately. Runoff and Throughout continuous drain is provided. During PIU – TNRSP Contractor Section 8.4.3 drainage Lined drain is provided at built-up locations for quick Construction EMU –TNRSP, and 8.4.4, DPR VOLUME VII: PART A (II) P a g e | 3-10 Highways Department, GoTN TNRSP-II ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN Upgrading Nanguneri - Bharatavaram - Ovari Road (SH89) Upto ECR Junction km 0/000 to km 35/200 Environmental Implementing Responsible Mitigation/Enhancement measures Time frame Reference Impact & Issues Organization Organization drainage. CSC chapter 8 of EA Increased runoff due to increased impervious surface Report is countered through increased pervious surface area through soak pits. Water requirement Contractor will provide list of sources (surface/ground) During PIU – TNRSP Contractor for project for approval from EMU. Construction EMU –TNRSP, Prior to use of source contractor will obtain the written CSC permission from authority, to use the water in construction activity, and submit a copy to EMU. During construction only permitted quantity (permission taken) from approved sources will be used in construction activity. Contractor will ensure optimum use of water; discourage labour from wastage of water. Silting Silt fencing will be provided around water bodies. Throughout PIU – TNRSP, Contractor MORTH /sedimentation Construction activities will be stopped near water construction EMU –TNRSP, Specification bodies during monsoon. period CSC 111.4, 306 Irrigation Dept., Refer section 8.4.6 of Chapter 8 of EA Report Contamination of Measures suggested under “Contamination of soil” Throughout PIU – TNRSP, Contractor MORTH water will be enforced. construction EMU –TNRSP, Specification Construction work close to water bodies will be period. CSC, SPCB, 111.1, 111.4, avoided during monsoon. Irrigation Dept 111.9, 111.13, Labour camps will be located away from water 122, 201.2, bodies. 201.4, DPR VOLUME VII: PART A (II) P a g e | 3-11 Highways Department, GoTN TNRSP-II ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN Upgrading Nanguneri - Bharatavaram - Ovari Road (SH89) Upto ECR Junction km 0/000 to km 35/200 Environmental Implementing Responsible Mitigation/Enhancement measures Time frame Reference Impact & Issues Organization Organization Car washing/workshops near water bodies will be 301.1.3.10, avoided. 304.3.3, 306 Refer section 8.4.6 of Chapter 8 of EA Report NOISE Noise Noise standard at processing sites, e.g. aggregate Throughout PIU – TNRSP Contractor MORTH crushing plants, batching plant, hot mix plant will be construction EMU –TNRSP, Specification strictly monitored to prevent exceeding of GOI noise period. CSC , SPCB 111, 111.5 standards. Workers in the vicinity of strong noise will wear protectors and their working time should be limited as a safety measure. In construction sites within 150 m of sensitive receptors construction will be stopped from 22:00 to 06:00. Machinery and vehicles will be maintained to keep their noise to a minimum. Temporary noise barrier will be provided during construction at noise sensitive locations. Other mitigation measures to be followed as per section 8.5 of Chapter 8 , EA Report FLORA & FAUNA Loss of trees and Compensatory plantation and avenue plantation will After PIU – TNRSP Contractor MORTH mitigation be taken up soon after completion of civil works. completion of EMU –TNRSP, Specification, DPR VOLUME VII: PART A (II) P a g e | 3-12 Highways Department, GoTN TNRSP-II ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN Upgrading Nanguneri - Bharatavaram - Ovari Road (SH89) Upto ECR Junction km 0/000 to km 35/200 Environmental Implementing Responsible Mitigation/Enhancement measures Time frame Reference Impact & Issues Organization Organization measures All the realignment sections will be enhanced with construction CSC, 111, 111.5, landscaping and peripheral tree plantation. activities District 201.5, 306, 308 Plantation is also proposed at enhancement sites Collector Contractor will make sure that no trees/branches to Refer Annexure be felled by laborer for fuel, warmth during winter. 3.50. Enough provision of fuel will be ensured. Vegetation Clearing and grubbing will be avoided beyond that During PIU – TNRSP Contractor MORTH clearance which is directly required for construction activities. cleaning EMU –TNRSP, Specification Next activity will be planned/started immediately, to operations CSC, 201.2 avoid dust generation and soil erosion during During District monsoon. construction Collector Turfing / re-vegetation will be started soon after completion of embankment. Wildlife/Fauna Construction workers will protect natural resources & During PIU – TNRSP Contractor MORTH wild animals. construction EMU –TNRSP, Specification Hunting will be prohibited CSC, NBWL 111.1, 111.6 SOCIO-ECONOMIC ENVIRONMENT General Issues Fear of Public participation sessions are being/will be conducted During PIU – TNRSP Contractor MORTH uncertainties in different stages of project construction. Construction EMU –TNRSP, Specification regarding future Initial consultations were held during environmental and CSC 111, 111.5, social screening stage. Pre structured consultations and 111.6, 112, focused group discussions were also conducted during 201.2, 201.3 & project design stage of the project road. Public 201, 302, 306 consultations will also be conducted prior to review, clearance and disclosure of EMP, in order to solicit DPR VOLUME VII: PART A (II) P a g e | 3-13 Highways Department, GoTN TNRSP-II ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN Upgrading Nanguneri - Bharatavaram - Ovari Road (SH89) Upto ECR Junction km 0/000 to km 35/200 Environmental Implementing Responsible Mitigation/Enhancement measures Time frame Reference Impact & Issues Organization Organization public concerns about environmental and social impacts and proposed mitigation measures. Public Health and Debris, so generated will be disposed to the satisfaction Safety of Engineer. Monitoring of air, water, noise and land during construction and operation phase. Labour camps can Contractor will be encouraged to recruit the local people have clashes with as labourer at least for unskilled and semi-skilled jobs. the local population (one labour camp/construction Hygiene and basic facilities will be ensured at labour camp will be camp to prevent the spread of disease. established for the project road) Refer Annexure 3.2: Guidelines for Siting, Management and Redevelopment of Labour Camps and Annexure 3.8 Pressure on basic facilities like medical Guidelines to ensure Worker’s Safety during construction services, power, water supply, etc Transmission of communicable diseases including aids. Sanitary conditions in the labour camps Allied activities Detailed traffic control plans will be prepared and submitted to the engineer for approval 5 days prior to DPR VOLUME VII: PART A (II) P a g e | 3-14 Highways Department, GoTN TNRSP-II ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN Upgrading Nanguneri - Bharatavaram - Ovari Road (SH89) Upto ECR Junction km 0/000 to km 35/200 Environmental Implementing Responsible Mitigation/Enhancement measures Time frame Reference Impact & Issues Organization Organization commencement of work on any section of road. Accidents and The contractor will provide, erect and maintain Safety barricades, including signs marking flags lights and flagmen as required by the Engineer. Sensitive Contractor will implement the enhancement measures During PIU – TNRSP Contractor RAP Community prepared for cultural & religious property and Govt. construction EMU –TNRSP, Structures premises CSC Mitigation/enhancement plan is proposed for identified ponds (refer Annexure 3.46) Precautions will be taken during construction, for accidental loss/damage of any communal property. Any loss during construction will be the sole responsibility of contractor and the damage will be repaired immediately up to the satisfaction of people, at contractor’s own cost. Through access/identification will be maintained during construction. Enhancement Enhancement measure is proposed for pond at Km During PIU – TNRSP Contractor Refer Annexure measure 15/000 construction EMU –TNRSP, 3.51 CSC Road side The already existing bus stops will be shifted at During PIU – TNRSP Contractor amenities suitable locations, where possible. A total of 18 bus construction EMU –TNRSP, bays/bus shelters will be provided CSC Provision of Traffic lights, road markings, Zebra DPR VOLUME VII: PART A (II) P a g e | 3-15 Highways Department, GoTN TNRSP-II ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN Upgrading Nanguneri - Bharatavaram - Ovari Road (SH89) Upto ECR Junction km 0/000 to km 35/200 Environmental Implementing Responsible Mitigation/Enhancement measures Time frame Reference Impact & Issues Organization Organization crossing, sign posts, speed breakers and foot paths will be there in urban areas. Health and Safety Safe drinking water and sanitation facilities During PIU – TNRSP Contractor MORTH issues in camp comprising toilets, sewage collection system and construction EMU –TNRSP, Specification sites septic tanks will be made available to the construction CSC 111.6 workers in all the camps sites. Personal protective equipment such as ear plugs, Refer Annexure helmets, goggles, gloves etc. will be made available 3.55 for EHS to the workers in construction camp, quarry areas, Practices stone crusher unit and borrow areas. Labour camps will not be constructed with inflammable materials. Fire safety standards will be followed in both construction camp and labour camp construction. Firefighting equipment like fire extinguishers will be provided in the camp as per fire safety standards. Fencing will be provided for all the camps sites to prevent trespassing of humans and animals into the camp. Operation manuals and training will be provided to machine operators. Warning signs will be placed at accident prone areas. Other provisions to ensure worker’s safety will be followed as per guidelines given in Annexure 3.8. Health and Safety Provide adequate signages and cordon off the activity During PIU – TNRSP Contractor MORTH issues in work sites area so as to ensure the safety of the pedestrians and construction EMU –TNRSP, Specification CSC 111.6 DPR VOLUME VII: PART A (II) P a g e | 3-16 Highways Department, GoTN TNRSP-II ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN Upgrading Nanguneri - Bharatavaram - Ovari Road (SH89) Upto ECR Junction km 0/000 to km 35/200 Environmental Implementing Responsible Mitigation/Enhancement measures Time frame Reference Impact & Issues Organization Organization passersby. Temporary access will be maintained throughout the course of the work unless the contractors make agreements with any affected frontages or legitimate road user. Traffic Management Plan will be prepared to reduce the disruption of traffic. Diversion roads will be paved, adequate traffic safety measures to be adopted. All contractors’ staff will wear high visibility purpose made overalls or trousers/a waist coat at all times All operators working with any materials above head height (even in trenches) will wear hard hats all at times on the worksite. To the extent possible local people will be included in the labour force so that there are less incidence of crime. Information dissemination will be undertaken to generate awareness among migrant laborers about the sensitivities of the local region with respect to rules, laws, local customs and beliefs. Other provisions to ensure worker’s safet y will be followed as per guidelines given in Annexure 3.8 Follow guidelines in Annexure 3.10 to ensure safety in storage, handling, use and emergency response for hazardous substances. On occurrence of any accident or injury, the safety DPR VOLUME VII: PART A (II) P a g e | 3-17 Highways Department, GoTN TNRSP-II ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN Upgrading Nanguneri - Bharatavaram - Ovari Road (SH89) Upto ECR Junction km 0/000 to km 35/200 Environmental Implementing Responsible Mitigation/Enhancement measures Time frame Reference Impact & Issues Organization Organization officer will submit an accident report to the CSC. ROAD SAFETY Accident COMPLIANCE with “Rules” as defined in Environmental with During TNRSP, State Contractor, Annexure 3.10 hazardous (Protection) Act, 1986, including: Construction Police & Fire Local bodies materials For delivery of hazardous substances, three Station, SPCB, certificates issued by transportation department are EMU required permit license, driving license, and guarding license. Vehicles delivering hazardous substances will be printed with standard signs. Public security, transportation and firefighting departments will designate a special route for these vehicles. These vehicles can only be parked at designated parking lots. In case of spill of hazardous materials, relevant departments will be informed at once & dealt with it in accordance with spill contingency plan. Follow guidelines in Annexure 3.10 to ensure safety in storage, handling, use and emergency response for hazardous substances. OPERATIONAL PHASE Dust Generation Dust generation due to vehicle will be reduced due to After District Contractor/ EMP increased/widened paved surface. completion of Collector Maintenance Refer section Avenue plantation will be maintained, casualties will construction EMU unit-TNRSP 8.2.2, Chapter 8 be replaced. activity District of EA Report DPR VOLUME VII: PART A (II) P a g e | 3-18 Highways Department, GoTN TNRSP-II ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN Upgrading Nanguneri - Bharatavaram - Ovari Road (SH89) Upto ECR Junction km 0/000 to km 35/200 Environmental Implementing Responsible Mitigation/Enhancement measures Time frame Reference Impact & Issues Organization Organization Avenue plantation includes species having dust Collector absorption characteristic. (Annexure 3.50) Community properties and realignment locations has been proposed for peripheral plantation and landscaping. Maintenance of roads will be ensured. Air Pollution With the reduction in journey time, idle engine running After EMU, SPCB Contractor/ Environmental time and air pollution will reduce. completion of District Maintenance Management Avenues plantation is proposed throughout the construction Collector, unit-TNRSP Plan (EMP) corridor, casualties will be replaced. activity State Transport Forest Dept Refer section Avenue plantation includes species having air Dept., Police 8.2.2 & 8.2.3, purifying characteristic. Chapter 8 of EA Enforce Pollution Under Control (PUC) Programs. Report The public will be informed about the regulations on air pollution of vehicles. Air pollution monitoring program has been devised for checking pollution level and suggesting remedial measures. (Refer Section 5.2 of Chapter 5) LAND Temporary land Borrow area redevelopment plan will be completed/ After EMU, SPCB, Contractor/ EMP acquisition enforced. (Annexure 3.4) completion of Maintenance All temporary acquired land for construction of construction unit-TNRSP diversion, transportation of material etc. will be redeveloped to the satisfaction of owner. Affected productive area will be poured with top soil. Soil erosion Embankment slopes will be re-vegetated, casualties After EMU, SPCB, Contractor/ EMP DPR VOLUME VII: PART A (II) P a g e | 3-19 Highways Department, GoTN TNRSP-II ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN Upgrading Nanguneri - Bharatavaram - Ovari Road (SH89) Upto ECR Junction km 0/000 to km 35/200 Environmental Implementing Responsible Mitigation/Enhancement measures Time frame Reference Impact & Issues Organization Organization will be replaced. completion of Maintenance Residual spoils will be disposed properly. construction unit-TNRSP Soil Contamination Accidental spills are potentially disastrous, but its After EMU, SPCB, Contractor/ EMP probability is quite low as one of the objectives of this completion of State Police, Maintenance project is to enhance road safety. construction State Transport unit-TNRSP The public will be informed about the regulations on Dept. land pollution. Monitoring of Land pollution will be done regularly as per frequency and location mentioned under Section 5.2 of Chapter 5 and suggesting remedial measures. WATER Silting Measures suggested under “soil erosion” will be After EMU, SPCB Contractor/ EMP /sedimentation enforced. completion of Maintenance De-silting of existing water bodies will be taken up. construction unit-TNRSP Silt fencing to be provided. Contamination of Accidental spills are potentially disastrous, but its After EMU, SPCB, Contractor/ EMP water probability is quite low as one of the objectives of this completion of State Police, Maintenance project is to enhance road safety. construction State Transport unit-TNRSP Discouraging local people from establishing Dept. workshops and car wash near public drinking water respective source. Municipal The public will be informed about the regulations on Agency water pollution. Monitoring of water pollution will be done regularly as DPR VOLUME VII: PART A (II) P a g e | 3-20 Highways Department, GoTN TNRSP-II ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN Upgrading Nanguneri - Bharatavaram - Ovari Road (SH89) Upto ECR Junction km 0/000 to km 35/200 Environmental Implementing Responsible Mitigation/Enhancement measures Time frame Reference Impact & Issues Organization Organization per frequency and location mentioned in Section 5.2 of Chapter 5 and suggesting remedial measures. Maintenance of The urban drainage systems will be maintained to Especially at EMU, Contractor/ EMP Storm Water accommodate storm water flow. the start & end respective Local municipal Drainage System Cleaning/removing of spoils will be ensured of rains Municipal corporation before/during the monsoon rains. Agency NOISE Noise HORN PROHIBITED sign post will be enforced at After SPCB, State Contractor/ EMP (High levels of sensitive receptors. completion of Police, Traffic Maintenance noise is not Discouraging local people from establishing sensitive construction Police, State unit-TNRSP anticipated as the receptor near the road. Transport Dept. baseline levels are The public will be informed about the regulations on much within noise pollution. stipulated limits) Monitoring of noise pollution will be done regularly as per frequency and location mentioned under section 5.2 of Chapter 5 and suggesting remedial measures. FLORA & FAUNA Loss of trees and The avenue plantation will be completed, maintained, After TNRSP Contractor EMP Avenue Planting survival rate will be monitored and casualties will be completion of replaced. construction Discouraging local peoples from cutting tree/branches for fuel, cattle food etc. Educating people about the usefulness of trees. Fauna of Provision of signboards (depicting sanctuary name During TNRSP Contractor/ EMP Koonthakulam Bird and distance) to be displayed at start (km 0/000) and construction Maintenance DPR VOLUME VII: PART A (II) P a g e | 3-21 Highways Department, GoTN TNRSP-II ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN Upgrading Nanguneri - Bharatavaram - Ovari Road (SH89) Upto ECR Junction km 0/000 to km 35/200 Environmental Implementing Responsible Mitigation/Enhancement measures Time frame Reference Impact & Issues Organization Organization Sanctuary end location (km 15/500) of the road stretch falling unit-TNRSP within 10km buffer zone of sanctuary SOCIO-ECONOMIC ENVIRONMENT General issues Public consultation will be organized after completion of Operation TNRSP, EMU Contractor/ construction to access the people opinion/grievances from phase Maintenance the project intervention. unit - TNRSP Remedial measures to mitigate the impact due to project intervention will be incorporated in the operation phase. ROAD SAFETY Protection of high Stabilization of altered (especially high) Immediately TNRSP Contractor/ road embankments embankments. after EMU Although stone pitching will be provided, vigilance will construction be maintained. Safety and noise New buildings will be prohibited within 50 m from the Throughout Local Bodies Contractor/ IRC 35-1971 disturbance edge of carriageway. and after Local Bodies IRC 79-1981 No new schools and hospitals will be allowed within project IRC 93-1995 200 m of carriageway. Wherever required appropriate development noise barrier will be constructed. period Accident black spot Road surface will be maintained, pot holes will be During PIU – EMU, Contractor / PIU EMP filled immediately. Operational Local Bodies Regular maintenance of sign post, painting/removal of stage. bills. Road marking will be maintained. People will be educated about the safety in following DPR VOLUME VII: PART A (II) P a g e | 3-22 Highways Department, GoTN TNRSP-II ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN Upgrading Nanguneri - Bharatavaram - Ovari Road (SH89) Upto ECR Junction km 0/000 to km 35/200 Environmental Implementing Responsible Mitigation/Enhancement measures Time frame Reference Impact & Issues Organization Organization traffic rules. Speed limit will be enforced at sensitive locations. Lighting of major junctions near settlements. Mitigative /preventive measures for accident black spots, like traffic calming devises. All the guidelines, reporting formats, Checklists and other relevant project details are attached as Annexure with the EMP. Table 3-2: Specific environmental enhancement measures for project road Location Typical Materials to Additional Details of (Chainage) Side Drawing Length Width Height used details about site S. No. Enhancement (LHS/ Item (refer From (m) (m) (m) (Specificati specific enhance Measures To (km) RHS) Drawing (km) on) measure No) New construction Pond Annexure of 3.0m high 1. Enhancement 15/000 15/060 LHS Pond wall 60 0.5 3.0 - 3.51 pond wall at km 15/000 Ground water Both 2. 20/660 20/970 Recharge Pits 1.5 1.0 2.0 1no. Recharging Side Drawing 1 2/710 Soak pit for RHS 1.5 0.25 1.0 of Annexure Hand Pump 3. 44 Soak pits for Drawing 1 Hand Pumps 5/550 Soak pit for LHS 1.5 0.25 1.0 of Annexure For saving Hand Pump Cost covered 3. 3. 44 water and under RAP Drawing 1 recharging 5/790 Soak pit for LHS 1.5 0.25 1.0 of Annexure ground water Hand Pump 3. 44 6/010 Soak pit for Drawing 1 LHS 1.5 0.25 1.0 Hand Pump of Annexure DPR VOLUME VII: PART A (II) P a g e | 3-23 Highways Department, GoTN TNRSP-II ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN Upgrading Nanguneri - Bharatavaram - Ovari Road (SH89) Upto ECR Junction km 0/000 to km 35/200 Details of Location Side Length Width Height Materials to Typical Additional S. No. Item Enhancement (Chainage) (LHS/ (m) (m) (m) used Drawing details about site Measures RHS) (Specificati (refer 3. 44 specific enhance on) Drawing Drawing 1 measure 9/580 Soak pit for No) RHS 1.5 0.25 1.0 of Annexure Hand Pump 3. 44 Drawing 1 19/300 Soak pit for RHS 1.5 0.25 1.0 of Annexure Hand Pump 3. 44 Drawing 1 33/600 Soak pit for RHS 1.5 0.25 1.0 of Annexure Hand Pump 3. 44 Soak pit for Drawing 2 0/060 RHS Open Well and 1.5 0.25 1.0 of Annexure Soak pit for Water Tank 3. 44 4. Open Well Soak pit for Drawing 2 8/210 RHS Open Well and 1.5 0.25 1.0 of Annexure Water Tank 3. 44 Drawing 2 9/580 Soak pit for RHS 1.5 0.25 1.0 of Annexure Open Well 3. 44 Drawing 2 15/400 Soak pit for LHS 1.5 0.25 1.0 of Annexure Open Well 3. 44 Drawing 2 16/440 Soak pit for LHS 1.5 0.25 1.0 of Annexure Open Well Soak pits for 3. 44 Cost covered 5. Wells Drawing 2 under RAP 17/780 Soak pit for LHS 1.5 0.25 1.0 of Annexure Open Well 3. 44 Drawing 2 25/100 Soak pit for RHS 1.5 0.25 1.0 of Annexure Open Well 3. 44 Drawing 2 25/750 Soak pit for LHS 1.5 0.25 1.0 of Annexure Open Well 3. 44 DPR VOLUME VII: PART A (II) P a g e | 3-24 Highways Department, GoTN TNRSP-II ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN Upgrading Nanguneri - Bharatavaram - Ovari Road (SH89) Upto ECR Junction km 0/000 to km 35/200 Details of Location Side Length Width Height Materials to Typical Additional S. No. Item Enhancement (Chainage) (LHS/ (m) (m) (m) used Drawing details about site Measures RHS) (Specificati (refer 2 Drawing specific enhance 31/400 Soak pit for RHS 1.5 0.25 1.0 on) of Drawing Annexure measure Open Well No) 3. 44 0/350 Dwarf shrubs will Major 20/720 be planted near the 6. Junctions 26/800 Landscaping locations of major Improvement 29/672 junctions 34/880 Sign Boards for One at One at LHS 7. Sign Boards 5 - 3.5 2 nos. Koonthakulam 0/000 15/500 /RHS Bird Sanctuary 3.3 PENALTY CLAUSE FOR NONCONFORMITY TO EMP Clause No. Description Clause to be included in Bid The Contractor shall implement all mitigation measures for which responsibility is assigned to him as stipulated in the EMP document for Protection of Report. Any lapse in implementing the same shall attract the penalty clause as detailed below: the Environment 1. All lapse in obtaining clearances / permissions under statutory regulations and violations of any regulations with regard to eco-sensitive areas shall be treated as a major lapse. 2. Any complaints of public, within the scope of the Contractor, formally registered with the CSC, or with the TNRSP complaint cell and communicated to the contractor, which is not properly addressed within the time period intimated by the CSC / PIU shall be treated as a major lapse. 3. Non-conformity any of the mitigation measures stipulated in the EMP Report (other than stated above) shall be considered as a minor lapse. DPR VOLUME VII: PART A (II) P a g e | 3-25 Highways Department, GoTN TNRSP-II ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN Upgrading Nanguneri - Bharatavaram - Ovari Road (SH89) Upto ECR Junction km 0/000 to km 35/200 Clause No. Description 4. On observing any lapses, CSC shall issue a notice to the Contractor, to rectify the same. 5. Any minor lapse for which notice was issued and not rectified, first and second reminders shall be given after one month from the original notice date and first reminder date respectively. Any minor lapse, which is not rectified, shall be treated as a major lapse from the date of issuing the second reminder. 6. If a major lapse is not rectified upon receiving the notice, CSC shall invoke the penalty clause, in the subsequent interim payment certificate. 7. Penalty for major lapses shall be with-holding of 10% of the interim payment certificate, subject to a maximum limit of Rs. 30 lakhs. 8. If the lapse is not rectified within three months after withholding the payment, the amount withheld shall be forfeited. CSC shall submit a monthly report to PIU on the progress of work. (Kindly refer Annexure 3.41). Point F & G provides details of major and minor lapses identified during this period; and details whether penalty clause is invoked and details of issue of notices. etc. In case penalty clause is being invoked, CSC shall issue a notice in Triplicate to the contractor and provide him the details about such lapses as recorded during the monthly reporting. A copy of the notice shall also be marked to TNRSP for information and necessary actions. The contractor shall provide a receipt of the notice served and shall send back the signed copy of notice after affixing the date to CSC and TNRSP for record purpose. DPR VOLUME VII: PART A (II) P a g e | 3-26 CHAPTER 4 ARRANGEMENTS FOR IMPLEMENTATION OF EMAP Highways Department, GoTN TNRSP-II ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN Upgrading Nanguneri - Bharatavaram - Ovari Road (SH89) Upto ECR Junction km 0/000 to km 35/200 4 ARRANGEMENTS FOR IMPLEMENTATION OF EMAP The Environmental Management Action Plan (EMAP) (as provided in Table 3.1), which is an integral part of the Environmental Management Plan, identify the detailed impacts, propose the mitigation actions, mention the implementing organization and monitoring organization. The responsibility for the implementation of EMP involves a number of parties, each with specific responsibilities. They are listed as follows: Project Implementation Unit (PIU), that represents TNRSP and is directly responsible for implementing the project Construction Supervising Consultant (CSC), who will be in charge of supervising the Contractor Construction Contractor, who is in charge of undertaking road construction work. This section looks into the organisation and staffing of each of these stakeholders along with their responsibilities. 4.1 ORGANIZATION, STAFFING AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF PIU Project Implementation Unit (PIU) for the project under scrutiny of TNRSP, is responsible for the implementation of all road improvement works and environmental management activities. The TNRSP is executing the project work under the guidance of Project Director (PD) as its head. The Project Director is assisted on all technical issues by Superintending Engineer (H.O.), Executive Engineer (Environment) and sociologist and Assistant Executive Engineer and Assistant Engineers. Each project activity at site will be distributed among groups to ensure the implementation of project work in the scheduled date. Superintending Engineer (H.O.) is in charge for review of the implementation of EMP with the assistance of one Environmental Specialist (ES), and 2 Assistant Environmental Scientist followed by environmental supporting team. The team will oversee the management activities of the project including the overall control of construction activities and implementation of contracts. The implementation of mitigating measures requires supervision from adequately trained staff within the TNRSP. The institutional organisation of for EMP implementation is shown in Figure 4.1 and Figure 4.2, which show a very flexible and practical Environmental Management Unit (EMU). The detailed structure of TNRSP is separately shown in Figure 4.3. Roles and responsibilities of important officials are mentioned below: Table 4-1: Roles and Responsibilities of Officers Officer Responsibility Project Director S/he is responsible for acquisition of all necessary right-of-way (R0W) land and buildings, review and approval of detailed road designs, obtaining all necessary clearances for construction and related activities, review and approval of the road realignments and road works (including retaining walls and excavation sites) and liasoning with supervision consultants. Superintending Engineer and DPR VOLUME VII: PART A (II) P a g e | 4-1 Highways Department, GoTN TNRSP-II ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN Upgrading Nanguneri - Bharatavaram - Ovari Road (SH89) Upto ECR Junction km 0/000 to km 35/200 Environmental Specialist will assist Project Director to reporting various stakeholders (World Bank, Regulatory body etc.). Superintending The Environmental Specialist (ES) of Project Implementation Unit (PIU) assists Engineer the Superintending Engineer in the overseeing of environmental aspects of the construction contracts, including the enforcement of all monitoring provisions, and advice on the locations of construction and labour camps, etc. Environmental The Environmental Specialist (ES) of Project Implementation Unit (PIU) assists Specialist the Superintending Engineer in the overseeing of environmental aspects of the construction contracts, including the enforcement of all monitoring provisions, and advice on the locations of construction and labour camps, etc. He will review the periodic reports on EMP implementation and advise Project Director in taking corrective measure and conduct periodic field inspection of EMP implementation Assistant S/he is familiar with the Indian environmental legislation, environmental Environmental monitoring, EMP implementation aspects etc. The Environmental specialist will Specialist oversee day to day implementation of the environmental management plans pertaining to the construction contract for various road links and is also responsible for monitoring reports to World Bank. Additional recruitment if needed will be undertaken as necessary on contract basis. He will be responsible for obtaining regulatory clearances. He will coordinate with CSC to conduct necessary training program for the workers, engineers and office staffs. DPR VOLUME VII: PART A (II) P a g e | 4-2 Highways Department, GoTN TNRSP-II ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN Upgrading Nanguneri - Bharatavaram - Ovari Road (SH89) Upto ECR Junction km 0/000 to km 35/200 Figure 4-1: Institutional Organisation for TNRSP EMP Implementation DPR VOLUME VII: PART A (II) P a g e | 4-3 Highways Department, GoTN TNRSP-II ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN Upgrading Nanguneri - Bharatavaram - Ovari Road (SH89) Upto ECR Junction km 0/000 to km 35/200 Figure 4-2: Environmental Management Unit (EMU) Figure 4-3:Organisation Structure, TNRSP DPR VOLUME VII: PART A (II) P a g e | 4-4 Highways Department, GoTN TNRSP-II ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN Upgrading Nanguneri - Bharatavaram - Ovari Road (SH89) Upto ECR Junction km 0/000 to km 35/200 The main duties of the Assistant Environmental Engineers will include: Collection and dissemination of relevant environmental documents including amendments to environmental protection acts issued by the Government and various agencies such as the World Bank, Asian Development Bank (ADB) and other organisations. Co-ordination with non-government organisations (NGOs), community groups, government departments, etc. on environmental issues and obtaining the necessary clearances from the regulatory authorities. Monitoring the environmental aspects of the project during construction to ensure that the environmental requirements of the contract and the mitigation measures proposed in the EMP are implemented. Advising the Engineer and preparing the environmental input for the monthly progress report. Development of guidelines or a code of good practice on low-cost environmental measures that can be implemented in the road construction and maintenance programs for the Highways Department. Development of environmental training activities for contractors and supervisory consultants staff. Assistance to local governments in the restoration of the environmentally degraded portions of any existing Right-of-Way, which may revert to their control due to the construction of realignments. Promotion of the policies adopted for the development of roadside amenities Assistance with the road safety components and issues related to the effects of roadside environment on road safety and non-motorised traffic. Liaising with the EO of CSC and report to Superintending Engineer on all matters related to implementation of the Environmental Management Plan. Issuing completion certificate for constructed road works for payment. 4.2 ORGANIZATION, STAFFING AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF CONSTRUCTION SUPERVISION CONSULTANT (CSC) The Supervising Consultant will supervise the activities of the construction Contractor on behalf of Tamil Nadu State Sector Project (TNRSP) and will be reporting directly to the Superintending Engineer. The Supervising Consultant will be responsible for the technical supervision of road layout, overseeing contract implementation and certifying works for payment. The roles of Construction Supervision Consultant are described below: Supervision of the Contractor to ensure that work is undertaken according to the construction contract Inspection and reporting of Contractor activities to ensure effective implementation DPR VOLUME VII: PART A (II) P a g e | 4-5 Highways Department, GoTN TNRSP-II ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN Upgrading Nanguneri - Bharatavaram - Ovari Road (SH89) Upto ECR Junction km 0/000 to km 35/200 of the EMP Auditing of Contractor works and activities against the conditions put forward in the EMP Issuing corrective action, requests and conduct follow up inspections and evaluation Reporting any exceptions to the Project Director Certifying completed constructed road works for payment The Construction Supervision consultants will have all the required specialists including an Environmental officer (EO) and a Senior Construction Safety Specialist. The brief description of qualifications, duties and responsibilities of the Team Leader, Senior Construction Safety Specialist and Environmental Officer of the Construction Supervision Consultants (CSC) are as follows: Qualifications, roles and responsibilities of Team Leader: He will be at least a graduate in Civil Engineering, with atleast at least 20 years of professional experience out of which he should have worked as Team Leader/Project Manager or equivalent for minimum 4 years on supervision/construction of highway projects, preferably involving flexible pavements. Post Graduate qualification in civil engineering is desirable. His roles and responsibilities shall be as follows: He will be overall in-charge of the project supervision team. He willbe responsible for the overall implementation activities. He willbe assisted by key Professionals and other support Staff. He will coordinate with the subordinate team to ensure that the construction process is well controlled as per established Procedures. He will interact with the client. Qualifications, roles and responsibilities of Senior Construction Safety Specialist (SCSS): The candidate will be at least a Graduate in civil engineering and preferably with post graduate qualification in Industrial and Construction safety. S/he needs a minimum of 10 years of relevant professional experience, out of which, at least 5 years at a road / bridge construction site in the capacity of a safety engineer. Experience in working on height / deep foundations and live traffic situation and imparting safety training to construction managers and workers will be highly desirable. The SCSS will report to the Team leader of the Construction Supervision Team. S/he will be responsible for reviewing and approving the construction zone safety plans and traffic management including all temporary works/staging along with the structural or bridge engineer to confirm the safety point of view. The Safety Specialist will be reponsible to guide the field supervision team and contractors site officers and confirm whether safety measurements implemented in the field are complying with safety standards. The safety specialist must report any job accident or safety violation to the concerned officials through team leader. When an employee is injured on the job, DPR VOLUME VII: PART A (II) P a g e | 4-6 Highways Department, GoTN TNRSP-II ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN Upgrading Nanguneri - Bharatavaram - Ovari Road (SH89) Upto ECR Junction km 0/000 to km 35/200 the construction safety officer will investigate the accident and handle any workers' compensation claims. The safety specialist willteach proper safety and health procedures to the entire construction workers. Also, he willtake intiatives to conduct training programmes and mock safety drills which will help to update safety procedures as well as the importance of reporting a safety concern or injury. Qualifications, roles and responsibilities of Environment Officer (EO) of CSC: The candidate will be M. Sc. Environmental Science or graduate in Civil / Environmental Engineering with professional experience of at least 10 years relevant to environmental management in infrastructure road projects. Experience in implementation of EMP in externally aided/FIDIC based major highway projects will be preferable. He will have adequate experience in implementing EMPs and organizing training to Contractor’s and Employer’s staff. He will be familiar with requisite procedures involved in obtaining and implementing environmental clearance requirements for project roads. The Environmental Officer (EO) will report to the Team leader of the Construction Supervision Team. The EO will not instruct or direct the contractor or contractor’s men but can discuss various issues and environmental mitigation measures with all concerned directly or indirectly. All matters related to environmental and social activities within the ROW such as latest EA, SEA, RAP and other related documents willbe available to the EO immediately after mobilisation. Consent to Establish and Consent to Operatefrom Tamil Nadu State Pollution Control Board’s and other applicable approval status willbe specified. A status report prepared by PCC/ESMC of PIU willbe required for the EO to start the work. The Environmental Officer (EO) will be mobilised during the early stages of construction. This is to help the Contractor in identifying environmentally sound locations for Construction camps, hot mix plant, WMM plant and all other issues according to the Environmental Management Action Plan (EMAP). The important role of EO during construction is to ensure the smooth implementation of EMAP and to address direct and indirect social issues arising out of implementation of the RAP. The EO will visit incomplete construction work sites where there are no contractor’s current activities, active construction work sites and completed areas of the work sites and conduct regular meetings with the contractor in identifying gaps pertaining to both environment and contruction safety. The EO will also visit the hot mix plant; quarries and crushers, borrow areas and others as per the necessity. EO will ensure appropriate corrective and preventive action to the identified gaps in construction site in environmental aspects. Conduct regular meeting on environmental aspects with Environmental and Social Management Unit in TNRSP. The EO will assist the Engineer to ensure environmentally sound engineering practices. In addition, other specialists of the engineers team may also act and report on road safety related issues. DPR VOLUME VII: PART A (II) P a g e | 4-7 Highways Department, GoTN TNRSP-II ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN Upgrading Nanguneri - Bharatavaram - Ovari Road (SH89) Upto ECR Junction km 0/000 to km 35/200 The EO will carry out consultation with the Contractor, contractors men, local Project Affected Persons(PAPs) and interest groups. The EO will also consult with NGOs to consider any problems (e.g. access problem to school, buildings, houses and business establishments) arising from construction activities. The EO will assist in the compliance with various labour laws including the payment of minimum wages to the individual contract labourer’s especially ‘unskilled illiterate migrant labourers’. This has a direct bearing on the health and safety of the workers. The EO will assist the Contractor, and the Public Works Department in all matters related to public contacts including consultation, training and public relations. The EO will prepare standard formats (if available they may be obtained from other projects that are being implemented or are completed recently) for the compliance of the environmental and social requirements. The EO will ensure the procurement of materials that are included in the Bill of Quantities relating to environmental and social mitigation costs. The EO will assist the TNRSP and the Contractor in all training activities during construction supervision period. The EO will prepare and submit a regular reports to the team leader of CSC. The EO will assist the various Environmental monitoring activities of the Contractor / TNRSP. The EO will be responsible to confirm whether the contractor has received all certififications in different sectors from the concerned authority to proceed the work. The EO in cooperation with the EO of PIU and Superintending Engineer will make sure the issuing of timely work order for the nurseries to be raised according to the ‘Landscaping, Tree planting and Environmental Enhancement Plan’. This will allow one year for the plants to attains the required size. 4.3 ORGANIZATION, STAFFING AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF CONSTRUCTION CONTRACTOR The construction contractor will be responsible for undertaking all duties and works assigned in the road construction contract, including all specified conditions in the EMAP. The construction contractor will prepare an implementation plan of mitigating actions specified in the EMP Activity Table. The contractor will work closely with the supervising consultant to ensure that works are constructed to standard. Throughout this EMP, the construction contractor is referred to as the ‘Contractor’ and the supervising consultant is referred to as the ‘Construction Supervising Consultant’ (CSC). Detailed staffing pattern in the contractor’s office is given below in Table 4.2. DPR VOLUME VII: PART A (II) P a g e | 4-8 Highways Department, GoTN TNRSP-II ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN Upgrading Nanguneri - Bharatavaram - Ovari Road (SH89) Upto ECR Junction km 0/000 to km 35/200 Table 4-2: Staffing Pattern in Contractor’s Office Sl. No. Designation Nos. 1 Contract Manager 1 2 Construction Planning Engineer 1 3 Site Engineer 4 4 Quality Control/Material Engineer 1 5 Bridge Engineer 1 6 Earth Works Supervisor 6 7 Pavement Supervisor 2 8 Environmental Engineer 1 Roles and Responsibilities of Team Leader of Contractor: The Team Leader of the Contractor will be responsible for the timely implementation of EMP, as per the conditions stipulated in the Environmental Management Action Plan. S/he will prepare an implementation plan of mitigating actions specified in the EMP Activity Table. H/she will guide / supervise the ESE in ensuring that all construction work is being undertaken in line with the requirements of EMP. The team leader will ensure that the reporting procedures mentioned in EMAP is adhered to and required reports and management plans are submitted to CSC on time. The corrective actions, as suggested by CSC will also be implemented and reported. S/he will have good understanding of the contractual clauses, especially the penalty clause given in the bid document as well as EMAP of this report. He will also ensure that the responsibilities stipulated in EMAP for Defect Liability period are carried out1. Qualifications, Roles, Responsibilities of Environment, and Safety Engineer (ESE) of Contractor: The candidate shall be M. Sc. Environmental Science or B.Tech. in Civil / Environmental Engineering with minimum 7 years field experience in environmental management of transportation projects. The duties and responsibilities of the Environment and Safety Engineer in the contractor’s team2are as follows: 1. To ensure that all the contractor activities are done in line with the EMP requirements. 2. To have good understanding of the contractual clauses, especially the penalty clause as given in the bid document as well as EMAP of this report. 3. To verify the appropriateness of all the EMP items. 4. To prepare a management and redevelopment plan for all the sites of identified project related ancillary facilities like (i) Construction camp, (ii) labour camp, (iii) quarry and stone crusher unit, (iv) borrow area and (v) debris disposal site in line with detailed guidelines given in EMP. 5. To ensure that all the five sites and camps mentioned activity is operated, managed and closed in line with management and redevelopment plan. 1 No full time engineer is required for this,any one in the Contractor’s team will be given this responsibility. 2 The Contractor will need a dedicated civil engineer to address EMF and safety-related issues for each contract package. This engineer will be given appropriate logistical support to carry out the various activities DPR VOLUME VII: PART A (II) P a g e | 4-9 Highways Department, GoTN TNRSP-II ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN Upgrading Nanguneri - Bharatavaram - Ovari Road (SH89) Upto ECR Junction km 0/000 to km 35/200 6. To ensure that the top soil preservation is done wherever required as per the guidelines. 7. To ensure the adoption of proper waste management practices in the plant sites, labour camps, construction camps and along the road (also pertains to the proper disposal of bituminous / concrete waste generated during construction). 8. To ensure that the Contractor does not violate any social norms such as employment of child labour, children at work sites, providing creches, unhygienic working conditions and minimum wage considerations as per prevailing laws 9. To ensure that all the MoRTH specifications are available and followed in all the contractor activities. 10. To liaison with the Supervision Consultant and TNRSP on matters pertaining to the EMP. 11. To liaison with Government Agencies such as the Pollution Control Boards in order to obtain the required clearances, and to ensure that the Contractor activities are carried out in line with any conditions placed. 12. To ensure adoption of good construction-related safety practices and appropriate traffic management practices to ensure road safety during the construction phase. 13. To prepare and implement a plan for road safety, accidents and traffic management. 14. To demark the start chainage & end chainage of the project as the construction zone, and provide sign boards as per accepted standards. 15. To inform and train all the contractor personnel on the IRC requirements on construction safety and on road safety. 16. To ensure the availability of first aid facilities. Reporting requirements of Contractor: The Contractor will undertake regular reporting to CSC, comprising submission of reports as well as management and redevelopment plans to CSC. 4.4 INFORMATION DISSEMINATION Information dissemination will be undertaken by TNRSP at a macro level and by the Contractor in the project site at micro level. The wider dissemination of information to public will be undertaken by TNRSP through the disclosure of EA / EMP reports in the website of TNRSP. At the project site, i.e. the direct impact zone, information boards will be displayed at critical and pre-identified locations to disseminate the project details. Such information boards will display project name, contractor’s name, concerned official’s name in Contractor’s office with his designation and contact no., name and contact details of an authorized official in local TNRSP divisional office. These information boards will be approximately of size 5’ x 5’ and designed and put up in such a way that public can easily read it from a distance. Such boards will be setup, not only along active project stretches, but also at the sites of construction camps and labour camps and other project facilities like borrow area, quarry and stone crusher site and debris disposal site. These information DPR VOLUME VII: PART A (II) P a g e | 4-10 Highways Department, GoTN TNRSP-II ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN Upgrading Nanguneri - Bharatavaram - Ovari Road (SH89) Upto ECR Junction km 0/000 to km 35/200 boards will also mention the availability of a complaint register with ESE of the Contractor. Under the RTI Act, 2005, Contractor is also bound to share any information demanded by the public, pertaining to any aspect of the project, as and when it is demanded. 4.5 GRIEVANCE REDRESSAL MECHANISM Public Complaint Cell in TNRSP: In order to create a responsive and transparent information landscape for the TNRSP, a Public Grievance Redressal Cell (GRC) cum Public Information Cell (PIL) will be established to serve as a point of contact to provide information to the public and the media about the goals, policies and activities of the TNRSP and to cater to the complaints received from public related to environmental issues due to the project. The GRC cum PIL will operate from TNRSP headquarters and will serve as an active link for gathering and disseminating information about the TNRSP. The GRC cum PIL shall be headed by Superintending Engineer (PIU - H.O.) and shall be assisted by Environmental Specialist and Social Specialist of TNRSP. A complaint can be sent or information can be received by any means either by email, fax, phone, letter or in person at following address: The Officer In charge, Grievance Redressal Cell cum Public Information Cell, Tamil Nadu Road Sector Project-II, TNMB Building, Ist Floor, No.171, South Kesavaperumalpuram, Greenways Road, R.A.Puram, Chennai 600 028.Tamil Nadu. Ph.:044 24951072 Fax :044 24952414 E-mail: tnrsp1@gmail.com The set up GRC shall have the system of records keeping, contact details of complainant, date of the complaint received, nature of grievance etc. for the project road and shall take necessary action against the complaint. The GRC will determine the merit of each grievance, and resolve grievances within an outer time limit of three months of receiving the complaint. The dissemination of information on the availability of GRC shall be disclosed to public through either by uploading of EMP on TNRSP website or through circulation of print media by TNRSP along the project road. Complaints register with Contractor: The contractor will keep and maintain a complaint register report at his site office along the project road as well as project facilities like construction camp, labour camp etc., for public to register their complaints. The Contractor, after taking necessary action based on the complaint, will also incorporate the same in the complaint register. This report will also be part of the monthly report, for CSC to monitor and take necessary action, if needed. It has to be noted that, inaction upon the complaint of the public will be considered as a major lapse from the side of the Contractor, leading to invoking of penalty clause which is given in bid document/EMP. DPR VOLUME VII: PART A (II) P a g e | 4-11 Highways Department, GoTN TNRSP-II ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN Upgrading Nanguneri - Bharatavaram - Ovari Road (SH89) Upto ECR Junction km 0/000 to km 35/200 4.6 TRAINING PROGRAMME ON ENVIRONMENTAL ASPECTS Training is an investment made on the human resource of the organization to provide and tone the competencies, required to do an existing job well and also to perform for future needs. Targeted and monitored training can set up an environment of good morale and productivity and contributes in creating a powerhouse of competencies for the organisation. The general awareness on environment and safety will be imparted to the Educational Institutes that are present in the project corridor by the contractor. This section deals with the training to be imparted to the Contractor’s staff by the EO and Senior Construction Safety Specialist (SCSS) of CSC for ensuring effective implementation of EMP. The training requirement broadly identified is given in Table 4.3. Table 4-3: Training Programme to the Contractor’s Staff Programme Particulars Duration Participants Contactor’s Responsibility as per Orientation bid document Engineers including One day each Programme ESE Reporting System in EMAP Skilled and unskilled General Awareness on laborers Environment Awareness Engineers, supervisors One day each programme and office staff General Awareness on Safety aspects Educational Institutes in the project line The need for additional and specialised training will be examined and appropriate training will be undertaken as required. DPR VOLUME VII: PART A (II) P a g e | 4-12 CHAPTER 5 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING AND REPORTING REQUIREMENTS Highways Department, GoTN TNRSP-II ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN Upgrading Nanguneri - Bharatavaram - Ovari Road (SH89) Upto ECR Junction km 0/000 to km 35/200 5 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING AND REPORTING REQUIREMENTS 5.1 MONITORING AND REPORTING OF ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT MEASURES A robust monitoring and reporting system is mandatory to ensure compliance to EMAP by the contractor. The monitoring and reporting system evolved for TNRSP-II is shown in Table 5.1 and is integrated into EMAP table and its annexures. It comprises following three parts: A. Monitoring and reporting of environmental management measures for project related facilities like construction camp, labour camp, quarry area, borrow area and debris disposal site, B. Monitoring and reporting of environmental management measures for overall project, and C. Monitoring and reporting of quality of environmental attributes like air, water and noise. This monitoring and reporting system attempts to pre-empt much of the environmental issues created during construction and post-construction stages and provides the necessary feedback for CSC / PMU to make sure that EMAP is implemented in full spirit. Instead of a linear reporting system, this system works on a two way basis – initial reporting by contractor followed by monitoring by CSC based on contractor’s reports. Responsibilities for monitoring will rest with the Environmental Officer of the Supervising Consultant reporting to the PMU and EMU at TNRSP. The detailed procedure of reporting and monitoring system is as follows: (A) Monitoring and Reporting of Environmental Management Measures for Project Related Facilities Sage I – Site Identification: While initiating the project, the Contractor needs to identify suitable sites for project related ancillary facilities like construction camp, labour camp, quarry and stone crusher units, borrow area, debris disposal sites and sources of water for construction. The same will be undertaken adhering to the criteria given in the respective guidelines for each of these sites given in Annexures 3.1 to 3.5. Once the site is identified by the Contractor, s/he will prepare a site identification report furnishing all the details pertaining to the identified site using the reporting format given in Annexures 3.12 to 3.17 and submit it to the CSC. Subsequently, the EO of CSC will require visiting each site and approving / rejecting the site with reasons. The EO of CSC will give a copy of this format to the contractor after his approval / rejection with remarks. This reporting procedure needs to be undertaken for each and every parcel of land identified for any of the project related ancillary facility. DPR VOLUME VII: PART A (II) P a g e | 5-1 Highways Department, GoTN TNRSP-II ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN Upgrading Nanguneri - Bharatavaram - Ovari Road (SH89) Upto ECR Junction km 0/000 to km 35/200 Table 5-1: Monitoring and Reporting Plan for Entire Project Reporting/Monitoring Format Applicable Project Frequency of Reporting by Frequency of reporting/ action Applicable site Contractor to be taken by CSC annexure no. A.FORPROJECT RELATEDFACILITIES ANDSITES STAGE-I: SITEIDENTIFICATION Reporting Formats for Construction camp One time reporting to CSC Visit each site and approve the Annexure No. 3.12 Identification of Sites Labour camp for each site, when it is site as and when it is reported Annexure No. 3.13 Quarry and stone identified Annexure No. 3.14 Crusher unit Borrow area Annexure No. 3.15 Debris disposal site Annexure No. 3.16 Water Sources Annexure No. 3.17 STAGE-II: SETTING UP OF SITES Management and Re- Construction camp One time reporting to CSC Visit each site and approve the Annexure No.3.1 development Plans for Sites/ Labour camp for each site, when it is management plans as and when Annexure No.3.2 Camps Quarry and stone required it is submitted Annexure No.3.3 Crusher unit Borrow area Annexure No.3.4 Debris disposal site Annexure No.3.5 Comprehensive Waste All Sites One time reporting to CSC Visit each site and approve the Annexure No.3.6 Management Plan for all sites together management plan as and when it is submitted Occupational Health and All Sites One time reporting to CSC Visit each site and approve the Annexure No.3.8 Safety Management Plan for all sites together management plan as and when it is submitted Traffic Management Plan All Sites One time reporting to CSC Visit each site and approve the Annexure No.3.9 for all sites together management plan as and when it is submitted Hazardous Substances All Sites One time reporting to CSC Visit each site and approve the Annexure No.3.10 Management Plan for all sites together management plan as and when it is submitted STAGE-III: OPERATION OF SITES DPR VOLUME VII: PART A (II) P a g e | 5-1 Highways Department, GoTN TNRSP-II ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN Upgrading Nanguneri - Bharatavaram - Ovari Road (SH89) Upto ECR Junction km 0/000 to km 35/200 Reporting/Monitoring Format Applicable Project Frequency of Reporting by Frequency of reporting/ action Applicable site Contractor to be taken by CSC annexure no. Format for Register of sites All sites/ camps Details to be recorded in Check the status of clearances Annexure No. 3.19 opened and closed and its chronological order when a and redevelopment status of reporting site is opened / closed and each site and approve the report to be submitted to CSC monthly. monthly. Checklists for Monitoring Construction camp Nil Monitor the implementation of Annexure No. 3.20 Environmental Management of Labour camp management plan monthly once, Annexure No. 3.21 Sites/ Camps Quarry and stone through site visits and checklists. Annexure No. 3.22 Crusher unit Borrow area Annexure No. 3.23 Debris disposal site Annexure No. 3.24 STAGE-IV: CLOSURE OF SITES Checklists for Monitoring Construction camp Nil Monitor the implementation of Annexure No. 3.25 Redevelopment of Sites/ Labour camp redevelopment plan through site Annexure No. 3.26 Camps Quarry and stone visits and checklists, when a site Annexure No. 3.27 crusher unit is closed and reported through Borrow area the register of sites. Annexure No. 3.28 Debris disposal site Annexure No. 3.29 B. FOR OVERALL PROJECT Format for Register of All project sites Monthly Monitor the implementation of Annexure No. 3.18 complaints and its reporting management measures through Reporting Format for Work All project sites Monthly site visits and approve the Annexure No. 3.30 Force Management reports monthly. Reporting Format for All project sites Monthly Annexure No. 3.31 Occupational Health and Safety Measures Reporting Format for Top Soil All project sites Monthly Annexure No. 3.32 Conservation Reporting Format for Water All project sites Monthly Annexure No. 3.33 Sprinkling for Dust Suppression Reporting Format for Road All project sites Monthly Annexure No. 3.34 DPR VOLUME VII: PART A (II) P a g e | 5-2 Highways Department, GoTN TNRSP-II ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN Upgrading Nanguneri - Bharatavaram - Ovari Road (SH89) Upto ECR Junction km 0/000 to km 35/200 Reporting/Monitoring Format Applicable Project Frequency of Reporting by Frequency of reporting/ action Applicable site Contractor to be taken by CSC annexure no. Safety Measures during Construction Reporting Format for Register All project sites Monthly Annexure No. 3.35 of Accidents and it’s Reporting Reporting Format for All project sites Monthly Annexure No. 3.37 Enhancement and Mitigation of Cultural Properties Reporting Format for All project sites Monthly Annexure No. 3.39 Enhancement measures other than cultural properties Reporting Format for Tree All project sites Monthly Annexure No. 3.39 Plantation Reporting Format for Monthly All project sites Monthly Annexure No. 3.40 Report from Contractor to CSC Reporting Format for Monthly All project sites Nil Monthly Annexure No. 3.41 Report from CSC to PIU C. FOR ENVIRONMENTAL QUALITY MONITORING Reporting Format for All project sites Monitoring is to be Verify the details through site Annexure No. 3.36 Environmental Quality Conducted as per visits and approve the reports Monitoring Environmental Quality monthly Monitoring plan in Table 5.2. To be submitted to CSC along with the monthly report. DPR VOLUME VII: PART A (II) P a g e | 5-3 Highways Department, GoTN TNRSP-II ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN Upgrading Nanguneri - Bharatavaram - Ovari Road (SH89) Upto ECR Junction km 0/000 to km 35/200 Stage II – Setting up of Sites: On approval of a site, the Contractor will prepare the Management and Redevelopment Plan for this site as per the relevant Guidelines given in Annexures 3.1 to 3.5 of EMP and submit to CSC for approval. In addition to the Management and Redevelopment Plans for sites, the Contractor will prepare Comprehensive Waste Management Plan, Occupational Health and Safety Management Plan, Traffic Management Plan and Hazardous Substances Management Plan for all sites together, as per the Guidelines given in EMP Annexure 3.6, 3.8, 3.9 and 3.10 respectively. Subsequently, the EO of CSC needs to visit each site and approve the Management Plan. The EO of CSC will give a copy of this management plan to the contractor after his approval with remarks / suggestions for additional mitigation measures. Any activity can be initiated in a site only after getting approval from CSC for the Management and Redevelopment Plan for that site. These plans need to be prepared for each and every parcel of land identified as described above. Stage III –Operation of Sites: Once the Contractor receives approval for the Management and Redevelopment Plan, s/he can initiate activities on the site. All the activities shall be undertaken strictly in line with the said plan. CSC shall monitor the implementation of management plan monthly once, through site visits and the Checklists for Monitoring the Environmental Management of Sites / Camps given in Annexures 3.20 to 3.24. Corrective actions with specific timeframe should be proposed for each environmental management measure, which is not implemented satisfactorily. A copy of the filled up checklist should be given to the ESE of the Contractor. CSC has to attach this format to the Monthly Report to be submitted to PIU, with details of corrective action taken by the Contractor. A Register of Sites Opened and Closed in the format given in Annexure 3.19 will be maintained by the contractor (preferably in A3 size paper) for each road. Details of each site opened will be entered in this register in chronological order. Whenever a site is closed, it will be recorded in this register with status of redevelopment. Clearances applicable for each site and the status of clearances will also be entered in this register. This same format will be used to report the details of sites opened and closed to the CSC along with the Monthly Report of the Contractor. EO of CSC will require visiting the sites, verifying the details and approving the report with instruction to the contractor if any clearance is pending for any site or redevelopment is not done satisfactorily for any closed site. A copy of the approved report with CSC’s remarks will be given to the ESE of the Contractor. The EO of CSC will attach this format to the Monthly Report to be submitted to PMU, with details of corrective action taken by the Contractor. Stage IV – Closure of Sites: Upon completion of the operation in any particular project ancillary facility site, the Contractor will undertake redevelopment of the same, in line with their development plan which was already approved by CSC and intimate to CSC through the format for Register of Sites Opened and Closed. The Environmental Officer of the CSC will monitor the same through site visit and the Checklists for Monitoring the Redevelopment of Sites/ Camps provided in Annexures 3.25 to 3.29 as and when a site is closed and reported by the Contractor. Corrective actions with specific timeframe will be proposed for those environmental DPR VOLUME VII: PART A (II) P a g e | 5-1 Highways Department, GoTN TNRSP-II ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN Upgrading Nanguneri - Bharatavaram - Ovari Road (SH89) Upto ECR Junction km 0/000 to km 35/200 management measures, which are not being implemented satisfactorily. A copy of the filled up checklist will be given to the ESE of the Contractor. CSC will require attaching this format to the Monthly Report to be submitted to PMU, with details of corrective action taken by the Contractor. As described above, the reporting tasks for project facilities have been split and shared among contractor and CSC and its summary is given below: One time reporting by contractor to CSC at the stage of identification of sites and camps One time reporting by contractor to CSC through management and redevelopment plans before setting up of sites and camps Monthly reporting of sites opened and closed by contractor to CSC Monthly monitoring by CSC during the operation stage of sites and camps One time monitoring by CSC after the closure of each site and camp (B) Monitoring and Reporting of Environmental Management Measures for Overall Project The Contractor will undertake regular monthly reporting to CSC using the format given in Annexure 3.40, and all other reporting formats will be attached to this monthly report as annexures. The Monthly Report captures the physical progress of the work, main issues / concerns, corrective actions taken, no. of workers in the reporting month etc. Further, CSC will report monthly to PIU, summarising the issues / concerns and actions taken. This report has to be prepared in the format given in Annexure 3.41 and all other reports are to be attached to it as annexures. All the reporting formats given in Annexures 3.30 to 3.39 will be used by the Contractor to report environmental management measures related to various aspects of the overall project. These reports are to be submitted monthly by the Contractor to the CSC. The EO of CSC will visit the sites, verify the implementation of management measures, and approve the reports. EO of CSC will give a copy of the approved reports to the ESE of the Contractor with his remarks. (C) Monitoring and Reporting of Environmental Quality Environmental quality monitoring will be undertaken by the Contractor through an NABL approved laboratory, based on the Environmental Quality Monitoring Plan presented in Table 5.2. The monitoring results will be reported by the Contractor to the CSC in the Reporting Format for Environmental Quality Monitoring given in Annexure 3.36 along with the Monthly Report, if monitoring remains due in that month. A copy of the monitoring report given by the Laboratory will require to be attached to this format. The CSC will visit the sites and verify the details. Additional mitigation measures, if required, can be suggested by the CSC. The EO of CSC will send back a copy of this format to the contractor after his approval with remarks. DPR VOLUME VII: PART A (II) P a g e | 5-2 Highways Department, GoTN TNRSP-II ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN Upgrading Nanguneri - Bharatavaram - Ovari Road (SH89) Upto ECR Junction km 0/000 to km 35/200 5.2 ENVIRONMENTAL QUALITY MONITORING PLAN FOR THE PROJECT The environmental monitoring plan for the project is presented in Table 5.2. For each of the environmental components, the monitoring plan specifies the technical aspects of monitoring like locations of monitoring; frequency of monitoring and duration, sampling method, parameters to be monitored and standards to be compared. The monitoring plan also specifies the applicable standards, and implementation and supervising responsibilities. Baseline monitoring locations are also mentioned in Table 5.3, which serve as a reference for monitoring during construction and operation phases. DPR VOLUME VII: PART A (II) P a g e | 5-3 Highways Department, GoTN TNRSP-II ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN Upgrading Nanguneri - Bharatavaram - Ovari Road (SH89) Upto ECR Junction km 0/000 to km 35/200 Table 5-2: Environmental Quality Monitoring Plan Project Attribute Parameter Special Guidance Standards Frequency Duration Location Implementation Supervision Stage Along the Three Contractor road and seasons through NABL Samplers to be at Hot Construction per year approved located 50 m mix / for 2.5 monitoring PM10, PM2.5, from the plant in 24 hours batching Air NAAQS, years agencies CSC SO2, NOx and the downwind Sampling plant 2009 appointed CO direction. Use Contractor by TNRSP method specified Three through NABL by CPCB for seasons in Along the Operation approved analysis a year for road monitoring 2 years agencies pH, BOD, Three Contractor COD, TDS, seasons Along the through NABL Construction Pb, Oil & per year road approved Grease, Indian for 2.5 monitoring Detergents Grab sample Standards years agencies collected from for Inland CSC and Faecal source and Surface appointed Coliforms for analyze as per Waters (IS: Grab by TNRSP Water Surface water. Standard Methods 2296, 1982) Sampling Contractor pH, TDS, for Examination of and for Three Surface through NABL Total Water and Drinking seasons in Operation water approved hardness, Wastewater Water (IS : a year for sources monitoring Sulphate, 10500:2012) 2 years agencies Chloride, Fe, and Pb for groundwater. DPR VOLUME VII: PART A (II) P a g e | 5-4 Highways Department, GoTN TNRSP-II ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN Upgrading Nanguneri - Bharatavaram - Ovari Road (SH89) Upto ECR Junction km 0/000 to km 35/200 Project Attribute Parameter Special Guidance Standards Frequency Duration Location Implementation Supervision Stage Along the Three road and Contractor seasons Equivalent noise near Hot through NABL Construction per year levels using an Noise Leq in mix / approved for 2.5 Noise levels integrated noise Standards dB(A) of batching monitoring CSC years on dB (A) level meter kept at as per day time plant agencies appointed scale a distance of 15 Noise and night by TNRSP Noise from edge of Rules, 2000 time pavement Three Along the Contractor seasons in road through NABL Operation a year for approved 2 years monitoring agencies Three Along the Threshold road Contractor seasons for each through NABL Construction per year Hot mix / contaminant approved Sample of soil for 2.5 batching set by IRIS monitoring collected to years Grab plant Soil Monitoring of database of agencies acidified and Sampling CSC Pb, SAR and USEPA until analyzed using appointed Oil & Grease national absorption by TNRSP standards Three Along the Contractor spectrophotometer are seasons in road through NABL Operation promulgate a year for approved d 2 years monitoring agencies Environmental Standards for air, water and noise are provided in Annexure 3.54. DPR VOLUME VII: PART A (II) P a g e | 5-5 Highways Department, GoTN TNRSP-II ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN Upgrading Nanguneri - Bharatavaram - Ovari Road (SH89) Upto ECR Junction km 0/000 to km 35/200 Table 5-3: Baseline Monitoring Locations along Nanguneri - Bharatavaram - Ovari Road section of SH-89 S.No. Existing km LHS/RHS Name of Location and Village Ambient Air Quality 1. Km 11.00 LHS School near Elankulam Village 2. Km 14.20 LHS RECT College, Vijayanarayanam 3. Km 22.20 LHS College Near cross junction of SH-93 (Vallure to Turchun) 4 Km 35.90 LHS School and Church, Ovari Ambient Noise Levels 1. Km 9.2 RHS Govt. School 2. Km 11.00 LHS School near Elankulam Village 3. Km 14.20 LHS RECT College, Vijayanarayanam 4. Km 14.60 RHS Medical dispensary 5. Km 16.50 LHS School, Sevandiapuram 6 Km 22.20 LHS College Near cross junction of SH-93 (Vallure to Turchun) 7 Km 32.4 LHS School , Idaiyangudi Village 8 Km 35.90 LHS School and Church, Ovari Surface and Ground Water Quality 1 Km 10.80 RHS Alangulam Village for GW 2 Km 12.20 RHS Alangulam Village for GW 3 Km 13.1 LHS Elankulam Village for SW 4 Km 15.5 LHS VijayanarayanamVillage for GW 5 Km 16.6 RHS VijayanarayanamVillagefor SW 6 Km 27.8 LHS Tisaiyanvillai Village for GW Soil Quality 1 Km 7.5 RHS Subramanyapuram 2 Km 17.4 RHS Sevandiapuram 3 Km 34.5 LHS Idaiyangudi DPR VOLUME VII: PART A (II) P a g e | 5-6 CHAPTER 6 ENVIRONMENTAL BUDGET Highways Department, GoTN TNRSP-II ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN Upgrading Nanguneri - Bharatavaram - Ovari Road (SH89) Upto ECR Junction km 0/000 to km 35/200 6 ENVIRONMENTAL BUDGET Mitigation measures proposed in the EMAP will be implemented by the Contractor. The works to be undertaken by the Contractor have been quantified and the quantities included in the respective BOQ items such as earth works, slope protection, road safety features and tree plantation. More general environmental management measures to be followed by the contractor have been included in the specifications and this EMAP. The budgetary provisions for the implementation of the environmental management plan and enhancement measures for the Project road are presented in Table 6.1. The EMP budget has been incorporated as BOQ no.11 in the total project cost estimates (DPR). Table 6-1: Cost Estimates for Environmental Management along Nanguneri - Bharatavaram Ovari Road section of SH-89 upto ECR Junction Rate Cost Sl. No. Item Unit Quantity Remarks (INR) (INR) A PRE CONSTRUCTION PHASE Covered under Tree Felling>30cm 1 Number 773 Engineering girth cost Covered under regulatory clearance, 2 Utility Shifting Engineering cost Sub Total Cost B CONSTRUCTION PHASE 1 Mitigation Measures other than Good Engineering practices 1.1 Oil Interceptors Number 2 At Canal 1.2 Silt Fencing Length, m 20 crossing at km 21/750 In urban Recharge pits for areas 1.3 Number 2 urban drains interval on both sides Soak pits for all Cost 1.4 Hand Pump/Wells Number 17 included in along the road RAP Sub Total 2 Tree Plantation and Protection Avenue Plantation including Compensatory Plantation (cost also includes maintenance 2.1 for 5 years) DPR VOLUME VII: PART A (II) P a g e | 6-1 Highways Department, GoTN TNRSP-II ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN Upgrading Nanguneri - Bharatavaram - Ovari Road (SH89) Upto ECR Junction km 0/000 to km 35/200 Rate Cost Sl. No. Item Unit Quantity Remarks (INR) (INR) 10 times for Compensatory 2.1.1 Numbers 7,730 trees>30cm Plantation* girth Considering single row of 2.1.2 Avenue plantation Numbers 9,674 trees on both sides in rural areas 2.2 Tree Fencing Numbers 17,404 2.2 Plantation in Realignment Locations (cost also includes maintenance for 5 years) Plantation of 2.2.1 Number 940 Saplings 2.2 Tree Fencing Numbers 940 3 Landscaping At major junction 3.1 Numbers 5 location Sub Total 4 Monitoring of Environmental Attributes during Construction Phase 4.1 Air Quality Three Monitoring of Air Per season in a 4.1.1 Quality near Hot 7 Samples year for 2.5 mix plants years Three Monitoring of Air Per season in a 4.2 Quality at Critical 28 Samples year for 2.5 Locations years 4.2 Noise Levels Three Monitoring of Per season in a 4.2.1 Noise Level at 7 Samples year for 2.5 Equipment Yards years Three Monitoring of Per season in a 4.2.2 Noise Levels at 56 Samples year for 2.5 Critical Locations years 4.3 Water Quality Monitoring of Three Water Quality Per season in a 4.3.1 42 (Surface & Samples year for 2.5 Ground) years 4.4 Soil Quality DPR VOLUME VII: PART A (II) P a g e | 6-2 Highways Department, GoTN TNRSP-II ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN Upgrading Nanguneri - Bharatavaram - Ovari Road (SH89) Upto ECR Junction km 0/000 to km 35/200 Rate Cost Sl. No. Item Unit Quantity Remarks (INR) (INR) Three Monitoring of Soil Per season in a 4.4.1 21 Quality Samples year for 2.5 years Additional Soil Per 4.4.2 Monitoring during 7 Samples Spills Sub Total 5 Mitigation/Enhancement Measures 5.1 Cultural Properties (Covered under RAP Budget) 5.2 Enhancement Measures at selected Pond (Annexure 3.51) Pond at Km 5.2.1 15+000 2.0m high stone wall for 60m length cum 60 along pond Provision of sign boards at km At start and 0/000 and km end of 15/000 (influence 6 Numbers 2 influence zone) zone of for Koonthakulam project road Bird Sanctuary located along Environmental Budget during construction Phase C GOOD ENGINEERING PRACTICES 1 Dust Suppression Erosion Control Measures 2 (Turfing / Pitching / Seeding & Mulching) Provision of Cross drainage & 3 side drainage structures General Borrow area management and maintenance of 4 haul roads related to borrow areas Air/noise pollution control Covered under Engineering Costs 5 measures in construction equipments Management and disposal of 6 scarified waste bituminous material 7 Provision of Informatory Signs 8 Bus shelters 9 Construction of Speed Humps 10 Cattle Crossings DPR VOLUME VII: PART A (II) P a g e | 6-3 Highways Department, GoTN TNRSP-II ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN Upgrading Nanguneri - Bharatavaram - Ovari Road (SH89) Upto ECR Junction km 0/000 to km 35/200 Rate Cost Sl. No. Item Unit Quantity Remarks (INR) (INR) 11 Management of quarries Will form a part of the Contractor's 12 Redevelopment of Borrow Areas cost Construction Camp Management 13 Will form a part of the Contractor's Costs cost 14 Safety measures for workers D ITEMS COVERED UNDER THE RAP BUDGET 1 Relocation of private Properties Relocation of Other Community Covered under RAP Budget 2 Assets (private) E OPERATION PHASE 1 Monitoring of Environmental Attributes during Operation Phase Three Monitoring of Air season in a 1.1 Quality at Critical Per Sample 24 year for 2 Locations years Three Monitoring of season in a 1.2 Noise Levels at Per Sample 36 year for 2 Critical Locations years Three Monitoring of season in a 1.3 Per Sample 36 Water Quality year for 2 years Three Monitoring of Soil season in a 1.4 Per Sample 18 Quality year for 2 years Three Additional Soil season in a 1.5 Monitoring during Per Sample 6 year for 2 Spills years Information - - Covered 2 - Dissemination under RAP Environmental Budget During Operation Phase Sub Total (A+B+E) INR GRAND TOTAL US$ @ INR 60.00/$ US$ * Note: Plantation to be taken up within available space between EROW and PROW considering 1/2/3 row of plantation all along the corridor DPR VOLUME VII: PART A (II) P a g e | 6-4 ANNEXURES Highways Department, GoTN TNRSP-II ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN Upgrading Nanguneri - Bharatavaram - Uvari Road (SH89) upto ECR Junction km 0/000 to km 35/200 ANNEXURE 3.1: GUIDELINES FOR SITING, MANAGEMENT AND REDEVELOPMENT OF CONSTRUCTION CAMPS A. OVERVIEW Construction camp accommodates a mix of activities, which are highly polluting in nature causing considerable environmental impact and its proper siting, management and redevelopment is crucial to avoid, minimize and mitigate those impacts. The EMAP clearly distinguishes between various impacts that may occur at various stages of the camp like (i) siting, (ii) setting up, (iii) operation and (iv) closure / redevelopment and provide respective mitigation measures to some extent. In addition to that, this guideline has been prepared to provide the Contractor with comprehensive and systematic information on various steps to be undertaken during these four stages, so that s/he can execute his/her role in an environmentally sound manner. Various mitigation measures have been synthesized into this guideline so that it serves as a single and stand alone document for the Contractor. B. CRITERIA FOR SITING THE CAMP To the extent, possible barren land or wastelands shall be preferred during site selection and fertile land and agricultural land shall be avoided. All such sites must be above the HFL with adequate drainage facility. In areas prone to floods, cyclones, cloudbursts or heavy rainfall, selection of the site should be made keeping in mind the safety of the camp and the workers. In addition, the Contractor should take care of the following criteria for locating the site: A minimum of 250 m away from any major settlement or village in downwind direction. A minimum of 200 m of any major surface water course or body1 Not within 500 m from ecologically sensitive areas like wild life sanctuary, mangroves etc. Sufficiently wide access roads (at least 5.5 m Wide) for heavy vehicle movements After identification of the site the Contractor should fill up the prescribed reporting format and submit the same for approval to the CSC without which any activity shouldn’t be started on the site C. FINALIZATION OF SELECTED SITE/S After identification of the site, the Contractor should fill up the prescribed reporting format provided in EMAP and submit the same for approval to the CSC. Environmental Officer of CSC shall approve the selected site/s, after considering the compliance with the EMP clauses. No agreements or payments shall be made to the land owner/s prior to receipt of a written approval from the CSC. Any consequence of rejection prior to the approval shall be the responsibility of the Contractor and shall be made good at his own cost. After obtaining a written approval from the CSC for the selected site, the Contractor has to enter into an agreement with the landowner to obtain his/her consent before commencing any operation / activities in the land. The agreement should also mention its type, duration, amount and mode of payment as well as the preferences of the owner regarding site maintenance and redevelopment. 1 In the absence of site meeting the stipulated criteria, an alternate site can be selected specifying the reasons. In such a case, the construction camp management plan should incorporate additional measures specific to the site as suggested by the CSC. DPR VOLUME VII: PART A (II) Page |2 Highways Department, GoTN TNRSP-II ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN Upgrading Nanguneri - Bharatavaram - Uvari Road (SH89) upto ECR Junction km 0/000 to km 35/200 D. DESIGNING OF CAMP / PREPARATION OF LAYOUT PLAN The Contractor should design a layout plan of the camp with adequate space for (i) site office along with store room, rest area and sanitary facilities, (ii) plants, machineries, (iii) workshops, (iv) vehicle washing area, (v) fuel handling area, (vi) room for raw material unloading and stocking, (vii) space for storage and handling of solid wastes (viii) security cabin etc. The laying out of these should be undertaken in such a manner that it facilitates smooth functioning of both man and machine. Fuel pumps, storage facility for inflammable and hazardous chemicals/ materials shall be provided inside the camp, but at a safe distance from office. Electric safety practices shall be integrated/ incorporated during the lay-out plan preparation. Prevailing wind direction shall be kept in mind while planning out the lay-out of internal facilities. Cutting of trees should be minimum and the existing ones need to be integrated into the lay-out plan with proper planning. The roads within the camp should be well planned with adequate space for movement of vehicles and their parking. E. SETTING UP OF CONSTRUCTION CAMP Site preparation: The stripping, stacking and preservation of top soil will be mandatory in case of farm lands and fertile areas and absolutely no material stacking or equipment installment or vehicle parking or any other activity should be allowed prior to the satisfactory completion of this activity as per guidelines in EMP. Thereafter, the site should be graded and rendered free from depressions such that the water does not get stagnant anywhere. A compound wall of 2.4 m height should be constructed all around the camp to prevent the trespassing of humans and animals. Green belt should be provided along the boundary and as detailed in the EMP, it should be integrated with storm water drain and sedimentation trenches as given in annexure in EMAP. No. of trees planted should not be less than three times the number of trees cut. The approved layout plan should be strictly adhered to while setting up the camp. Setting up of plants and machineries: Adequate arrangements should be made for avoiding fugitive emissions from plants and camp premises. This will include (i) control of air pollution through provision of in-built dust extraction systems like bag filter, damper and cyclone filter for bitumen hot mix plant, (ii) a chimney of appropriate height (as per SPCB guideline) from ground level attached with dust extraction system and scrubber for the hot mix plant, (iii) a chimney of appropriate height for the DG set (iv) water sprinkling facilities for the concrete batching plant, wet mix macadam plant as well as in the camp premises and (v) garden net to prevent fugitive emissions from storage place of cement and aggregates.. It has to be also ensured that effluent from the sludge tank of the scrubber is recycled and reused and the sludge is used for land filling with top soil spread on it. To ensure that noise levels are within the limit, all plants and machineries should have their own silencers or any other noise control devices. All pollution control devices should be provided with back up power. Following conditions should be complied regarding the sound level conditions: The sound level (Leq) measured at a distance of 1 m from the boundary of the site shall not exceed 55dB (A) during day time (6am - 6pm) and 45 dB(A) during night time (6 pm - 6am). The total sound power level of the DG set shall be less than 96+10 log 10(KVA) dB(A) where KVA is the nominal power rating of DG set. The DG set shall be provided with acoustic enclosure/acoustic treatment with an insertion loss of minimum 25 dB(A). The DG set shall be provided with proper exhaust muffler with insertion loss of minimum 25 dB(A). DPR VOLUME VII: PART A (II) Page |3 Highways Department, GoTN TNRSP-II ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN Upgrading Nanguneri - Bharatavaram - Uvari Road (SH89) upto ECR Junction km 0/000 to km 35/200 A proper, routine and preventive maintenance procedure for the DG set shall be set and followed in consultation with the DG set manufacturer. Concrete flooring with slope drains and oil interceptors should be proposed for hot mix plant area and workshop, vehicle washing and fuel handling area as per EMP, so that oil and lubricants that may spill on the floor does not contaminate any soil or water body. In case of any oil spills, it should be cleaned properly. There shall also be provisions for storage of used oil until it is disposed as per comprehensive waste management plan prepared by Contractor and approved by CSC. Sanitation Facilities: Adequate no. of toilets shall be provided separately for males and females (depending on their strength), screened from those of men and provided with markings in vernacular language. All such facilities must have adequate water supply with proper drainage and effluent treatment system like septic tank with soak pit. Soak pit should have a sealed bottom, honey comb wall and 75 cm. thick, 2 mm sand envelope around that. The sewage system for the camp must be properly sited, designed, built and operated so that no health hazard occurs and no pollution to the air, ground or adjacent watercourses takes place. Portable toilets may be brought to use and the night soil from such units has to be disposed through designated septic tanks so as to prevent pollution of the surrounding areas. In the construction camp, no night soil or sewerage shall be disposed of at any place other than the septic tanks constructed at the site. Waste Disposal: While preparing the layout plan, the Contractor should allocate adequate space for storage and handling of various wastes generated until they are disposed off in pre-identified disposal sites. The Contractor should provide separate garbage bins for biodegradable, non- biodegradable and domestic hazardous wastes in the camps and ensure that these are regularly emptied and disposed off in a hygienic manner. No incineration or burning of wastes shall be carried out by the Contractor. The disposal of any biodegradable matter shall be carried out in pits covered with a layer of earth within the camp site. Discarded plastic bags, paper and paper products, bottles, packaging material, gunny bags, hessian, metal containers, strips and scraps of metal, PVC pipe scrubber and poly urethane foam, auto mobile spares, tubes, tires, belts, filters, waste oil, drums and other such materials shall be either reused or sold /given out for recycling. POL (petroleum, oil and lubricants) waste shall be disposed off by transfer only to recycler/ re- refiners possessing valid authorization from the State Pollution Control Board and valid registration from the Central Pollution Control Board. Used lead batteries, if any, should be disposed as per the Batteries (Management and Handling) Rules 2001. First aid / safety facilities: At every camp site, a readily available first-aid unit including an adequate supply of sterilized dressing materials and appliances should be provided. Workplaces which are remote and far away from regular hospitals should have indoor health units with one bed for every 250 workers. Details of nearest clinics as well as major hospitals like their location, distance from camp, phone nos. facilities offered by the hospital should be displayed in the camp office at clearly visible location in a legible manner. Suitable transport should be provided to facilitate taking injured and ill persons to the nearest hospital. Adequate personal protective equipments and fire fighting equipments as detailed out in EMP should be made available in the camp and provided to the staff / workers. Operation manuals and training should be provided to machine operators. Warning signs should be placed at accident prone areas as well as at the entrance of the site. Training to workers: Workers shall be trained in smooth operation of plants and machines, their regular maintenance and various safety measures to be followed as well as about the need for adherence to these measures. DPR VOLUME VII: PART A (II) Page |4 Highways Department, GoTN TNRSP-II ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN Upgrading Nanguneri - Bharatavaram - Uvari Road (SH89) upto ECR Junction km 0/000 to km 35/200 Information dissemination: There should be a sign board of size 6’ x 4’ mentioning the project details and Contractor’s details to disseminate the information to the public. There should be a second sign board displaying the latest air and noise monitoring data against the standards specified. Warning signboards should be set up at the entrance gate for the public as well as at other required places for the workers to alert them about the nature of operation being undertaken at those respective places. Once the construction camp is set up, the date of commissioning of the camp should be intimated to the Head Office and concerned District Office of the SPCB. F. OPERATION OF CONSTRUCTION CAMP During the operation phase of the camp it is important to ensure that all vehicles and machineries are maintained regularly and their PUC certificates are renewed at regular intervals. All pollution control devices should be monitored and maintained properly at regular intervals. In case of process disturbance/ failure of pollution control equipments, the respective units should be shut down and should not be restarted until the control measures are rectified to achieve the desired efficiency. All units should operate only between 6 am and 10 pm. or as specified by SPCB in the consent letter. Oil and grease waste generated from garages in construction camps should be drained out through oil interceptors and they should be maintained properly. Necessary arrangements should be made for regular sprinkling of water for dust suppression. Raw materials and products should be transported with proper cover to prevent spreading of dust. Hygienic environment must be ensured by (i) provision of safe drinking water, (ii) proper maintenance of toilets including daily cleaning and disinfection using proper disinfectants, (iii) regular cleaning of drains by removing the silt and solid waste, (if any) and iv) appropriate waste management practices. While it is of utmost importance to ensure that fire fighting equipments like fire extinguishers are in working condition, it should also be monitored that construction workers use the personal protective equipments provided to them and they are replaced when necessary. All these facilities should be inspected on a weekly basis to achieve the desired levels of safety and hygiene standards. Environmental monitoring should be undertaken by the Contractor as stipulated in the EMP. If any standard is set by SPCB for hot mix plant emissions, the Contractor should collect samples of emission from all the chimneys and analyze for the parameters at least once in a month. The CTE certificate from SPCB should be renewed at regular intervals and the same should be intimated to CSC. A register should be maintained at the site office which provides (i) a one page format for each migrant labourers which will give their personal profile (including name, age, sex, educational qualification, address, blood group and any major illness), along with a copy of any ID proof and an original photograph, (ii) a copy of the ID card of local labourers. A copy of the details of the migrant labourers should be submitted to the local police station. G. PREPARATION OF CONSTRUCTION CAMP MANAGEMENT AND RE- DEVELOPMENT PLAN After the site for the construction camp has been finalized and approved by CSC, the Contractor should prepare a construction camp management plan to be submitted to CSC for approval prior to setting up of the camp and it should comprise the following details: Section–1: Details of site: Copy of approved site identification report along with location plan on a DPR VOLUME VII: PART A (II) Page |5 Highways Department, GoTN TNRSP-II ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN Upgrading Nanguneri - Bharatavaram - Uvari Road (SH89) upto ECR Junction km 0/000 to km 35/200 village map or an FMB, showing the site, its survey no., access road, project stretch, distance from the project stretch, surrounding features and land use like residences, agricultural land, water bodies etc., photograph of the site showing the topography and other existing features. Section-2: Site preparation: Activities that will be undertaken for preparing the site based on EMP and this guideline. Section-3: Arrangements/ facilities within the camp: List of plants / machineries to be set up within the camp like hot mix plant, batching plant, DG set etc., including type and no of each equipment and machinery, list of other facilities to be provided like site office, store room, rest room, toilet room, material stocking yard etc, layout plan showing all these details along with vehicular movement path, green belt etc. Species wise no. of trees to be cut shall be provided. Section-4: Mitigation measures that will be undertaken as per the EMP and this guideline while setting up of the camp and operation of the camp should be separately listed out here. Sectoin-5: Other details: Any other relevant detail like list of trainings to be provided to workers, details of information dissemination, date of CTE certificate from SPCB, its validity, additional conditions laid down in it etc. should be included. Section 6: Re-development plan, which should indicate the following points: (i) List of structures to be demolished and list of the clean-up activities that needs to be undertaken, (ii) Proposed use of the land after de-mobilizing and (iii) Presence of facilities that could be put in use by the land owner if it is a leased out private land or community in case of a public property. Section-7: Annexure-(a) Working drawings: Electrical plan showing the electrical network planned for the site, location of plants, generators, master switch boards etc. and plumbing drawing showing the network of water supply lines, sewerage line and drainage line, (b) Copy of certificates / permissions obtained from regulatory authorities / local governing body / community etc. as applicable, (c) Copy of agreement entered with the owner of the site if it is a leased out land. All the drawings should have north direction marked in it along with prevailing wind direction. Necessary dimensions and specifications should be provided where ever necessary. The construction camp management plan should be submitted to the CSC for a written approval before any physical work (includes storage of materials, equipment etc.) is undertaken on a particular site. The CSC shall carefully examine the proposals considering the specific conditions of each site as well as various EMP and regulatory provisions and provide suggestions, as necessary to the Contractor who shall incorporate it in the management plan. Contractor needs to prepare this document for each different site identified and CSC shall undertake a thorough analysis of the said management and redevelopment plan through a site investigation and suggest additional mitigation measures depending on the site and as demanded by the features of the specific site. H. DE-MOBILIZATION AND RE-DEVELOPMENT OF THE SITE The Contractor should clear all temporary structures; dispose all building debris, garbage, night soils and POL waste as per the approved debris management plan. All disposal pits or trenches should be filled in, disinfected and effectively sealed off. All the areas within the camp site should be leveled and spread over with stored top soil. Residual topsoil, if any will be distributed or spread evenly in plantation sites, on adjoining/near-by barren land or affected agricultural land adjacent to the RoW that has been impacted on account of any accidental spillage. Entire camp area should be left clean and tidy, in a manner keeping the adjacent lands neat and clear, at the Contractor’s expense, to the entire satisfaction of landowner and CSC. DPR VOLUME VII: PART A (II) Page |6 Highways Department, GoTN TNRSP-II ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN Upgrading Nanguneri - Bharatavaram - Uvari Road (SH89) upto ECR Junction km 0/000 to km 35/200 These activities should be completed by the Contractor prior to demobilization. Once the Contractor finishes his job, he needs to obtain a certificate from the owner, stating that the site has been re- developed to his/her satisfaction and in tune with the agreement. Then following documents needs to be submitted to the CSC by the Contractor: Copy of approved site identification report Photographs of the concerned site ‘before’ and ‘after’ setting up the camp. Certificate from the owner stating his/her satisfaction about status of re-development of the site. CSC shall ensure, through site verification that all clean-up and restoration operations are completed satisfactorily and a written approval should be given to the Contractor mentioning the same before the ‘works completion’ certificate is issued/recommended. The PIU shall ensure through site inspection that the Contractor and CSC have complied with all these provisions. The site can then be handed over to the concerned owner or local bodies or for local communities as the case may be. Certification/documentation pertaining to approval for clean-up and restoration operations and thereafter handing-over to the owner shall be properly maintained by the Contractor, Supervision Consultant and PIU DPR VOLUME VII: PART A (II) Page |7 Highways Department, GoTN TNRSP-II ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN Upgrading Nanguneri - Bharatavaram - Uvari Road (SH89) upto ECR Junction km 0/000 to km 35/200 ANNEXURE 3. 2: GUIDELINES FOR SITING, MANAGEMENT AND REDEVELOPMENT OF LABOUR CAMPS A. OVERVIEW Staff-quarters include accommodation for Engineers / Supervisors and labour camp include accommodation for workers / labourers along with other basic amenities such as kitchen, potable water supply, sanitation (toilets, bathrooms, washing areas and water supply for such needs), first aid room as well as garbage collection and disposal facility. Staff quarters shall be provided with additional facilities of drawing room. The guidelines outlined here aims to facilitate the Contractor in implementing the measures in the EMP there by reducing the impact on the environment. B. CRITERIA FOR LOCATING THE SITE/S Following criteria should be followed in the siting of labour camps: 1 To the extent possible, agricultural lands and fertile lands shall be avoided . Not within 500m of ecologically sensitive areas like wild life, sanctuary, mangroves, forest etc. Not to be located in CRZ area. C. FINALIZATION OF SELECTED SITE/S After identification of the site, the Contractor should fill up the prescribed reporting format provided in EMAP and submit the same for approval to the CSC. The selected site/s shall be approved by Environmental Officer of CSC, after considering the compliance with the EMP clauses. No agreements or payments shall be made to the land owner/s prior to receipt of a written approval from the CSC. Any consequence of rejection prior to the approval shall be the responsibility of the Contractor and shall be made good at his own cost. After obtaining a written approval from the CSC for the selected site, the Contractor has to enter into an agreement with the landowner to obtain his/her consent before commencing any operation / activities in the land. The agreement should also mention its type, duration, amount and mode of payment as well as the preferences of the owner regarding site maintenance and redevelopment. D. DESIGNING AND SETTING UP OF LABOUR CAMP Following facilities should be provided in a labour camp to ensure safe, clean and hygienic accommodation for the workers. Site preparation: The site should be graded and rendered free from depressions such that the water does not get stagnant anywhere. Fencing should be constructed all around the camp to prevent the trespassing of humans and animals. Green belt should be provided along the boundary and as detailed in the EMP, it should be integrated with storm water drain and sedimentation trenches as given in annexure in EMAP. No. of trees planted should not be less than three times the number of trees cut. The approved layout plan should be strictly adhered to while setting up the camp. Accommodation: Contractor will follow all relevant provisions of the Factories Act, 1948 and the Building and the other Construction Workers (Regulation of Employment and Conditions of Service) Act, 1996 for construction and maintenance of labour camp. The height of the worker’s and labour accommodation shall not be less than 3mt. from floor level to the lowest part of the roof. The 1 In the absence of site meeting the stipulated criteria, an alternate site can be selected specifying the reasons. In such a case, the construction camp management plan should incorporate additional measures specific to the site as suggested by the CSC. DPR VOLUME VII: PART A (II) Page |8 Highways Department, GoTN TNRSP-II ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN Upgrading Nanguneri - Bharatavaram - Uvari Road (SH89) upto ECR Junction km 0/000 to km 35/200 camps shall be floored with concrete, shall be kept clean, with proper cross ventilation, and the space provided shall be on the basis of one sq.mt per head or as per the relevant regulation, whichever is higher. Fire and electrical safety pre-cautions shall be adhered to. Cooking, sanitation and washing areas shall be provided separately. The Contractor will maintain necessary living accommodation and ancillary facilities (including provision of clean fuel to prevent damage to forests and to prevent fuel wood cutting and burning by labour) in functional and hygienic manner. The site must be graded and rendered free from depressions such that water does not get stagnant anywhere. The entire boundary of the site should be fenced all around with barbed wire so as to prevent the trespassing of humans and animals. Green belt should be provided along the boundary and it should be integrated with storm water drain and sedimentation trenches to reduce the surface run off as per clauses in EMAP. No. of trees planted should not be less than three times the number of trees cut. Drinking Water: The Contractor should provide potable water within the precincts of every workplace in a cool and shaded area, which is easily accessible as per standards set by the Building and other Construction Workers (Regulation of Employment and Conditions of Service) Act, 1996. All potable water storage facilities will be on a safely raised platform that is at least 1m above the surrounding ground level. Such facilities shall be regularly maintained from health and hygiene point of view. If necessary water purifier units shall be installed for providing potable water. As far as possible shallow wells should not be used as potable source of water. However, if water is drawn from any existing well, irrespective of its location from any polluting sources, regular disinfection of the water source (which may include application of lime, bleaching power and potassium permanganate solution) has to be ensured at weekly/fort nightly interval. All open wells will be entirely covered and will be provided with a trap door to prevent accidental fall and contamination from dust, litter etc. The trap door will be kept locked and opened only for cleaning or inspection, which will be done at least once in a month. A reliable pump will be fitted to each covered well. A drain shall be constructed around the well to prevent flow of contaminated water into the well from road, camp or other sources. Water quality testing of all potable water sources will be done every six months as per parameters prescribed in IS 10500:2012. Sanitation Facilities: Adequate no. of toilets shall be provided separately for males and females (depending on their strength), screened from those of men and provided with markings in vernacular language. All such facilities must have adequate water supply with proper drainage and disposal facility. They shall be maintained, cleaned and disinfected daily using proper disinfectants. Location and design of soak pit should be in such a way that it doesn’t pollute the ground water. Drains and ditches should be treated with bleaching powder on a regular basis. The sewage system for the camp must be properly designed, built and operated so that no health hazard occurs and no pollution to the air, ground or adjacent watercourses takes place. Portable toilets may be brought to use and the night soil from such units has to be disposed through designated septic tanks so as to prevent pollution of the surrounding areas. In the main camp, no night soil or sewerage shall be disposed of at any place other than the septic tanks constructed at the site. All these facilities shall be inspected on a weekly basis to check the hygiene standards. Waste Disposal: The Contractor should provide garbage bins in the camps and ensure that these are regularly emptied and disposed off in a hygienic manner. No incineration or burning of wastes shall be carried out by the Contractor. Separate bins shall be provided for biodegradable, non- biodegradable and domestic hazardous wastes. The disposal of kitchen waste and other biodegradable matter shall be carried out in pits covered with a layer of earth within the camp DPR VOLUME VII: PART A (II) Page |9 Highways Department, GoTN TNRSP-II ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN Upgrading Nanguneri - Bharatavaram - Uvari Road (SH89) upto ECR Junction km 0/000 to km 35/200 site. The Contractor may use the compost from such wastes as manure in the plantation sites. Discarded plastic bags, paper and paper products, bottles, packaging material, gunny bags, hessian, metal containers, strips and scraps of metal, PVC pipe scrubber and poly urethane foam, auto mobile spares, tubes, tires, belts, filters, waste oil, drums and other such materials shall be either reused or sold /given out for recycling. Day Crèche Facility: At every construction site, provision of a day crèche shall be made so as to enable women to leave behind their children while going to work. At least one attendant shall be provided to take care of the children at the crèche. At construction sites where 20 or more women are employed, there shall be at least one shelter for use of children under the age of 6 years belonging to such women. Shelters shall not be constructed to a standard lower than that of thatched roof, mud walls and floor with wooden planks spread over mud floor and covered with matting. Such areas shall be safely barricaded (no sharp sheets or barbed wires that may injure a child) from rest of the camp for the safety of children. Shelters shall be provided with suitable and sufficient openings for light and ventilation. There shall be adequate provision to keep the place clean. The size of a crèche may vary according to the number of children on a camp site. Communicable Diseases Communicable diseases pose a significant public health threat worldwide. Health hazards typically associated with large development projects are those relating to poor sanitation and living conditions, sexual transmission and vector-borne infections. Communicable diseases of most concern during the construction phase due to labor mobility are sexually-transmitted diseases (STDs), such as HIV/AIDS. Recognizing that no single measure is likely to be effective in the long term, successful initiatives typically involve a combination of behavioral and environmental modifications. Recommended interventions at the project level include: Providing surveillance and active screening and treatment of workers Preventing illness among workers in local communities by: o Undertaking health awareness and education initiatives, for example, by implementing an information strategy to reinforce person-to-person counseling addressing systemic factors that can influence individual behavior as well as promoting individual protection, and protecting others from infection, by encouraging condom use o Training health workers in disease treatment o Conducting immunization programs for workers in local communities to improve health and guard against infection o Providing health services Providing treatment through standard case management in on-site or community health care facilities. Ensuring ready access to medical treatment, confidentiality and appropriate care, particularly with respect to migrant workers Promoting collaboration with local authorities to enhance access of workers families and the community to public health services and promote immunization DPR VOLUME VII: PART A (II) P a g e | 10 Highways Department, GoTN TNRSP-II ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN Upgrading Nanguneri - Bharatavaram - Uvari Road (SH89) upto ECR Junction km 0/000 to km 35/200 (i) Mess and Kitchen Facilities: The Contractor shall adhere to the sanitary/hygiene requirements of local medical, health and municipal authorities at all times. Adopt such precautions as may be necessary to prevent soil and water pollution at the site while operating mess or kitchen facilities. First aid facilities: At every workplace, a readily available first-aid unit including an adequate supply of sterilized dressing materials and appliances should be provided. Workplaces remote and far away from regular hospitals should have indoor health units with one bed for every 250 workers. Suitable transport should be provided to facilitate taking injured and ill persons to the nearest hospital. Adequate personal protective equipments and fire fighting equipments as detailed out in EMP should be made available in the camp and provided to the staff / workers. Health Care Facilities: Health problems of the workers should be taken care of by providing basic health care facilities. If there is no hospital or clinic, which can be accessed in half an hour’s time, then a temporary health center should be set up for the construction camp. The health centre should have at least a doctor and a nurse, duty staff, medicines and minimum medical facilities to tackle first aid requirements or minor accidental cases, linkage with nearest higher order hospital to refer patients of major illnesses or critical cases. The health centre should have MCW (Mother and Child Welfare) units for treating mothers and children in the camp. Apart from this, the health centre should be provided with regular vaccinations required for children. The health centre should carryout quarterly awareness programme of HIV – AIDS with the help of AIDS control society as well as about community living and hygiene practices in day to day living. Posters should be exhibited in the health care clinic. E. OPERATION OF LABOUR CAMP Throughout the functioning period of the camp, hygienic environment must be ensured by (i) provision of safe drinking water, (ii) proper maintenance of toilets including daily cleaning and disinfection using proper disinfectants, (iii) regular cleaning of drains by removing the silt and solid waste, (if any) and iv) appropriate waste management practices. While it is of utmost importance to ensure that fire- fighting equipments like fire extinguishers are in working condition, it should also be monitored that construction workers use the personal protective equipments provided to them and they are replaced when necessary. All these facilities should be inspected on a weekly basis to achieve the desired levels of safety and hygiene standards. F. PREPARATION OF LABOUR CAMP MANAGEMENT AND RE-DEVELOPMENT PLAN After the site for the labour camp has been finalized and approved by CSC, the Contractor should prepare a labour camp management and redevelopment plan to be submitted to CSC for approval prior to setting up of the camp and it should comprise the following details: Section–1: Details of site: Copy of approved site identification report along with location plan on a village map or an FMB, showing the site, its survey no., access road, project stretch, distance from the project stretch, surrounding features and land use like residences, agricultural land, water bodies etc., photograph of the site showing the topography and other existing features. Section-2: Site preparation: Activities that should be undertaken for preparing the site based on EMP and this guideline. Section-3: Arrangements/ facilities within the camp: List of facilities to be provided along with its details like area, no of people to be accommodated and a layout plan showing the plan of the site with all the facilities planned like quarters, labour camps, mess, common facilities, toilet facilities and the vehicular and pedestrian movement paths. DPR VOLUME VII: PART A (II) P a g e | 11 Highways Department, GoTN TNRSP-II ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN Upgrading Nanguneri - Bharatavaram - Uvari Road (SH89) upto ECR Junction km 0/000 to km 35/200 Section-4: Mitigation measures that should be undertaken as per the EMP and this guideline while setting up of the camp and operation of the camp should be separately listed out here. Sectoin-5: Other details: Any other relevant detail like list of awareness camps to be provided to workers, details of information dissemination etc. should be included. Section 6: Re-development plan: which should indicate following points: (i) List of structures to be demolished and list of the clean-up activities that needs to be undertaken, (ii) Proposed use of the land in the post construction phase, if it is a public property, (iii) Presence of existing facilities that could be put in use by the land owner if it is a leased out private land or by the community in case of a public property. Section-7: Annexure-(a) Working drawings: Electrical plan showing the electrical network planned for the site, location of generators, master switch boards etc. and plumbing drawing showing the network of water supply lines, water tank, drainage facilities etc. (b) Copy of permissions obtained from local governing body / community etc. as applicable, (c) Copy of agreement entered with site owner, in case of leased out sites. All the drawings should have north direction marked in it along with prevailing wind direction. Necessary dimensions and specifications should be provided where ever necessary. The labour camp management plan should be submitted to the CSC for a written approval before any physical work is undertaken on a particular site. The CSC will carefully examine the proposals in light of the various EMP and regulatory provisions and provide suggestions, as necessary to the Contractor who shall incorporate it in the management plan. Contractor shall be responsible for satisfactory and timely completion of these EMP requirements. Contractor needs to prepare this document for each different site identified and CSC shall undertake a thorough analysis of the said management and redevelopment plan through a site investigation and suggest additional mitigation measures depending on the site and as demanded by the features of the specific site. G. RE DEVELOPMENT OF THE LABOUR CAMP The Contractor should clear all temporary structures; dispose all building debris, garbage, night soils and any other waste as per the approved debris management plan. All disposal pits or trenches should be filled in, disinfected and effectively sealed off. Residual topsoil, if any will be distributed or spread evenly in plantation sites, on adjoining/near-by barren land or affected agricultural land adjacent to the RoW that has been impacted on account of any accidental spillage. Entire camp area should be left clean and tidy, in a manner keeping the adjacent lands neat and clear, at the Contractor’s expense, to the entire satisfaction of landowner and the CSC. These activities should be completed by the Contractor prior to demobilization. Once the Contractor finishes his job, he needs to obtain a certificate from the owner, stating that the site has been re- developed to his/her satisfaction and in tune with the agreement. Then following documents needs to be submitted to the CSC by the Contractor: Copy of approved site identification report Photographs of the concerned site ‘before’ and ‘after’ setting up the camp. Certificate from the owner stating his/her satisfaction about status of re-development of the site. CSC shall ensure, through site verification that all clean-up and restoration operations are completed satisfactorily and a written approval should be given to the Contractor mentioning the DPR VOLUME VII: PART A (II) P a g e | 12 Highways Department, GoTN TNRSP-II ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN Upgrading Nanguneri - Bharatavaram - Uvari Road (SH89) upto ECR Junction km 0/000 to km 35/200 same before the ‘works completion’ certificate is issued/recommended. The PIU shall ensure through site inspection that the Contractor and CSC have complied with all these provisions. The site can then be handed over to the concerned owner or local bodies or for local communities as the case may be. Certification/documentation pertaining to approval for clean-up and restoration operations and thereafter handing-over to the owner shall be properly maintained by the Contractor, Supervision Consultant and PIU. DPR VOLUME VII: PART A (II) P a g e | 13 Highways Department, GoTN TNRSP-II ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN Upgrading Nanguneri - Bharatavaram - Uvari Road (SH89) upto ECR Junction km 0/000 to km 35/200 ANNEXURE 3.3: GUIDELINES FOR SITING, MANAGEMENT AND REDEVELOPMENT OF QUARRY AND STONE CRUSHER A. OVERVIEW A quarry is a type of open-pit mine from which rock or minerals are extracted for building materials, such as dimension stone, construction aggregate, riprap, sand, and gravel. Quarrying causes lot of environmental damages like air and noise pollution, water logging etc. and requires permission from regulatory authorities like mining department. It requires a careful approach in the site selection process, scientific method of quarrying and appropriate measures to redevelop it. B. CRITERIA FOR LOCATING THE SITE/S The selection of a quarry is sole responsibility of the Contractor and should be undertaken in adherence to the rules & regulations of the authorities. Following criteria should be followed while selecting a quarry site: To the extent possible barren land or waste lands shall be preferred during site selection and fertile land and agricultural land shall be avoided. There shall be no quarrying of sand in any river bed or adjoining area or any other area which is located within 500 meters radial distance from the location of any bridge, water supply system, infiltration well or pumping installation of any of the local bodies or Central or State Government Department or any area identified for locating water supply schemes by any of the Government Department or other bodies. Quarry site shall be located at a minimum distance of: 500 m from any human settlements, public road, railway line, national highway, state highway or major district road. Stone quarry shall be located at a minimum distance of 50 m from any water body. Locate the quarry and crusher at a min. distance of 500 m. away from forests / wildlife habitats / mangroves / ecologically sensitive areas. The minimum distance between two stone crushers should be 1 km to avoid dust pollution influence of one over the other. Stone crushing unit should be distanced for 500 m from the NH or SH or residential area or places of public and religious interests. Access roads to quarry sites must be wide enough for heavy vehicle movement without inconvenience to local traffic. After identification of the site, Contractor should fill up the prescribed reporting format and submit the same for approval to the CSC without which any activity shouldn’t be started on the site. C. FINALIZATION OF SELECTED SITE/S After identification of the site, the Contractor should fill up the prescribed reporting format provided in EMAP and submit the same for approval to the CSC. The selected site/s shall be approved by Environmental Officer of CSC, after considering the compliance with the EMP clauses. No agreements or payments shall be made to the land owner/s (in case of a leased or rented out land) prior to receipt of a written approval from the CSC. Any consequence of rejection prior to the approval shall be the responsibility of the Contractor and shall be made good at his own cost. After obtaining a written approval from the CSC for the selected site, the Contractor has to enter into an agreement with the land owner to obtain his/her consent before commencing any operation / DPR VOLUME VII: PART A (II) P a g e | 14 Highways Department, GoTN TNRSP-II ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN Upgrading Nanguneri - Bharatavaram - Uvari Road (SH89) upto ECR Junction km 0/000 to km 35/200 activities in the land. The agreement should also mention its type, duration, amount and mode of payment as well as the preferences of the owner regarding site maintenance and redevelopment. D. SETTING UP OF QUARRYING AND STONE CRUSHER Quarrying involves not only extraction of material (rock) but also crushing and screening that makes the rock suitable for use as construction material. Following are the major parameters to be considered before the start of quarrying and stone crushing operations: Site preparation: The stripping, stacking and preservation of top soil will be mandatory and absolutely no activity should be allowed prior to the satisfactory completion of this conservation measure as per guidelines in EMAP. The boundary of the quarry should be demarcated using barbed wire fencing in order to avoid the future dispute over land as well as to avoid accidental trespassing of people. There should be recorded documents of exact no of trees cut. Green belt should be provided all along the quarry site to function as both noise attenuators and dust collectors and number of trees planted should not be less than three times the number of trees cut. Contour trenches should be dug along the borrow area boundary and at any other appropriate places considering the topography to reduce the surface run off and conserve soil and water. Side slopes shall be constructed with slope drains at applicable locations, to provide drainage and avoid any lands lides. All the drainage constructed should be linked to existing drainages in order to avoid flooding and water logging. Setting up of a quarry site: The layout of a quarry should provide a gravity flow of material from the face to the crusher, from the crusher to the storage bin and from the bin to the hauling equipment. Adequate arrangements should be made for avoiding fugitive emissions from quarry and crusher premises. This will include (i) housing the noise and dust producing units of the crusher unit in a building with wall of minimum 23 cm thickness and with suitable roofing, (ii) control of air pollution through provision of in-built dust extraction systems in the crusher unit and all transfer points, (iii) a chimney of appropriate height for the DG set (as specified by SPCB), (iv) water sprinkling facilities for the camp premises, (v) facilities to store water required for 3 days use. Consent to operate the crusher unit should be obtained from SPCB under Air (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act, 1981 before starting the operation. Safety aspects: Blasting timings in quarry should be fixed avoiding the rush hours and these timings should be adhered to in order to avoid the conflict between the surrounding communities or population. Provide warning sirens 10 before each explosion as a warning alarm to people in and outside the quarry. Damaged explosives must be disposed off in a safe manner away from the operational area. Speed of the vehicles around the quarry should be restricted to a low speed in order to reduce the noise pollution and dust generation. Workers should not be exposed to sound of more than 85 – 90 DB for more than eight hours a day and shall be provided with adequate safety wears and personal protective equipments like ear muffs / plugs etc. as detailed out in EMP. Fire extinguishers should be provided in the site office. Traffic movements should be restricted along the access road around times that children walk to and from school. Proper first aid facilities should be provided within the site office and in case of an accident, quick access to nearby hospital /clinic should be provided. Facilities for workers: Potable drinking water should be provided in the site office in a hygienic environment sufficient for all the people. Adequate no. of toilets shall be provided for the workers with adequate water supply, proper drainage and effluent treatment system like septic tank with soak pit. Soak pit should have a sealed bottom, honey comb wall and 75 cm. thick, 2mm sand envelope around that. The sewage system for the camp must be properly sited, designed, built and operated DPR VOLUME VII: PART A (II) P a g e | 15 Highways Department, GoTN TNRSP-II ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN Upgrading Nanguneri - Bharatavaram - Uvari Road (SH89) upto ECR Junction km 0/000 to km 35/200 so that no health hazard occurs and no pollution to the air, ground or adjacent watercourses takes place. Waste Disposal: The Contractor should provide separate garbage bins for biodegradable, non- biodegradable and hazardous wastes in the camps and ensure that these are regularly emptied and disposed off in a hygienic manner. No incineration or burning of wastes shall be carried out by the Contractor. The disposal of any biodegradable matter shall be carried out in pits covered with a layer of earth within the camp site. Discarded plastic bags, paper and paper products, bottles, packaging material, gunny bags, hessian, metal containers, strips and scraps of metal, PVC pipe scrubber and poly urethane foam, auto mobile spares, tubes, tires, belts, filters, waste oil, drums and other such materials shall be either reused or sold /given out for recycling. POL (petroleum, oil and lubricants) waste shall be disposed off by transfer only to recycler/ re-refiners possessing valid authorization from the State Pollution Control Board and valid registration from the Central Pollution Control Board. Used lead batteries, if any, should be disposed as per the Batteries (Management and Handling) Rules 2001. Quarry areas should be protected from illegal dumping of waste by third parties. The overburden should be kept as minimum to maximize the commercial efficiency of the quarry, it can be utilized for creating earth bunds to mitigate the noise and visual impacts and also for the site rehabilitation process. No quarry waste shall be dumped within a 100 m on either side of the road. The overburden should be reused or disposed properly. Site for overburden disposal should be planned within the quarry site or any other appropriate site. Training to workers: Workers shall be trained in smooth and safe operation of plants and equipments, their regular maintenance and various safety measures to be followed as well as about the need and importance for adherence to these measures. All the drivers should be trained about safe driving and should be made aware about the need to observe caution while plying through access roads, especially during the time when children walk to and from school. Conduct education programs with the locals regarding the potential impacts of blasting, blasting warning systems, schedules etc. Information dissemination: There should be a sign board of size 6’ x 4’ mentioning the project details and Contractor’s details to disseminate the information to the public. There should be a second sign board displaying the latest air and noise monitoring date and data against the standards specified. Warning sign boards should be set up at the entrance gate for the public as well as at other required places for the workers to alert them about the nature of operation being undertaken. Other mitigation measures: The quarry should not damage any building, work, property or rights of other persons. The quarry should not alter any right of way, well or tank. Roads inside the crusher premises should be tarred or concreted. Water course, if any, from a higher slope should be properly drained out. Strom water drainage shall be provided to prevent water logging and flooding in and around the area. The possibility of collecting the storm water in a pit or a tank should be explored so that it can be reused for dust suppression and the dependence on other water sources could be reduced. If this is not possible, the water should be safely channeled out of the quarry without disturbing any nearby human settlement. A register should be provided in the camp site for public to record their grievances if any. Environmental monitoring should be conducted as per suggested frequency. The concerned authority – CSC/ PIU should regularly review the environmental, health and safety aspects. If any adverse effect on environment, habitat and concern of safety is noticed, appropriate measures should be taken as suggested by CSC or should arrange an alternative for DPR VOLUME VII: PART A (II) P a g e | 16 Highways Department, GoTN TNRSP-II ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN Upgrading Nanguneri - Bharatavaram - Uvari Road (SH89) upto ECR Junction km 0/000 to km 35/200 road construction materials. In the case of existing quarries and additional quarries, the Contractor has to ensure that all actions in these quarries are in compliance with EMP. E. OPERATION OF QUARRY SITE AND STONE CRUSHING UNIT No quarrying operation shall be done without the approval from the concerned authority. The equipment used in quarry should be wear faced, which extends the equipment life and reduce the demand for spare parts. Adopt controlled blasting techniques and conduct quarrying in a skillful, scientific and systematic manner. All units should operate only between 6 am and 10 pm. or as specified by SPCB in the consent letter. Accessory facilities to be provided in the quarry includes sprinklers to spray water for dousing the dust generation, noise suppressers and rubberized mounting to reduce noise and vibration and tarpaulins or covers over material transporting vehicles. Provide sufficient water storage facility for 2 days’ use. Measures have to be taken to reduce the dust generation during drilling operation. Deep wetting of drilling zones also to be done by water sprinkling and drilling machine shall be fitted with dust suppression, collection and disposal arrangements. In case of blasting, the storage and the operation should be as per the regulations. To avoid spillage of fuel and lubricants, the vehicles and equipment should be properly maintained and repaired. Maintenance should be carried out on impervious platforms with spill collection provisions. Following conditions regarding sound generation should be complied with in a quarry / crusher unit: The sound level (Leq) measured at a distance of 1 m from the boundary of the site shall not exceed 55 dB(A) during day time (6am - 6pm) and 45 dB(A) during night time (6 pm - 6am). The DG set shall be provided with exhaust muffler /acoustic enclosure/acoustic treatment with an insertion loss of minimum 25 dB(A) and its emission levels should be within relevant SPCB guidelines. A proper, routine and preventive maintenance procedure for the DG set shall be set and followed in consultation with the DG set manufacturer. F. PREPARATION OF QUARRY MANAGEMENT AND REDEVELOPMENT PLAN The Contractor after getting approval from the competitive authority for the selected site should submit a detailed Quarry Management Plan comprising the following details: Section–1: Details of site: Copy of approved site identification report along with location plan on a village map or an FMB, showing the site, its survey no., access road, project stretch, distance from the project stretch, surrounding features and land use like residences, agricultural land, water bodies etc., photograph of the site showing the topography and other existing features. Section-2: Site preparation: Activities that should be undertaken for preparing the site based on EMP and this guideline. Section-3: Arrangements/ facilities within the camp: List of facilities to be set up within the site like site office, store room, rest room, sanitation facilities etc. and a layout plan showing all these details along with vehicular movement path, green belt, locations were digging of contour trenches should be undertaken etc. Section-4: Mitigation measures that will be undertaken as per the EMP and this guideline while setting up of the camp and operation of the camp should be separately listed out. Sectoin-5: Other details: Any other relevant detail like list of awareness camps to be provided to workers, details of information dissemination etc. date of quarry license obtained from Dept. of Mines, DPR VOLUME VII: PART A (II) P a g e | 17 Highways Department, GoTN TNRSP-II ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN Upgrading Nanguneri - Bharatavaram - Uvari Road (SH89) upto ECR Junction km 0/000 to km 35/200 its validity, additional conditions laid down in it etc. should be included in the quarry management plan. Species wise no. of trees to be cut and the details of top soil to be removed and conserved like quantity, location of storing etc. shall also be provided. Section 6: Re-development plan: which should indicate following points: (i) List of structures to be demolished and list of the clean-up activities that needs to be undertaken, (ii) Proposed use of the land in the post construction phase, if it is a public property, (iii) Presence of existing facilities that could be put in use by the land owner if it is a leased out private land or by the community in case of a public property. Section-7: Annexure-(a) Working drawings: Electrical plan showing the electrical network planned for the site, location of generators, master switch boards etc. (b) Copy of permissions obtained from local governing body / community etc. as applicable, (c) Copy of agreement entered with site owner, in case of leased out sites. All the drawings should have north direction marked in it along with prevailing wind direction. Necessary dimensions and specifications should be provided where ever necessary. The quarry and crusher unit management plan should be submitted to the CSC for a written approval before any physical work (includes storage of materials, equipment etc.) is undertaken on a particular site. The CSC will carefully examine the proposals in light of the various EMP and regulatory provisions and provide suggestions, as necessary to the Contractor who will implement it within the stipulated time period. Contractor needs to prepare this document for each different site identified and CSC shall undertake a thorough analysis of the said management and redevelopment plan through a site investigation and suggest additional mitigation measures depending on the site and as demanded by the features of the specific site. G. REDEVELOPMENT OF QUARRY AREA The main objective of the redevelopment of quarries is to make the area a safe and secure place and adapt it to a suitable land use like leisure place or fishing place etc. which is suitable for the physical environment as well as for the community around. Along with the preparation of quarry and crusher management plan the Contractor should also prepare a re-development plan, which will be submitted for approval to CSC who in turn will be responsible for approving and monitoring these plans. The redevelopment plan should indicate following points: List of structures to be demolished and list of the clean-up activities that needs to be undertaken. Presence of existing facilities that could be put in use by the land owner if it is a leased out private land or community in case of a public property. The proposed use of the quarry site with a layout plan showing the proposed facilities / improvement measures, list of local plant species that could be planted etc. Photographs of the site before, during and after the quarrying process. Possible re-development options include the following: Re-vegetation of the quarry to merge with surrounding landscape with reuse of top soil mixed together with farm yard manure. Development of exhausted quarries as water bodies, where the quarry pit is developed into pond or a rainwater harvesting structure. Pits created as a result of blasting could be filled with over burden which are removed and DPR VOLUME VII: PART A (II) P a g e | 18 Highways Department, GoTN TNRSP-II ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN Upgrading Nanguneri - Bharatavaram - Uvari Road (SH89) upto ECR Junction km 0/000 to km 35/200 stockpiled in other areas or with construction debris. Top soil should be spread back and trees should be planted along the boundary. Tree plantation where ever possible depending on the proposed use, erosion control measures etc should be taken up as part of the redevelopment plan. The Contractor should clear all temporary structures; dispose all debris, garbage, night soils and any other waste as per the approved debris management plan. All disposal pits or trenches should be filled in, disinfected and effectively sealed off. Residual topsoil, if any will be distributed or spread evenly in plantation sites, on adjoining/near-by barren land or affected agricultural land adjacent to the RoW that has been impacted on account of any accidental spillage. Entire camp area should be left clean and tidy, in a manner keeping the adjacent lands neat and clear, at the Contractor’s expense, to the entire satisfaction of land owner and the CSC. These activities should be completed by the Contractor prior to demobilization. Once the Contractor finishes his job, he needs to obtain a certificate from the owner, stating that the site has been re- developed to his/her satisfaction and in tune with the agreement. Then following documents needs to be submitted to the CSC by the Contractor: Copy of approved site identification report Photographs of the concerned site ‘before’ and ‘after’ setting up the camp. Certificate from the owner stating his/her satisfaction about status of re-development of the site, this is applicable only in the case of a site to be returned to the owner. CSC shall ensure, through site verification that all clean-up and restoration operations are completed satisfactorily and a written approval should be given to the Contractor mentioning the same before the ‘works completion’ certificate is issued/recommended. The PIU shall ensure through site inspection that the Contractor and CSC have complied with all these provisions. The site can then be handed over to the concerned owner or local bodies or for local communities as the case may be. Certification/documentation pertaining to approval for clean-up and restoration operations and thereafter handing-over to the owner shall be properly maintained by the Contractor, Supervision Consultant and PIU. DPR VOLUME VII: PART A (II) P a g e | 19 Highways Department, GoTN TNRSP-II ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN Upgrading Nanguneri - Bharatavaram - Uvari Road (SH89) upto ECR Junction km 0/000 to km 35/200 ANNEXURE 3.4: GUIDELINES FOR SITING, MANAGEMENT AND REDEVELOPMENT OF BORROW AREAS A. BORROW AREA SELECTION A borrow describes an area where material (usually soil or sand) has been dug for use at another location, for example, soil might be excavated to fill an embankment for a highway. In some cases, the borrow pits may become filled with ground water posing a danger to the surrounding community. If properly redeveloped, it can be turned into recreational areas or sustainable wildlife habitats. In other cases, borrow pits may be used for landfill and waste disposal also. B. CRITERIA FOR SITE SELECTION The contractor in addition to the established practices, rules and regulation shall also use the following criteria before finalizing the locations of borrow areas: The borrow area should not be located in agriculture areas especially in paddy fields unless unavoidable i.e. barren land is not available. In case borrowing needs to be done on an agricultural land, top-soil stripping, stacking and preservation is a must. Borrow pits shall not be located within a distance of 100 mts. from any NH, SH or other roads. Site shall be located 30m away from toe of the embankment along road side. Site should be located not less than 30m from the toe of the bank along the river side or irrigation tank bund. Borrow area shall be located at a minimum distance of 30m from the toe of the irrigation tank bund. Borrow site shall be located at a minimum distance of 500 m in down-wind direction of villages and settlements. No borrow pits shall be located within 250 m. from schools, colleges, playgrounds, religious structures and health centers. No borrow area shall be opened within 500 m. from a reserved or protected forest area/sites, wildlife movement zone and cultural heritage site. Loss of vegetation shall be almost nil or minimum. Borrow area near any surface water body will be at least 100mts. away from the toe of the bank or high flood level, whichever is maximum. After identification of borrow area location/s, the Contractor will fill the prescribed reporting format and submit the same for approval to the “Site Engineer” at least 7 working days before commencement of earth works. A written approval from SC shall be necessary before any activity/work is commenced. Borrow pit location shall be located at least 0.8 km from villages and settlements. If unavoidable, they should not be dug for more than 30 cm and should be drained. C. FINALIZATION OF THE SELECTED AREA After identification of the site, the Contractor should fill up the prescribed reporting format provided in EMAP and submit the same for approval to the CSC. The selected site/s shall be approved by Environmental Officer of CSC, after considering the compliance with the EMP clauses. No agreements or payments shall be made to the land owner/s (in case of a leased or rented out land) DPR VOLUME VII: PART A (II) P a g e | 20 Highways Department, GoTN TNRSP-II ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN Upgrading Nanguneri - Bharatavaram - Uvari Road (SH89) upto ECR Junction km 0/000 to km 35/200 prior to receipt of a written approval from the CSC. Any consequence of rejection prior to the approval shall be the responsibility of the Contractor and shall be made good at his own cost. After obtaining a written approval from the CSC for the selected site, the Contractor has to enter into an agreement with the land owner to obtain his/her consent before commencing any operation / activities in the land. The agreement should also mention its type, duration, amount and mode of payment as well as the preferences of the owner regarding site maintenance and redevelopment. D. BORROW AREA MANAGEMENT Before the start of operations, the area to be borrowed shall be marked by the contractor with wooden or stone pegs to ensure that the land required for slope stabilization or bund creation is maintained. Supervision Consultant has to ensure that this marking is done on the ground to avoid issues at a later date. Any disregard of this condition shall be made good at the contractor’s and/or consultant’s own expense. After receiving the approval, the contractor will begin operations keeping in mind the following points. Top soil conservation is to be undertaken only if its reuse is envisaged for the proposed activity in the borrow area rehabilitation. Top soil that cannot be re-used in rehabilitation of borrow areas shall be used in the plantation belt/zone along the road. Damage to productive and fertile areas has to be minimum. This includes appropriate planning of haul roads. No excavated acceptable material other than surplus to requirements of the Contract shall be removed from the site. Contractor should be permitted to remove acceptable material form the site to suit his operational procedure, and then be shall make good any consequent deficit of material arising there from. Where the excavation reveals a combination of acceptable and un-acceptable materials, the Contractor shall, unless otherwise agreed by the Engineer, carryout the excavation in such a manner that the acceptable materials are excavated separately for use in the permanent works without contamination by the un-acceptable materials. The acceptable material shall be stockpiled separately. The Contractor shall ensure that he does not adversely affect the stability of excavation or fills by the methods of stockpiling materials, use of plants or siting of temporary buildings or structures. The following principles shall be adhered to during borrow area operations: A 15 cm topsoil layer will be stripped off from the borrow pit and this will be preserved in stockpiles in a designated area with a height not exceeding 2m and side slopes not steeper than 1:2 (Vertical: Horizontal). Borrowing of earth will be allowed up to a depth of 1.5 mtr from the existing ground level only. Ridges of not less than 8m width will be left at intervals not exceeding 300m.Small drains will be cut through the ridges, if necessary, to facilitate drainage. The slope of the edges will be maintained not steeper than 1:4 (vertical: Horizontal). Rehabilitation shall be satisfactorily undertaken immediately after the use has ceased and at least three weeks prior to monsoon. If the rehabilitation plan envisages re-use of top soil, then preserved top soil has to be spread uniformly over the land used as a borrow area. DPR VOLUME VII: PART A (II) P a g e | 21 Highways Department, GoTN TNRSP-II ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN Upgrading Nanguneri - Bharatavaram - Uvari Road (SH89) upto ECR Junction km 0/000 to km 35/200 Bunds and temporary fencing (using barbed wire) along with plantation should be provided in case the borrow area is developed as a pond to ensure safety of the residents and the cattle. However, the depth shall not exceed 1.5 m. E. PREPARATION OF BORROW AREA MANAGEMENT AND REDEVELOPMENT PLAN The Contractor after getting approval from the competitive authority for the selected site should submit a detailed Borrow Area Management and Redevelopment Plan comprising the following details: Section–1: Details of site: Copy of approved site identification report along with location plan on a village map or an FMB, showing the site, its survey no., access road, project stretch, distance from the project stretch, surrounding features and land use like residences, agricultural land, water bodies etc., photograph of the site showing the topography and other existing features. Section-2: Site preparation: Activities that should be undertaken for preparing the site based on EMP and this guideline. Section-3: Layout plan: A layout plan showing all these details along with vehicular movement path, green belt, locations where digging of contour trenches should be undertaken etc. Section-4: Mitigation measures that will be undertaken as per the EMP and this guideline while setting up of the camp and operation of the camp should be separately listed out. Sectoin-5: Other details: Any other relevant detail like list of awareness camps to be provided to workers, details of information dissemination etc. date of quarry license obtained from Dept. of Mines, its validity, additional conditions laid down in it etc. should be included in the quarry management plan. Species wise no. of trees to be cut and the details of top soil to be removed and conserved like quantity, location of storing etc. shall also be provided. Section 6: Re-development plan: which should indicate following points: (i) proposed use of the land in the post construction phase, (ii) preferences of land owner with respect to redevelopment, (iii) Presence of existing facilities that could be put in use by the land owner if it is a leased out private land or by the community in case of a public property, (iv) Extent of community involvement. Section-7: Annexure-(a) Copy of permissions obtained from local governing body / community etc. as applicable, (b) Copy of agreement entered with site owner, in case of leased out sites. All the drawings should have north direction marked in it along with prevailing wind direction. Necessary dimensions and specifications should be provided where ever necessary. The management plan should be submitted to the CSC for a written approval before any physical work (includes storage of materials, equipment etc.) is undertaken on a particular site. The CSC will carefully examine the proposals in light of the various EMP and regulatory provisions and provide suggestions, as necessary to the contractor who will implement it within the stipulated time period. Contractor needs to prepare this document for each different site identified and CSC shall undertake a thorough analysis of the said management and redevelopment plan through a site investigation and suggest additional mitigation measures as demanded by the features of the specific site and its surroundings. F. REHABILITATION OR RE-DEVELOPMENT OF BORROW AREAS The objective of the borrow area rehabilitation is to return the borrowing sites to a safe and environmentally sound condition. The concept entails enhancing benefits (including those linked to livelihood) for the community and individuals. Top soil preservation (and its re-use) and proper stabilization of slopes are the fundamental requirements of the rehabilitation process. Re- development plan shall be prepared and submitted along with reporting format by the DPR VOLUME VII: PART A (II) P a g e | 22 Highways Department, GoTN TNRSP-II ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN Upgrading Nanguneri - Bharatavaram - Uvari Road (SH89) upto ECR Junction km 0/000 to km 35/200 contractor before the borrowing operation is permitted by the CSC. The redevelopment is to be prepared in consultation with land owner/s (whether public, private or institutional) and by within the environmental and safety requirements of the EMP. Some key points on borrow area rehabilitation are presented in the table provided below. However, the contractor is free to prepare other rehabilitation scheme/s subject to the approval by the Environmental Officer of the Supervision Consultant Type/Form of Rehabilitation Re-Use Actions Required for Rehabilitation of Top Soil Farm land Yes Leveling Slope Stabilization along the edges if there is a level difference Ponds including creation of new No Slope Stabilization (angle/ benching) ones and enhancing capacity of existing ones Access / Approach Ramp (for irrigation; pissiculture and general uses by Bund creation and Temporary Fencing people and/or cattle) Plantation in the periphery Water recharging No Slope Stabilization areas/percolation tanks (depth up to one meter) Small bund creation Leveled lands that can be developed later for Generally Leveling various uses (such as residential areas, parking No Top soil re-use depends on the type of lots, community grounds etc.) developmental work envisaged Construction waste disposal sites (for non- No Depression after filling-in of wastes to toxic/non-hazardous wastes) (reinstated with be leveled-up top-soil with plantation over the rehabilitated Top soil re-use depends on the type of site) developmental work envisaged Plantation Zones Yes Leveling Selection of Species as per OSRP Project Guidelines Water holes for animals and birds (outside No Gentle Slopes on all sides Plantation forest and protected areas) in the periphery Depth upto 1.5 m. Rehabilitation works shall be undertaken immediately upon the exhaustion of the approved quantity and shall not be delayed. The Supervision Consultant shall take appropriate action in case delays are observed. These activities should be completed by the Contractor prior to demobilization. Once the Contractor finishes his job, he needs to obtain a certificate from the owner, stating that the site has been re- developed to his/her satisfaction and in tune with the agreement. Then following documents needs to be submitted to the CSC by the Contractor: Copy of approved site identification report Photographs of the concerned site ‘before’ and ‘after’ setting up the camp. Certificate from the owner stating his/her satisfaction about status of re-development of the site. CSC shall ensure, through site verification that all clean-up and restoration operations are completed satisfactorily and a written approval should be given to the Contractor mentioning the same before the ‘works completion’ certificate is issued/recommended. The PIU shall ensure DPR VOLUME VII: PART A (II) P a g e | 23 Highways Department, GoTN TNRSP-II ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN Upgrading Nanguneri - Bharatavaram - Uvari Road (SH89) upto ECR Junction km 0/000 to km 35/200 through site inspection that the Contractor and CSC have complied with all these provisions. The site can then be handed over to the concerned owner or local bodies or for local communities as the case may be. Certification/documentation pertaining to approval for clean-up and restoration operations and thereafter handing-over to the owner shall be properly maintained by the Contractor, Supervision Consultant and PIU. DPR VOLUME VII: PART A (II) P a g e | 24 Highways Department, GoTN TNRSP-II ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN Upgrading Nanguneri - Bharatavaram - Uvari Road (SH89) upto ECR Junction km 0/000 to km 35/200 ANNEXURE 3. 5: GUIDELINES FOR SITING AND MANAGEMENT OF DEBRIS DISPOSAL SITE A. OVERVIEW Construction of highways generates huge quantity of building debris, which needs to be disposed off in previously identified sites suitable for such an activity. This process entails close scrutiny of the sites with respect to their location and this section details out the criteria to be followed in doing so. Moreover, it also guides the Contractor as to how to prepare the site without causing much impact on the surrounding environment. B. CRITERIA FOR LOCATING THE SITE/S The locations of waste disposal have to be selected such that: The said site shall be selected preferably from barren, infertile lands. In case agricultural land needs to be selected, top-soil stripping, stacking and preservation should be undertaken prior to initiation of any activities. 2 Debris disposal site shall be at least 200 m away from surface water bodies . No residential areas shall be located within 100 m downwind side of the site. The site is minimum 250 m. away from sensitive locations like settlements, ponds/lakes or other water bodies, wetlands, protected areas, forests, wildlife habitats / Mangroves / Ecologically sensitive areas, seasonal streams, rivers, canals, flood plains, educational institutions, medical centers, religious sites, cultural or heritage sites and play grounds. The local governing body and community shall be consulted while selecting the site. The selected site shall meet with the local regulatory requirements (including those of SPCB, Municipalities etc.). The site shall preferably be owned by government so that there is no need to acquire the land for the same. After identification of the site the Contractor should fill up the prescribed reporting format and submit the same for approval to the CSC. Any activity on the site can be initiated only after obtaining permission form the CSC. C. FINALIZATION OF SELECTED SITE/S The selected site/s shall be approved by CSC and PIU, after considering compliance with the EMP clauses and this guideline. No agreements or payments shall be made to the land owner/s prior to receipt of a written approval from the CSC and PIU. Any consequence of rejection prior to the approval shall be the responsibility of the Contractor and shall be made good at his own cost. D. SETTING UP OF DEBRIS DISPOSAL SITE Following steps has to be undertaken while setting up a debris disposal site: Top soil conservation has to be undertaken as per the guidelines given in EMP. 2 In the absence of site meeting the stipulated criteria, an alternate site can be selected specifying the reasons. In such a case, the construction camp management plan should incorporate additional measures specific to the site as suggested by the CSC DPR VOLUME VII: PART A (II) P a g e | 25 Highways Department, GoTN TNRSP-II ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN Upgrading Nanguneri - Bharatavaram - Uvari Road (SH89) upto ECR Junction km 0/000 to km 35/200 Considering the topography of the site contour trenches as detailed in EMP should be made along the site boundary to prevent soil erosion. Fencing should be provided for the debris disposal site to prevent trespassing of humans and animals into the area as well as to prevent spread of the waste material through action of wind, water, scavengers or rag pickers. No of trees cut should be recorded and three times the same should be planted as green belt development or elsewhere as part of the project. Provide proper drainage facility so that the run off from the site doesn’t contaminate any nearby water sources or rivers. E. PREPARATION OF DEBRIS DISPOSAL SITE MANAGEMENT AND REDEVELOPMENT PLAN The Contractor a f t e r getting approval from the competitive authority for the selected site should submit a detailed Debris Disposal Site Management and Redevelopment Plan comprising the following details: Section–1: Details of site: Copy of approved site identification report along with location plan on a village map or an FMB, showing the site, its survey no., access road, project stretch, distance from the project stretch, surrounding features and land use like residences, agricultural land, water bodies etc., photograph of the site showing the topography and other existing features. Section-2: Site preparation: Activities that should be undertaken for preparing the site based on EMP and this guideline. Section-3: Arrangements within the site: A layout plan showing the existing trees, green belt, locations were contour trenches should be dug etc. Section-4: Mitigation measures that will be undertaken as per the EMP while preparing the site and dumping the waste should be separately listed out. Sectoin-5: Other details: Any other relevant details like copy of approvals / clearances obtained, species wise no. of trees to be cut and the details of top soil to be removed and conserved like quantity, location of storing etc. shall also be provided. Section 6: Re-development plan: which should indicate following points: (i) species wise no of tree to be planted, (ii) Proposed use of the land in the post construction phase, if it is a public property, (iii) Presence of existing facilities that could be put in use by the land owner if it is a leased out private land or by the community in case of a public property and (iv) Other site specific mitigation measures to be undertaken as recommended by the CSC. Section-7: Annexure-(a) Copy of permissions obtained from local governing body / community etc. as applicable, (c) Copy of agreement entered with site owner, in case of leased out sites. All the drawings should have north direction marked in it along with prevailing wind direction. Necessary dimensions and specifications should be provided where ever necessary. The debris site management plan should be submitted to the CSC for a written approval before any physical work is undertaken. The CSC will carefully examine the proposals in light of the various EMP and regulatory provisions and provide suggestions, as necessary to the Contractor who will implement it within the stipulated time period. Contractor needs to prepare this document for each different site identified and CSC shall undertake a thorough analysis of the said management and redevelopment plan through a site investigation and suggest additional mitigation measures as demanded by the features of the specific site and its DPR VOLUME VII: PART A (II) P a g e | 26 Highways Department, GoTN TNRSP-II ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN Upgrading Nanguneri - Bharatavaram - Uvari Road (SH89) upto ECR Junction km 0/000 to km 35/200 surroundings. F. REDEVELOPMENT OF WASTE DISPOSAL SITES Along with the format seeking permission/approval for the disposal site/location from the Engineer/Supervision Consultant, the Contractor shall also submit a rehabilitation plan for the area. Following points have to be kept in view while undertaking the rehabilitation measure: The dump sites shall be suitably rehabilitated by planting local species of shrubs and other plants. The species (region specific) shall be chosen from the list suggested in the EA/EMP. Local species of trees should be selected so that the landscape is coherent and is in harmony with the surrounding environment. Rehabilitation can also include conversion into farm land, playground, parking area, block plantation area etc. Some of the dumpsites could be used either for plantation or for growing agricultural products such as ginger, turmeric or oranges etc. Care should always be taken to maintain the hydrological flow in the area. DPR VOLUME VII: PART A (II) P a g e | 27 Highways Department, GoTN TNRSP-II ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN Upgrading Nanguneri - Bharatavaram - Uvari Road (SH89) upto ECR Junction km 0/000 to km 35/200 ANNEXURE 3.6: GUIDELINES FOR PREPARING COMPREHENSIVE WASTE MANAGEMENT PLAN A. OVERVIEW A comprehensive waste management plan shall be prepared by the Contractor prior to initiation of any works. The purpose of the plan is to provide standardized procedures for the clearance, removal and disposal of debris caused by major debris / waste generated during the construction work as well as to establish the most efficient and cost effective methods to resolve debris disposal issues. B. PREPARATION OF COMPREHENSIVE WASTE MANAGEMENT PLAN The Contractor should prepare a Comprehensive Waste Management Plan to be submitted to CSC for approval prior to setting up of construction and labour camp and it should comprise the following details: Categorization of waste into degradable, biodegradable and hazardous categories and list of different types of waste that falls in each of these categories. Estimates about the quantity of waste generated in each category and type of storage units required. Detail the provisions for storage and handling of waste until disposed. A plan of the respective camps / areas like construction camp, labour camp etc. to be attached indicating in it the space allocated for storage and handling of wastes. Detail the precautions to be taken while storing, handling and disposing each type of waste, trainings to be imparted to workers to create awareness about waste management. Details of each debris disposal site: Copy of approved site identification report along with location plan on a village map or an FMB, showing the debris disposal sites, site, its survey no., access road, project stretch, distance form the project stretch, surrounding features and land use like residences, agricultural land, water bodies etc., photograph of the site showing the topography and other existing features. C. TRAINING FOR PROJECT STAFF AND WORKERS All staff and workers involved in the highway construction should be imparted training about comprehensive waste management plan including the need for such a plan, its components and measures adopted by the Contractor for implementing it. In addition, all personnel involved should be made aware about various steps and measures each of them has to follow so as to ensure the compliance to the comprehensive waste management plan. D. PRECAUTIONS TO BE ADOPTED DURING DISPOSAL OF DEBRIS/WASTE MATERIAL The Contractor shall take the following precautions during transportation and disposal of debris/waste material: A register should be kept for recording the details of the waste generated and their disposal. The pre-designated disposal sites should be a part of Comprehensive Solid Waste Management Plan and should be identified as per the EMP clauses prior to initiation of any work on a particular section of the road. The Contractor will take full care to ensure that public or private properties are not damaged/ DPR VOLUME VII: PART A (II) P a g e | 28 Highways Department, GoTN TNRSP-II ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN Upgrading Nanguneri - Bharatavaram - Uvari Road (SH89) upto ECR Junction km 0/000 to km 35/200 affected during the site clearance for disposal of debris and the traffic is not interrupted. All arrangements for transportation during dismantling and clearing debris, considered incidental to the work, will be implemented by the Contractor in a planned manner as approved and directed by the CSC. In the event of any accidental spill or spread of wastes onto adjacent parcels of land, the Contractor will immediately remove all such waste material/s and restore the affected area to its original state to the satisfaction of CSC. Contractor should ensure that any spoils/materials unsuitable for embankment fill shall not be disposed off near any water course; water body; agricultural land; natural habitats like grass lands, wet lands, flood plains, forests etc. pasture; eroded slopes; and in ditches, which may pollute the surrounding including water sources. Contractor should ensure effective water sprinkling during the handling and transportation of materials where dust is likely to be created. Materials having the potential to produce dust will not be loaded beyond the side and tail board level and will be covered with a tarpaulin in good condition. Any diversion required for traffic during disposal of debris shall be provided with traffic control signals and barriers after discussion with the local body and as approved by CSC. During the debris disposal, Contractor will take care of surrounding features and avoid any damage to trees and properties. Surplus fly ash, bottom ash and lime, if any, transported for use on this corridor shall not be left open and dumped at any disposal site. Contractor shall take care of such residual materials for use at any other location/s of new embankment construction work with proper protection measures No hazardous and contagious waste material shall be disposed at such locations. E. WASTE DISPOSAL IN CONSTRUCTION CAMP Concrete flooring and oil interceptors should be provided for hot mix plant area, workshops, vehicle washing and fuel handling area. POL (petroleum, oil and lubricants) waste shall be stored safely in separate containers and should be disposed off by transfer only to recycler/ re-refiners possessing valid authorization from the State Pollution Control Board and valid registration from the Central Pollution Control Board. Used lead batteries, if any, should be disposed as per the Batteries (Management and Handling) Rules 2001. Water separated and collected from oil interceptor should be reused for dust suppression. There should be a register to record the details of the oil wastes generated at the workshops and oil storage areas. The Contractor will provide separate garbage bins in the camps and ensure that these are regularly emptied and disposed off in safe and scientific manner as per the Comprehensive Solid Waste Management Plans approved by the CSC. No incineration or burning of wastes shall be carried out. Discarded plastic bags, paper and paper products, bottles, packaging material, gunny bags, hessian, metal containers, strips and scraps of metal, PVC pipes, rubber and poly urethane foam, auto mobile spares, tubes, tires, belts, filters, waste oil, drums and other such materials DPR VOLUME VII: PART A (II) P a g e | 29 Highways Department, GoTN TNRSP-II ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN Upgrading Nanguneri - Bharatavaram - Uvari Road (SH89) upto ECR Junction km 0/000 to km 35/200 shall be either reused or will be sold /given out for recycling. Septic tank must be provided for toilets and the sludge should be cleared by municipal exhausters. F. WASTE DISPOSAL IN LABOUR CAMP The Contractor should provide separate garbage bins in the camps for bio-degradable, non- degradable and domestic hazardous waste and ensure that these are regularly emptied and disposed off in safe and scientific manner. The disposal of kitchen waste and other biodegradable matter shall be carried out in pits covered with a layer of earth within the camp site to avoid smell and pests. The Contractor may use the compost from such wastes as manure in the plantation sites. Noon-biodegradable waste like discarded plastic bags, paper and paper products, bottles, packaging material, gunny bags, hessian, metal containers, strips and scraps of metal, PVC pipes, rubber and poly urethane foam, auto mobile spares, tubes, tires, belts, filters, waste oil, drums and other such materials shall be either reused or should be sold /given out for recycling. No incineration or burning of wastes should be carried out. Effluent treatment system like septic tank with soak pits provided for toilets should be sited, designed, built and operated in such a way that no health hazard occurs and no pollution to the air, ground or adjacent watercourses takes place. Soak pits must be provided to collect waste water from bathrooms and kitchen. G. DISPOSAL OF BITUMINOUS WASTE The bituminous waste should be used for development of roads inside the construction camps, haul roads or for filling pot holes in rural roads. At locations identified for disposal of residual bituminous wastes, the disposal will be carried out over a 60 mm thick layer of rammed clay so as to eliminate the possibility of leaching of wastes into the ground water. The Contractor will suitably dispose off unutilized non-toxic debris either through filling up of borrows areas located in wasteland or at pre-designated disposal sites, subject to the approval of CSC. Debris generated from pile driving or other construction activities along the rivers and streams drainage channels shall be carefully disposed in such a manner that it does not flow into the surface water bodies or form puddles in the area. H. DISPOSAL OF NON BITUMINOUS WASTE Non-bituminous wastes other than fly ash may be dumped in borrow pits (preferably located in barren lands) where such borrow pits are not suitable to be re-developed as an economic source like pisci-culture or a source of irrigation. Such borrow pits can be filled up with non- bitumen wastes and then covered with a minimum 30cm layer of the soil, where plantation of trees and shrubs will be taken-up by the Contractor as a part of site rehabilitation. Local tree species suitable for such re-habitation work shall be selected in consultation with local community. DPR VOLUME VII: PART A (II) P a g e | 30 Highways Department, GoTN TNRSP-II ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN Upgrading Nanguneri - Bharatavaram - Uvari Road (SH89) upto ECR Junction km 0/000 to km 35/200 I. REUSE OF DEBRIS GENERATED FROM DISMANTLING STRUCTURES AND ROAD SURFACE Debris generated due to the dismantling of existing road will be suitably reused in the proposed construction as follows Eighty percent (80%) of the sub-grade excavated from the existing road surface, excluding the scarified layer of bitumen, shall be reused in the civil works after improving the soil below the subgrade through addition of sand and suitable cementing material for qualitative up- gradation. The dismantled scraps of bitumen will be utilized for the paving of cross roads, access roads and paving works in construction sites and campus, temporary traffic diversions, haulage routes, parking areas along the corridor or in any other manner approved by the Environmental Officer of SC. DPR VOLUME VII: PART A (II) P a g e | 31 Highways Department, GoTN TNRSP-II ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN Upgrading Nanguneri - Bharatavaram - Uvari Road (SH89) upto ECR Junction km 0/000 to km 35/200 ANNEXURE 3.7: GUIDELINES FOR TOP SOIL CONSERVATION AND REUSE The top soil from all sites including road side widening and working area, cutting areas, quarry sites, construction camps, labour camps, haul roads in agricultural fields (if any) and areas to be permanently covered shall be stripped to a specified depth of 15 cm and stored in stock piles for reuse. A portion of temporarily acquired area and/or RoW edges will be earmarked for storing top soil. The locations for stacking will be pre-identified in consultation and with approval of environmental officer of SC. The following precautionary measures will be taken by the Contractor to preserve the stock piles till they are re-used: Stockpiles will be such that the slope doesn’t exceed 1:2 (vertical to horizontal), and height is restricted to 2 m. To retain soil and allow percolation of water, the edges of pile will be protected by silt fencing. Multiple handling kept to a minimum to ensure that no compaction occurs. Such stockpiles shall be covered with empty gunny bags or will be planted with grasses to prevent the loss during rains. Such stockpiled topsoil will be utilized for: Covering reclamation sites or other disturbed areas including quarry areas. Top dressing and raising turfs in embankment slopes Filling up of tree pits For developing compensatory plantation In the agricultural fields of farmers, acquired temporarily that needs to be restored. Residual top soil, if there is any, shall be utilized for the plantations works along the road corridor. The utilization as far as possible shall be in the same area from where top soil was removed. The stripping, preservation and reuse shall be carefully inspected, closely supervised and properly recorded by the SC. DPR VOLUME VII: PART A (II) P a g e | 32 Highways Department, GoTN TNRSP-II ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN Upgrading Nanguneri - Bharatavaram - Uvari Road (SH89) upto ECR Junction km 0/000 to km 35/200 ANNEXURE 3.8: GUIDELINES TO ENSURE WORKER’S SAFETY DURING CONSTRUCTION In order to ensure worker’s safety while undertaking various operations / stages of construction many safety measures needs to be followed, which are listed down below: A. TREE FELLING Use hard hats during tree felling Ensure safe use and storage of tools such as axes, power chain saw, hand saw of different types, HDPE ropes of approved thickness to drag felled trees and logs. Keep the saw blades in proper lubrication and sharpened state for efficient workability. Determine proper foot and body position when using the implements for felling, cutting and dragging. Wear appropriate foot protection Avoid cutting branches overhead. Keep first aid kits ready at the site. Determine possible hazards in the area, e.g. electrical or telephone or other utility lines, buildings, vehicles and domestic cattle that may create unsafe work situations. Prior to felling, determine the safest direction of fall and orient fixing of ropes and Cutting positions accordingly. Determine the proper hinge size before directing the fall. Keep machineries and workers ready for speedy removal of the tree from the main traffic movement area. Keep flag men and warning signal signage at either end of felling area to control movement of traffic and warn passers-by. Use loud noise signals for warning by-standers and workmen about the impending fall, so as they move away from the direction of fall. B. PLANT SITES, CONSTRUCTION CAMP AND QUARRY AREAS Install perimeter fencing. Ensure good visibility and safe access at site entrances. Provide adequate warning signs at the entrance and exit, as necessary. Provide adequate space/area for loading and unloading, storage of materials, plant and machinery. Display emergency procedure and statutory notices at conspicuous locations. Provide areas for collecting garbage and other waste material, and also arrange for their regular/periodic disposal. DPR VOLUME VII: PART A (II) P a g e | 33 Highways Department, GoTN TNRSP-II ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN Upgrading Nanguneri - Bharatavaram - Uvari Road (SH89) upto ECR Junction km 0/000 to km 35/200 Arrange appropriate storage, transportation and use of fuel, other flammable materials and explosives in line with the license requirements obtained from concerned authorities. Provide defined access roads and movement areas within the site. Ensure availability of first aid facilities and display notices at various work places showing the location of first aid facilities and emergency contact numbers. Provide and enforce use of PPE at plant and quarry sites. C. HOUSE KEEPING PRACTICES Provide proper slope in kitchen, canteens, washrooms, toilets and bathrooms for easy and immediate draining of water. Keep all walkways and circulation areas clear and unobstructed at all times. Ensure that spillages of oil and grease are avoided and in case of accidental spills, these are immediately collected. Use metal bins for collection of oily and greasy rags. Stack raw materials and finished products out of walkways. Do not leave tools on the floor or in any location where they can be easily dislodged. Keep windows and light fittings clean. Maintain the workplace floors dry and in a non-slippery condition Provide and maintain proper drainage system to prevent water logging and unhygienic conditions. Ensure that protruding nails in boards or walls are moved or bent over or removed so that they do not constitute a hazard to people. Store all flammable materials in appropriate bins, racks or cabinets with proper cover and labels – as required for various products. Make sure that hazardous/dangerous chemicals are kept in the goods stores with the appropriate labeling, display of the material-safety-data-sheet (MSDS) and other precautionary measures. Display ‘no smoking’ signs in areas with high risks of fire, (e .g. near fuelling areas, diesel/ oils/ lubricant/ paint storage area, hessians, rubber, wood and plastic etc.) in and around working area. D. TRAFFIC SAFETY AND ROADS WORKS Delineate advance warning zones, transition zones and construction zones at both ends of a work front. Use devices such as regulatory signs, delineators, barricades, cones, pavement markings, lanterns and traffic control lights, reflectors and signal men in appropriate manner round the clock. No work front should be ‘touched’ without putting appropriate safety measures in place. SC will be responsible to ensure that the permission for any activity is not given without the required safety plan and practices in place. Put signage at appropriate locations as per the road construction activity plan to warn the road users, construction vehicles/equipment operators, pedestrians and local residents about the work DPR VOLUME VII: PART A (II) P a g e | 34 Highways Department, GoTN TNRSP-II ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN Upgrading Nanguneri - Bharatavaram - Uvari Road (SH89) upto ECR Junction km 0/000 to km 35/200 in progress, speed controls, hindrances/ blockages, diversions, depressions etc. in lines with contract requirements and IRC guidelines. Express a regret signage for the inconvenience caused and alert about the dangers ahead on account of construction activity. Signage has to be: (i) simple, easy-to-understand and should convey only one message at a time; (ii) has florescent and reflective properties of the paints; iii) broad, prominent and with appropriate size of letters and figures; (iv) placed at the appropriate ‘point/s’ as specified in the IRC guidelines to allow proper stoppage/reaction time to approaching vehicles. Different sign boards shall have a mix of pictorial signs and messages in local language, Hindi and English. While using barricades, ensure that traffic is kept away from work areas and the road user is guided to the safe, alternative movement track. Ensure that excavation sites are provided with effective barriers and reflecting signage to prevent any accidental approach by vehicles during the day or night. Prevent entry of cattle and wildlife through proper fencing/barricading around the excavation sites. Provide proper uniform (light reflecting garments) to flagmen engaged in traffic control at diversions so that they can be singled out from the moving traffic. Provide wide red and green flags or red and green lights to flagmen for controlling traffic. In high traffic zones and congested areas, use of wireless communication devices with protective headgear and shoes by flagmen has to be ensured to prevent confusion and minimize the risk of accidents. E. SAFETY DURING EXCAVATION The risk of accidents involving people and vehicles remains high in excavated sites. All pits or excavations shall to be barricaded to warn the road users and residents and to avoid any unauthorized entry of persons, children, domestic cattle or wildlife. For deep excavations and culvert construction sites, painted GI sheets, delineators, lamps (as required) and retro-reflective signage shall be used. For excavation in soft loose & slushy soil (above 2.00 m depth where sliding of earth or collapsing of sides may occur) Excavation more than 1.5 m. is to be done in steps of minimum 500 mm offsets with plank and stuttering support, as required under contract clauses. For excavation in slippery or water logged area (labour or machinery may slip or get caught in slush) Try to dewater the area and spread minimum 150 mm thick sand layer to avoid slipping. For excavation in rock where chiseling is involved (and hammer or stone pieces may fall and injure the hand, eyes or legs). Only experienced and skilled labour should be employed. Chisel should be held with a tight fitting grip. Goggles and leg cover should be provided to protect the labour. DPR VOLUME VII: PART A (II) P a g e | 35 Highways Department, GoTN TNRSP-II ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN Upgrading Nanguneri - Bharatavaram - Uvari Road (SH89) upto ECR Junction km 0/000 to km 35/200 Excavation in rock where blasting is involved (risk of injury to workers and passer-by) Blasting is to be carried out where absolutely necessary following all explosive handling regulations with mines safety principles including use of hooters, signage, protective gear, safety fuse, detonators, ignition coils and wires, exploder dynamo etc. The danger zone has to be vacated at least 20 minutes before the actual firing. Sufficient warning through positioning of red flags, dander signs, painted drums and sirens for safety of men at work and for any passer-by is to be provided. After a lapse of minimum 15 minutes when a clear signal is given by the site-in- charge through use of whistle or horn or light, the blasting charge should be ignited. After blasting a minimum of 30 minutes gap is to be given for the rocks and earth or blocks of loose boulders to fall of so that safety and security of the staff at the operation zone is ensured. Heavy charges shall not be used in fragile rock systems, where rock disintegrating machinery could be brought to use. The entire operation shall be conducted under the strict supervision of qualified staff and in the presence of safety officers. For excavation for drain or manhole (risk of a passer-by falling into the excavated portion). The area should be properly barricaded with sign boards and illumination/lamps for night time safety. In congested stretches, watchmen/guards can also be placed for vigil. Snake bites or Scorpion Stings during excavation In areas with vegetation, tall grasses and forest cover, the contractor shall provide the labour with gum boots and gloves. He shall also make snake antidotes available on site. Emergency vehicles should also be kept ready to rush the patient to the nearest hospital. F. SAFETY DURING SOME TYPICAL CONSTRUCTION WORK Centering and scaffolding (risk of framework collapse while construction, concreting or just before concreting especially when wooden ballies are used). Many a times ballies joined together give away due to weak joints. Use of metal scaffolding and centering plates with metal fasteners are the safest and highly recommended materials for use in all road construction works for ensuring safety, stability and casting of structures. All such scaffolding should be placed on a firm and a level base on the ground for ensuring stability. No wooden scaffolding or bamboo scaffolding is to be used for any casting of heavy (RCC) structural construction as the risk to safety of workers is higher. Railings are to be provided along working platforms and ladders for better safety. Nets shall be hung below the scaffolding or structures where work is on-going to prevent fall of debris, stones, bricks, equipments and other heavy objects and even workmen, which could be fatal. Form-work for small/light beams and slabs The collapse of bottom of the beam that may bring down the slab as well is a risk in such operations, which may injure the labour or supervision staff. Slender ballies without bracing are not be allowed for such works. No concreting should be allowed without bracing at 300 mm above ground and at mid way for normal beams and slabs. The bracings should be for the support of beams as well as the slabs. Direct ballies support from the ground and the practice of tying planks with binding wire to the steel reinforcement shall not be allowed. A temporary railing and properly based working platforms along the periphery of slab reduces risk to the life of labour and supervision staff. Dismantling of Scaffoldings Dismantled materials may fall on passer-by and workers. Workers could also get injured during the DPR VOLUME VII: PART A (II) P a g e | 36 Highways Department, GoTN TNRSP-II ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN Upgrading Nanguneri - Bharatavaram - Uvari Road (SH89) upto ECR Junction km 0/000 to km 35/200 removal of such materials. Prior to dismantling of scaffoldings/working platforms, the area of operation should be closed for all outsiders. No one should be allowed within 50 m from the place of demolition. Helmets, safety belts and other PPE must be worn by all the workers engaged in such a work. This work requires careful handling by an experienced supervisor/work force and should be executed with utmost caution. Gradual dislodging and use of PPE is required. Column Reinforcements The tendency of bar-benders is to tie the vertical steel with coir rope or 8 mm steel rods as ties on all four sides of the column reinforcements. Reinforcement to columns shall be by welding MS rods with metal scaffolding to keep it in position till the final casting of RCC is done. Fall of Objects or Debris from a Height At bridges construction sites (or in work areas at a height above ground level) thick nylon net or hessian barriers shall be used to prevent any splinter, debris, mortar or concrete from falling onto the passersby or workmen around. Water Storage Tanks (for General Use, Curing etc.) A child of a worker or that of a near-by resident falling into the water tank is also a risk associated with construction sites. The water tanks therefore shall be provided with protective cover/lid with locking arrangement at every site of activity to prevent accidental drowning. Site Cleaning Throwing of waste materials, broken concrete pieces, brick bats, sand etc. straight from the top of a structure onto the ground can injure a worker or a passerby. Such materials should be brought to the ground with the help of lift or the use of rope over pulley with a bucket. G. OPERATION OF EXCAVATORS Ensure that excavators are operated by authorized persons who have been adequately trained. Prevent any unauthorized use of the excavators. Ensure that only experienced and competent persons are engaged in supervising all excavations and leveling activity. Check and maintain as per the manufacturer’s manual. Issue relevant information, including that related to instructions, training, supervision and safe system of work in writing and provide expert supervision for guidance. Ensure that the operation and maintenance manuals, manufacturer's specifications, inspection and maintenance log books are provided for the use of the mechanics, service engineers or other safety personnel during periodic maintenance, inspection and examination. During tipping or running alongside the trenches, excavators must be provided with stop blocks. Avoid operating the machine too close to an overhang, ditch or hole, potential carving in edges, falling rocks and landslides, rough terrain with undulating obstacles. Excavators must be rested on firm ground after field operation away from the road Locate and identify underground services including telephone cables, OFC cables, sewerage and drainage lines, water supply, electrical cables etc by checking with all concerned underground utility providers. DPR VOLUME VII: PART A (II) P a g e | 37 Highways Department, GoTN TNRSP-II ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN Upgrading Nanguneri - Bharatavaram - Uvari Road (SH89) upto ECR Junction km 0/000 to km 35/200 When reversing or in cases where the operator's view is restricted, adequate supervision and signaling arrangements shall be provided. Ensure that the type and capacity of the excavator are properly chosen for the intended purposes and site conditions. Never use a machine for any purposes other than it is designed for. Check and report for excessive wear and any breakage of the bucket, blade, edge, tooth and other working tools of the excavator and ensure replacement/ repair to avoid mishap and break down. Check that all linkages/hinges are properly lubricated and ensure that the linkage pins are secured. Never use improper linkage pins. Never dismount from or mount on a moving machine. H. OPERATION OF TRUCKS AND DUMPERS Ensure that only trained, authorized and licensed drivers operate the vehicles. Enlist help of another worker before reversing the vehicle. Switch-off the engine when not in use to save fuel, prevent accidents and unnecessary noise and air pollution. Lower the tipping bodies when the machine is unattended, but if it is necessary to leave them in the raised position they should be blocked to prevent their fall by fixing a sturdy support below. Carryout periodic servicing as per the manufacturer’s requirements. All records of maintenance and repairs should be in writing and available for verification. Keep the vehicle tidy and the cabin free from clumsy utilities, which might obstruct the controls and create hazards. Follow safe driving principles including speed limits as per traffic signage. Avoid carrying additional passengers in the cabin or on the body of the dumper, while in field operation other than the connected workers. Provide stop blocks when the vehicle is tipping into or running alongside excavations or when it is parked. Do not overload the vehicle. Carry only well secured loads and use proper covers and fasteners. I. MANUAL HANDLING AND LIFTING Avoid manual handling of heavy and hazardous objects and chemicals. Pre-assess the actual requirement of manpower in case of emergency situations. The hazardous and poisonous materials should not be manually handled without proper equipments/gears and prior declaration of the risks needs to be made to the involved workers. All concerned persons shall be trained in proper methods of lifting and carrying. In all manual operations where groups of workers are involved, a team leader with necessary training to handle the entire work force in unison has to be provided for. DPR VOLUME VII: PART A (II) P a g e | 38 Highways Department, GoTN TNRSP-II ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN Upgrading Nanguneri - Bharatavaram - Uvari Road (SH89) upto ECR Junction km 0/000 to km 35/200 Watch and ward to control/supervise/guide movement of equipments and machineries, loading and unloading operations, stability of the stockpiled materials and irregularly shaped objects have to be provided for safety and security of workers. Carriageway used by the workers must be free from objects, which are dangerous. Loading and unloading from vehicles shall be under strict supervision. J. ELECTRICAL HAZARDS IN CONSTRUCTION AREAS Statutory warning leaflets/posters are to be distributed/displayed by the Contractor in the vicinity of work sites for the benefit of all workers, officers and supervisors as well as the public, indicating the do’s and don’ts and warning related to electrical hazards associated with operations to be executed/in progress. All wires shall be treated as live wires. Report about dangling wires to the site-in-charge and do not touch them. Only a qualified electrician should attempt electrical repairs. Train all workers about electrical safety. Shut down the equipment that is sparking or getting over heated or emitting smoke at the time of operation, if it is not the normal way of working of such machines. Inform technical person/s for required maintenance. Never used damaged wires for electrical connection. Demolition, tree felling and removal of overhead transmission lines shall be undertaken with strong, efficient and closely monitored arrangements to avoid accidents. K. USE AND STORAGE OF GAS (LPG) Store filled gas/LPG cylinder in a secure area – mark this as a no smoking area. Transport, store, use and secure cylinders in upright position. Ensure proper ventilation at the ground level in locations where LPG is in use. Avoid physical damage to the cylinders. Never weld near the cylinder. Store empty cylinders secured and upright. Make sure that the cylinder is closed immediately after use. Investigate immediately if there is the smell of LPG or gas. Never use destenched gas/LPG on site. Make sure that there is no other unrelated fire in the vicinity of the cylinder. L. GAS WELDING The welders and welding units should follow all the basic principles of welding for safety and security. DPR VOLUME VII: PART A (II) P a g e | 39 Highways Department, GoTN TNRSP-II ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN Upgrading Nanguneri - Bharatavaram - Uvari Road (SH89) upto ECR Junction km 0/000 to km 35/200 Use face shield to protect the eyes. Use goggles, particularly when chipping slag and cutting strips. Use gloves long enough to protect wrists and forearms against heat, sparks, molten metal and radiation hazards. Use high-top boots/gum boots to prevent sparks, splinters, sharp edges of metal and hot welded strips, welding rods, electric cables etc. from injuring the legs. Avoid inhaling the noxious fumes and gasses from burning electrodes by using gas masks and screen of the work area to prevent the glair moving outside it. Keep the key hung from the regulator control for split seconds operations to stop the valve in case of any accidental damage or leakage to supply pipeline that may catch fire and cause accidents in case acetylene or LPG cylinder. The welding area should have sufficient openings with fixed exhaust ventilators or adequate air flow openings to remove poisonous fumes and gases. Take precautions of wearing hard hats or fiber helmets to prevent injury due to fall of any object and accidental injury from projections while welding. Welders operating above ground should have adequate safety belt secured to stable platform to prevent accidental fall or injury from the scaffold. All electrical and gas connection lines up tothe welder should be sufficiently insulated and protected from sharp edges and sharp objects. These shall not come into contact with hot metal. Do not use gas cylinders for supporting work or as rollers. While using LPG or CNG cylinders for welding, follow all safety precautions as has been prescribed by the supplier company. Avoid fire hazards and accidents by posting safety supervisors to oversee the activities of workers. Do not store explosives, high inflammable materials, loose hanging overhead objects, hot welded strips etc. near gas cylinders. Close all valves, switches and circuits while leaving the work place under proper lock and key. In case of mobile units, proper carriage procedure has to be followed for safety and security of men and materials. M. FIRE SAFETY PRACTICES Before fire breaks out Designate fire officers. Store flammable material in proper areas having adequate fire protection systems. Display sufficient warning signs. Install fire alarm wherever required and test regularly. Inspect fire extinguishers regularly and replace as necessary. DPR VOLUME VII: PART A (II) P a g e | 40 Highways Department, GoTN TNRSP-II ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN Upgrading Nanguneri - Bharatavaram - Uvari Road (SH89) upto ECR Junction km 0/000 to km 35/200 Train selected personal on use of fire extinguishers Fire escape route should be kept clear at all times and clearly indicated Display escape route maps prominently on each side. Provide sufficient exit signs at prominent locations for directing people to the escape staircases and routes. Train workers about the escape route and assembly point/s. Carryout fire drill periodically. When fire breaks out Alert all persons through fire alarms or other methods. Put off the fire with appropriate fire extinguishers only when you are sure that you are safe to do so. Escape if you are in danger through the fire escape route to assembly point. Call-up Fire Service. Fire officers to carryout head count at the assembly point. N. NOISE HAZARDS AND ITS CONTROL Plan camp lay-out in a manner that ensures barriers/buffers between residential/ office units and high noise generating zones. Use sound meters to measure the level of noise and if it exceeds 75 dB(A), then ensure preventive measures. Make personnel aware of noisy areas by using suitable warning signs and insist on use of ear protectors/ear plugs to prevent excess noise affecting the workmen. Reduce noise at source by: use of improved equipments; regular and proper maintenance of the machinery as per the manufacturer’s manual; by replacing rickety and noisy equipments and machineries. Screening locations with noise absorbing material; making changes in the process/equipment; controlling machine speeds; ensuring that two noise-generating machines are not running at the same time close to each other at same location; using cutting oils and hydraulic noise breakers; providing vibration and noise absorbing platform and firm embedding of equipments with fasteners. Appoint a competent person to: carryout a detailed noise assessment of the site; designate ear protection zone/s; give training/instructions on the necessary precautionary measures to be observed by site personnel including using suitable type of ear protection equipments. O. PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT General Provision of personal protective equipment has to be made over and above all measures taken for removing or controlling safety hazards on a work site. Ensure that sufficient personal protective equipments are provided and that they are readily available for every person who may need to use them. DPR VOLUME VII: PART A (II) P a g e | 41 Highways Department, GoTN TNRSP-II ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN Upgrading Nanguneri - Bharatavaram - Uvari Road (SH89) upto ECR Junction km 0/000 to km 35/200 The Contractor’s Project Manager shall ensure that all persons make full and proper use of the personal protective equipment provided. Provide instruction/s and training for the proper use and care of personal protective equipment. Ensure that the personal protective equipments are in good condition. Train workers to report unintentional damages for replacement and to always keep the personal protective equipment clean. PPE includes, but may not be limited to, hard hats, goggles, ear plugs, gloves, air filters/masks, boots, ropes etc. Eye Protection Road construction work sites, quarries and crushers are full of dust particles, sand, splinter, harmful gases, bright light and welding arc lights, which are injurious for the eyes. Therefore, eye protection and adequate lighting in work areas is required. All workers, supervisors and inspection officers and dignitaries coming over for study of works should be compelled to weareye protecting glasses/goggles properly fitting the eye sockets to prevent damage due to dust, gases and other particles. Head Protection Hard hats are compulsory for all workers, supervisors and managers/officials while working and/or inspecting a work sites. Hard hat areas shall be demarcated clearly. Hearing Protection Provide ear plugs or ear muffs to the workers and to those who need to get in and out of a high noise area frequently. Use re-usable earplugs when the reduction required (15-25 dBA) is not excessive. Use earmuffs where a large attenuation of upto 40 dBA is demanded. Do not use dry cotton wool for hearing protection because it doesn’t provide any such protection. Provide disposable ear plugs for infrequent visitors and ensure that these are never re-used. Replenish ear plugs from time to time for those who need to work continuously for a long period in a high noise area/s. Use ear muffs with replaceable ear cushions because they deteriorate with age or may be damaged in use. Avoid wearing spectacles with ear muffs. Use soap and water or the recommended solvent for cleaning ear muffs. Respiratory (Protective) Equipment Wear suitable masks for protection when there is a potential for small particles entering the lungs, e.g. emptying of cement bags, working at crusher sites etc. Provide training to all persons using the masks/respirators for their correct fitting, use, limitations and symptoms of exposure. DPR VOLUME VII: PART A (II) P a g e | 42 Highways Department, GoTN TNRSP-II ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN Upgrading Nanguneri - Bharatavaram - Uvari Road (SH89) upto ECR Junction km 0/000 to km 35/200 Clean and inspect all respirators before and after use. Store respirators properly when not in use. Safety Footwear Wear suitable footwear for work Use safety footwear on site or in other dangerous areas. Wear suitable safety shoes or ankle boots when working anywhere where there is high risk of foot injuries from slippery or uneven ground, sharp objects, falling objects etc. All safety footwear, including safety shoes, ankle boots and rubber boots, should be fitted with steel toecaps. Avoid wearing flip flops, high heeled shoes, slippers, light sport shoes in situations where there is a risk of foot injury. Keep shoelace knots tight. Hand Protection Wear suitable gloves for selected activities such as welding, cutting and manual handling of materials and equipment. Do not wear gloves where there is a risk of them becoming entangled in moving parts of machinery. Wash hands properly with disinfectant soap and clean water before drinking or eating. Wash hands immediately after each operation on site when the situation warrants. P. FIRST AID Provide first aid boxes at every work site in a cool and shaded place. Ensure that training on the use of the first aid box is provided to at least every supervisor on the site. Display the list of persons along with their contact numbers who are trained on providing first aid. Ensure that every first aid box is marked "First Aid" in English and in local language. Check for expiry dates and replace the contents, as necessary. Maintain a register on health records including injuries/accidents. Q. ACCIDENT INVESTIGATIONS Carryout the investigation/s as quickly as possible. Investigation should be carried out both internally as well as through third party. Conduct interviews with as many witnesses as necessary including the affected persons and supervising officials. Do not rely on any one/limited source of evidence. Check all the log books, stock registers, issue registers, movement registers on site DPR VOLUME VII: PART A (II) P a g e | 43 Highways Department, GoTN TNRSP-II ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN Upgrading Nanguneri - Bharatavaram - Uvari Road (SH89) upto ECR Junction km 0/000 to km 35/200 safety regulations, traffic signals and signal men activities, signage, as well as other field positions and keep a record of all investigations through audio-visual and electronic medium for presenting an evaluation of the incident/s. After completion of the investigation/enquiry, a summary of the facts recorded, sequence of happenings, persons-in-charge, persons examined, equipments and machineries tested, follow- up of action as per legal requirements, copy of station diary entry, hospital entry, safety regulations etc. to be prepared with a comparative analysis for proper assessment. DPR VOLUME VII: PART A (II) P a g e | 44 Highways Department, GoTN TNRSP-II ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN Upgrading Nanguneri - Bharatavaram - Uvari Road (SH89) upto ECR Junction km 0/000 to km 35/200 ANNEXURE 3.9: GUIDELINES FOR PREPARATION OF TRAFFIC MANAGEMENT PLAN The Contractor shall at all times carry out work on the road in manner creating least interference to the flow of traffic with the satisfactory execution. For all works involving improvements to the existing state highway, the Contractor shall, in accordance with the directives of the CSC, provide and maintain, during execution of the work, a passage for traffic either along a part of the existing carriageway under improvement, or along a temporary diversion constructed close to the state highway. The Contractor shall take prior approval of the CSC regarding traffic arrangements during construction. A. ENSURING TRAFFIC SAFETY AND CONTROL Where subject to the approval of the Engineer the execution of the works requires temporary closure of road traffic use, the Contractor shall provide and maintain temporary traffic diversions. The diversions shall generally consist of 200 mm thickness of gravel 4.5 meters wide laid directly upon natural ground and where any additional earthworks are required for this purpose that will be provided under the appropriate payment items. Where the execution of the works requires single-lane operation on public road, the Contractor shall provide and maintain all necessary barriers, warning signs and traffic control signals to the approval of the Engineer. With the exception of temporary traffic arrangements or diversions required within the first 4 weeks of the Contract, the Contractor shall submit details of his proposals to the Engineer for approval no less than 4 weeks prior to the temporary arrangement or diversion being required. Details of temporary arrangements or diversions for approval as soon possible after the date of the Letter of Acceptance. The colour, configuration, size and location of all traffic signs shall be in accordance with the code of practice for road sign. In the absence of any detail or for any missing details, the signs shall be provided as directed by the Engineer (CSC). The Contractor shall take all necessary measures for the safety of traffic during construction and provide, erect and maintain such barricades, including signs, marking, flags, lights and flagmen as may be required by the Engineer for the formation and protection of traffic approaching or passing through the section of the road under improvement. Before taking up any construction, an agreed phased programme for the diversion of traffic or closer of traffic on the road shall be drawn up in consultation with the SE. At the points where traffic is to deviate from its normal path (whether on temporary diversion or part width of the Carriageway) the lane width path for traffic shall be clearly marked with the aid of pavement markings, painted drums or a similar device to the directions of the SE. At night, the passage shall be delineated with lanterns or other suitable light source. One-way traffic operation shall be established whenever the traffic is to be passed over part of the carriageway inadequate for two-lane traffic. This shall be done with the help of temporary traffic signals or flagmen kept positioned on opposite sides during all hours. For regulation of traffic, the flagmen shall be equipped with red and green flags and lanterns/lights. On both sides, suitable regulatory / warnings signs as approved by the SE shall be installed for DPR VOLUME VII: PART A (II) P a g e | 45 Highways Department, GoTN TNRSP-II ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN Upgrading Nanguneri - Bharatavaram - Uvari Road (SH89) upto ECR Junction km 0/000 to km 35/200 the guidance of road users. On each approach, at least two signs shall be put up, one close to the point where transition of carriageway begins and the other 120 m away. The signs shall be of design and of reflectory type, if so directed by SE. Upon completion of the works for which the temporary traffic arrangements or diversions have been made, the Contractor shall remove all temporary installations and signs and reinstate all affected roads and other structures or installations to the conditions that existed before the work started, as directed by the Engineer. B. MAINTENANCE OF DIVERSIONS AND TRAFFIC CONTROL DEVICES Signs, lights, barriers and other traffic control devices, as well as the riding surface of diversion shall be maintained in a satisfactory condition till such time they are required as directed by the SE. The temporary traveled way shall be kept free of dust by frequent applications of water, if necessary. The signages and devices required include the following: Barricading Men at work Keep Left Go slow Flag men Narrow signs Lantern(Amber Blinker) Traffic control Lights Cones Safety jackets and helmets should be provided to all the workers/ Engineers working on the road. Fixed mobile solid barricades must be placed between the workmen and traffic or pedestrian and traffic. All the safety signs should be according to IRC: 67 and IRC: SP: 55: 2001 Examples of some good practice in traffic control during construction are shown in the figures below. DPR VOLUME VII: PART A (II) P a g e | 46 Highways Department, GoTN TNRSP-II ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN Upgrading Nanguneri - Bharatavaram - Uvari Road (SH89) upto ECR Junction km 0/000 to km 35/200 DPR VOLUME VII: PART A (II) P a g e | 47 Highways Department, GoTN TNRSP-II ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN Upgrading Nanguneri - Bharatavaram - Uvari Road (SH89) upto ECR Junction km 0/000 to km 35/200 DPR VOLUME VII: PART A (II) P a g e | 48 Highways Department, GoTN TNRSP-II ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN Upgrading Nanguneri - Bharatavaram - Uvari Road (SH89) upto ECR Junction km 0/000 to km 35/200 ANNEXURE 3.10: GUIDELINES FOR STORAGE, HANDLING, USE AND EMERGENCY RESPONSE FOR HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCES A. HANDLING HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCES (INCLUDING CHEMICALS) As far as practicable the hazardous materials will be stockpiled under proper mechanical loading, unloading and stacking aided by manual labour where necessary. Exercise great care in the storage and use of chemicals because they may be explosive, poisonous, corrosive or combustible. Separate different chemicals physically and store accordingly after proper labeling. Stock taking of all hazardous will be mandatory together with enforcement of manufacturer’s or supplier’s safety standard/s and drill exercises. New and less known chemicals and building materials, for which toxicological studies are wanted, need to be properly evaluated prior to their inclusion in the materials list. All containers should be clearly labeled to indicate contents. Maintain the Material Safety Data Sheet of all chemicals for reference on safety precautions to be taken and the use of suitable PPE. Ensure use of correct personal protective equipment before allowing workers to handle chemicals. When opening containers, ensure holding of a rag over the cap/lid or use of safety gloves, as some volatile liquids tend to spurt up when released. Eye fountain, emergency shower and breathing apparatus should be available near the workplace. Ensure immediate medical attention in case of spill/splash of a chemical. Safety instructions for handling emergency situations shall be displayed prominently at both the storage and use locations. B. TRANSPORTATION, REFUELING AND MAINTENANCE PROCEDURE Truck or suitable containers will bring in all fuel and fluids. There will be no storage of fuel, oil or fluids within 200m of a water line. Prior to re-fueling or maintenance, drip pans and containment pans will be placed under the equipment. Absorbent blankets may also be required to be placed under the equipment and hoses where there is a possibility of spillage to occur. All used oils or fluids will be properly contained and transported to appropriately licensed (authorized) disposal facilities. Following re-fueling and maintenance, the absorbent blankets (if any) and spill pans will be picked up and the fuel truck or container moved outside of the 100m (or 50m) wide area. DPR VOLUME VII: PART A (II) P a g e | 49 Highways Department, GoTN TNRSP-II ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN Upgrading Nanguneri - Bharatavaram - Uvari Road (SH89) upto ECR Junction km 0/000 to km 35/200 C. EMERGENCY SPILL PROCEDURE Should a spill occur, either through accidental spillage or equipment failure, the applicable emergency spill procedure as outlined in sections below and/or as directed by the manufacturer/supplier shall be followed: Spill Procedure (Inside a Stream) In the case of a spill, overflow or release of fluid into the stream waterway (whether water is flowing during the spill or not), do what is practical and safely possible to control the situation, while sending SOS for help from the technical wings and fire brigade or any other govt. agency. Stop the flow Stop the release into the waterway Shut down the equipments Close valves and pumps. Plug leaking of damage hosepipes or containers with suitable sealants or temporary plugs at the holes. Remove Ignition Sources Cut off the supply sources and shut down the sources of power supply. Cordon up the area and salvage the spilled materials for recycling or disposal as would be suggested by the technical experts or as per the manufacturer’s guidelines for the product. In case of inflammable materials, mobile phones, electrical switches and heat generating machines, sparking electrodes etc. shall not be operated. Portable fire extinguishers need to be kept handy in such vehicles for immediate use as a damage control measure. Clean-up and Disposal Emergency Services shall be engaged for the containment, clean-up and disposal of contaminants released into the environment. Reporting The Contractor's Environmental Officer will document the event and submit the reports to the Engineer, the Client and appropriate regulatory agencies like the Pollution Control Board. Procedure Review The Engineer will review the report, determine if changes are required to be incorporated in the plan of activity under the revised guidelines and recommendation/s that have been suggested by the technicians/manufacturer/ supplier /fire brigade /SPCB /environment officer of the PIU, as the case may be. Spill Procedure (On Land) All types of spills are hazardous - whether liquid or amorphous or solid and accordingly the spill has to be dealt with. For liquids, sealing the leakage or emptying the container into another empty vessel may be considered. For solid or semi-solid or viscous products, special salvage equipments are to be used. For fine particles and water soluble chemicals, neutralizing or scraping the affected soil from the area has to be resorted to with mechanical DPR VOLUME VII: PART A (II) P a g e | 50 Highways Department, GoTN TNRSP-II ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN Upgrading Nanguneri - Bharatavaram - Uvari Road (SH89) upto ECR Junction km 0/000 to km 35/200 removal and depositing at a safe site as would be recommended by experts. Notification All legal authorities such as civil administration including the district Collector, the sub- divisional officer, Tehsildar, the local SHO of the police station, the SP, Divisional Forest Officer, the Inspector of Factories and Boiler, the SPCB authority monitoring the pollution in the area, site engineer/supervision consultant and environmental officer of OWD/PIU, local gram panchayat and people’s representatives have to be informed about the incident, the probable damage, current and after effects, precautionary measures to be taken and already taken and restrictions imposed on movement of men, material, live stock etc in an around the site of spill. Cleanup and Disposal The Engineer's Environmental Officer will ensure that a proper cleanup and disposal method is determined. Absorbent pads will soak up the spilled material. The pads will be contained and removed from site for disposal at a licensed (authorized) facility. Reporting The Contractor's Environmental Officer will document the event and submit reports to the Engineer, the Client and appropriate regulatory agencies like the Pollution Control Board(s). Procedure Review The Engineer will review the report; determine, if changes are required to procedures and; recommend implementation of all required changes. DPR VOLUME VII: PART A (II) P a g e | 51 Highways Department, GoTN TNRSP-II ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN Upgrading Nanguneri - Bharatavaram - Uvari Road (SH89) upto ECR Junction km 0/000 to km 35/200 ANNEXURE 3.11: GUIDELINE FOR ENVIRONMENT FRIENDLY CONSTRUCTION METHODOLOGY The contractor shall be deemed to have acquainted himself with the requirements of all the current statutes, ordinances, by-laws, rules and regulations or their instruments having the force of law including without limitation those relating to protection of the environment, health and safety, importation of labour, demolition of houses, protection of environment and procurement, transportation, storage and use of explosives, etc. 1. PROTECTION OF ENVIRONMENT (i) The contractor will take all necessary measures and precautions and ensure that the execution of the works and all associated operations on site or offsite are carried out in conformity with statutory and regulatory environmental requirements including those prescribed in EMP. (ii) The contractor will take all measures and precautions to avoid any nuisance or disturbance to inhabitants arising from the execution of works. (iii) All liquid waste products arising on the sites will be collected and disposed of at a location on or off the sites and in a manner that will not cause either nuisance or pollution. (iv) The contractor will at all times ensure that all existing water courses and drains within and adjacent to the site are kept safe and free from any contamination. (v) The contractor will submit details of his temporary drainage work system (including all surface channels, sediment traps, washing basins and discharge pits) to the Project Implementation Unit –TNRSP / Environment Officer for approval prior to commencing work on its construction. (vi) The contractor will arrange all the equipment in good condition to minimize dust, gaseous or other air-borne emissions and carry out the works in such a manner as to minimize adverse impact on air. (vii) Any vehicle with an open load-carrying area used for transporting potentially dust-producing material will have properly fitted side and tailboards. Materials having the potential to produce dust will not be loaded to a level higher than the side and tail boards and will be covered with a clean tarpaulin in good condition. (viii) The contractor will take all necessary measures to ensure that the operation of all mechanical equipment and condition processes on and off the site will not cause any unnecessary or excessive noise, taking into account applicable environmental requirements. (ix) The contractor will take necessary measures to maintain all plant and equipment in good condition. (x) Where the execution of the works requires temporary closure of road to traffic, the contractor will provide and maintain temporary traffic diversions subject to the approval of the EO/Engineer. (xi) Where the execution of the works requires single-lane operation on public road the contractor will provide and maintain all necessary barriers, warning signs and traffic control signals to the satisfaction of the EO/Engineer. (xii) Wherever traffic diversions, warning signs, traffic control signals, barriers and the like are required, the contractor will install them to the satisfaction of EO/Engineer prior to commencing the work, in that area. DPR VOLUME VII: PART A (II) P a g e | 52 Highways Department, GoTN TNRSP-II ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN Upgrading Nanguneri - Bharatavaram - Uvari Road (SH89) upto ECR Junction km 0/000 to km 35/200 (xiii) Contractor will install asphalt plants and other machineries away from the populated areas as per laid down regulations. (xiv) Permit for felling of trees will be obtained from the forest department before the execution of any work. (xv) Trees and plants going to be uprooted will be duly compensated and maintained up to 3 years. (xvi) Mist sprays should be provided at appropriate places for preventing dust pollution during handling and stockpiling of stones and loose earth. (xvii) Over Burden (OB) waste dumps shall be sprayed with water, as they are the major source of air borne particulate matter. (xviii) OB waste dumps shall be reclaimed / afforested to bind the loose soil and to prevent soil erosion. The frequency of sprinkling should be fixed as per the seasonal requirement and in consultation with engineer. (xix) Regular water spraying on haulage roads during transportation of construction material by water sprinklers. The frequency of sprinkling should be fixed as per the seasonal requirements in consultation with engineer. (xx) Transfer point for transporting construction material shall be provided with appropriate hoods/ chutes to prevent dust emissions. (xxi) Dumping of construction material should be from an optimum height (preferably not too high), so as to reduce the dust blow. (xxii) Innovative approaches of using improvised machinery designs, with in-built mechanism to reduce sound emission. (xxiii) Procurement of drill loaders, dumbers and other equipment with noise proof system in operator’s cabin. (xxiv) Confining the equipment with heavy noise emissions in soundproof cabins, so that noise is not transmitted to other areas. (xxv) Regular and proper maintenance of noise generating machinery including the transport vehicles to maintain noise levels. (xxvi) Provisions should be made for noise absorbing pads at foundations of vibrating equipments to reduce noise emissions. 2. QUARRY OPERATIONS The Contractor shall obtain materials from quarries only after the consent of the Forest Department or other concerned authorities and in consultation with the EO/Engineer. The quarry operations shall be undertaken within the purview of the rules and regulations in force and instructions as mentioned in Annexure 3.3: Guidelines for Quarry Management and Annexure 3.4: Guidelines for Borrow Area Management. 3. PREVENTION OF WATER COURSES FROM SOIL EROSION AND SEDIMENTATION SILTATION The Contractor shall apply following mitigation measures to prevent sedimentation and pollution of watercourses. To prevent increased siltation, if need be existing bridges maybe widened downstream side of the water body; DPR VOLUME VII: PART A (II) P a g e | 53 Highways Department, GoTN TNRSP-II ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN Upgrading Nanguneri - Bharatavaram - Uvari Road (SH89) upto ECR Junction km 0/000 to km 35/200 Cement and coal ash should be stacked together, fenced by bricks or earth wall, and kept away from water, to prevent leachate formation and contamination of surface and ground water; If need be, slope of the embankments leading to water bodies should be modified and rechannelised to prevent entry of contaminants into the water body; During construction silt fencing (consists of geo-textile with extremely small size supported by wire-mish mounted on a panel made up of angle frame) could be used along the road at all canals and rivers to prevent sediments from the construction site to enter into the watercourses. 3. POLLUTION FROM HOT-MIX PLANTS AND BATCHING PLANTS Bituminous hot-mix plants and concrete batching plants shall be located sufficiently away from habitation, agricultural operations. The Contractor shall take every precaution to reduce the levels of noise, vibration, dust and emissions from his plants and shall be fully responsible for any claims for damages caused to the owners of property, fields and residents in the vicinity. 4. ARRANGEMENT FOR TRAFFIC DURING CONSTRUCTION The Contractor shall at all times carry out work on the road in a manner creating least interference to the flow of traffic with the satisfactory execution. For all works involving improvements to the existing state highway, the Contractor shall, in accordance with the directives of the SE, provide and maintain, during execution of the work, a passage for traffic either along a part of the existing carriageway under improvement, or along a temporary diversion constructed close to the state highway. The Contractor shall take prior approval of the SE regarding traffic arrangements during construction. 5. TRAFFIC SAFETY AND CONTROL (i) Where subject to the approval of the Engineer the execution of the works requires temporary closure of road to traffic use, the Contractor shall provide and maintain temporary traffic diversions. The diversion shall generally consist of 200 mm thickness of gravel 4.5 meters wide laid directly upon natural ground and where any additional earthworks are required for this purpose that will be provided under the appropriate payment items. (ii) Where the execution of the works requires single-lane operation on public road, the Contractor shall provide and maintain all necessary barriers, warning signs and traffic control signals to the approval of the Engineer. (iii) With the exception of temporary traffic arrangements or diversions required within the first 4 weeks of the Contract, the Contractor shall submit details of his proposals to the Engineer for approval not less than 4 weeks prior to the temporary arrangement or diversion being required. Details of temporary arrangements or diversions for approval as soon as possible after the date of the Letter of Acceptance. (iv) The color, configuration, size and location of all traffic signs shall be in accordance with the code of practice for road sign. In the absence of any detail or for any missing details, the signs shall be provided as directed by the Supervising Engineer (SE). (v) The Contractor shall take all necessary measures for the safety of traffic during construction and provide, erect and maintain such barricades, including signs, marking, flags, lights and flagmen as may be required by the Engineer for the information and protection of traffic approaching or passing through the section of the road under improvement. Before taking up any construction, an agreed phased programme for the diversion of traffic or closer of traffic on the road shall be drawn up in consultation with the SE. DPR VOLUME VII: PART A (II) P a g e | 54 Highways Department, GoTN TNRSP-II ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN Upgrading Nanguneri - Bharatavaram - Uvari Road (SH89) upto ECR Junction km 0/000 to km 35/200 (vi) At the points where traffic is to deviate from its normal path (whether on temporary diversion or part width of the carriageway) the lane width path for traffic shall be clearly marked with the aid of pavement markings, painted drums or a similar device to the directions of the SE. At night, the passage shall be delineated with lanterns or other suitable light source. (vii) One-way traffic operation shall be established whenever the traffic is to be passed over part of the carriageway inadequate for two-lane traffic. This shall be done with the help of temporary traffic signals or flagmen kept positioned on opposite sides during all hours. For regulation of traffic, the flagmen shall be equipped with red and green flags and lanterns / lights. (viii) On both sides, suitable regulatory / warnings signs as approved by the PIU-APRDC shall be installed for the guidance of road users. On each approach, at least two signs shall be put up, one close to the point where transition of carriageway begins and the other 120 m away. The signs shall be of design and of reflectory type, if so directed by the Engineer. (ix) Upon completion of the works for which the temporary traffic arrangements or diversions have been made, the Contractor shall remove all temporary installations and signs and reinstate all affected roads and other structures or installations to the conditions that existed before the work started, as directed by the Engineer. 6. HEALTH AND SAFETY The contractor shall take all measures and precautions necessary to ensure the health, safety and welfare of all persons entitled to be on the site. Such precautions shall include those that, in the opinion of the Engineer, are reasonable to prevent unauthorized entry upon the site and to protect members of the public from any activities under the control of the contractor. The contractor’s responsibilities shall include but not be limited to: (i) The provision and maintenance of the Contractor’s Equipment in a safe working condition and the adoption of methods of work that are safe and without risks to the health of any person entitled to be on the site. (ii) The execution of suitable arrangements for ensuring safety and absence of risks to health in connection with the use, handling, storage, transport and disposal of articles and substances, (iii) The provision of lighting, including standby facilities in the event of failure that, in the opinion of the Engineer, is adequate to ensure the safe execution of any works that are to be carried out at right. (iv) The provision of protective clothing and safety equipment, with such personnel and equipment and such information, instruction, training and supervision as are necessary to ensure the health and safety at work of all persons employed on or entering on the site in connection with the works, including the Engineer’s supervisory staff, all in accordance with the laws. (v) Near towns, villages and all frequented places, trenches and foundation pits shall be securely fenced provided with proper caution signs and marked with lights at night to avoid accidents. Contractor shall take adequate protective measures to see that the excavation operations do not affect or damage adjoining structures. (vi) The contractor shall not use or generate any materials in the works, which are hazardous to the health of persons, animals or vegetation. Where it is necessary to use some substances, which can cause injury to the health of workers, the Contractor shall provide protective clothing or appliances to his workers. DPR VOLUME VII: PART A (II) P a g e | 55 Highways Department, GoTN TNRSP-II ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN Upgrading Nanguneri - Bharatavaram - Uvari Road (SH89) upto ECR Junction km 0/000 to km 35/200 (vii) The contractor will take all measures necessary to safeguard the health; safety and welfare of all persons entitled to be on site and will ensure that works are carried out in a safe and efficient manner. (viii) The contractor will provide, and ensure the utilization of appropriate safety equipment for all workmen and staff employed directly or indirectly by the contractor. Such safety equipment will include but not be limited to the safety helmets, goggles and other eye protectors, hearing protectors, safety harnesses, safety equipment for working over water, rescue equipment, fire extinguishers and first-aid equipment. The personnel working at vulnerable locations at site will wear safety helmets and strong footwear. (ix) The contractor will provide an adequate number of latrines and other sanitary arrangements at areas of the site where work is in progress and ensure that they are regularly cleaned and maintained in a hygienic condition. 7. FIRST AID (i) The provision and maintenance of suitably equipped and staffed first aid stations throughout the extent of the works to the satisfaction of the Engineer. The contractor shall allow in his prices and the responsible for the costs of all such site welfare arrangements and requirements. (ii) Injuries might occur during the construction period. It is therefore pertinent to provide first aid facilities for all the construction workers. At construction camps and at all workplaces first aid equipment and nursing staff must be provided. Since many of the workplaces may be far away from regular hospitals, an indoor health unit having one bed facility every 150 workers needs to be provided. (iii) Adequate transport facilities for moving the injured persons to the nearest hospital must also be provided in ready to move condition. (iv) The first-aid units apart from an adequate supply of sterilized dressing material should contain other necessary appliances as per the factory rules. 8. MAINTENANCE (i) All buildings, rooms and equipment and the grounds surrounding them shall be maintained in a clean and operable condition and be protected from rubbish accumulation. (ii) Each structure made available for occupancy shall be of sound construction, shall assure adequate protection against weather, and shall include essential facilities to permit maintenance in a clean and operable condition. Comfort and safety of occupants shall be provided for by adequate heating, lighting, ventilation or insulation when necessary to reduce excessive heat. (iii) Each structure made available for occupancy shall comply with the requirements of the Uniform Building Code. This shall not apply to tent camps. 9. MAINTENANCE OF DIVERSIONS AND TRAFFIC CONTROL DEVICES Signs, lights, barriers and other traffic control devices, as well as the riding surface of diversion shall be maintained in a satisfactory condition till such time they are required as directed by the EO/Engineer. The temporary traveled way shall be kept free of dust by frequent applications of water, if necessary. DPR VOLUME VII: PART A (II) P a g e | 56 Highways Department, GoTN TNRSP-II ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN Upgrading Nanguneri - Bharatavaram - Uvari Road (SH89) upto ECR Junction km 0/000 to km 35/200 ANNEXURE 3.12: REPORTING FORMAT FOR IDENTIFICATION OF CONSTRUCTION CAMP SITE A Project Details Date of reporting: 1. Name of project stretch and SH no 2. Name and address of the Contractor 3. Contract date and duration 4. Status of completion of the project B Site Details 1. Place Name Landmark 2. Name of Panchayat / Municipality Revenue Village 3. Taluk District 4. Nearest Chainage (km) of the Location w.r.t. LHS/ RHS project road project road 5. Area of site Current land use 6. Ownership of the land Owned / leased Survey no. 7. If leased / rented, name, address and contact details of owner 8. Distance* from any major settlement or village 9. Distance from any major surface water course or body 10. Distance from ecologically sensitive areas 11. Distance from the Project road 12. Width and type (paved or unpaved) of access road 13. No of trees with girth> 0.3m 14. No of trees to be cut 15. Is top soil conservation required (Yes/ No) (a) Location map (b) Layout plan (c) Photographs of the site List of enclosures: (d) List of machinery, equipments and vehicles to be used (e) List of schools and hospitals within 200 m distance from the boundary of the camp C. Submission Submitted by Approved / Rejected by Details (Environment & Safety Engineer of Contractor) (Environmental Officer of CSC) Signature & date Name Designation Remarks by CSC * All distances are to be measured from the boundary of the site. Note: Contractor has to fill and submit this format to the CSC upon identification of each construction camp site. Subsequently, the EO of CSC has to visit the site and approve / reject the site with reasons. The EO of CSC has to give a copy of this format to the contractor after his approval / rejection with remarks. On approval of a site, the Contractor has to prepare the Management and Redevelopment Plan for this site as per the Guidelines given in EMP and submit to CSC for approval. DPR VOLUME VII: PART A (II) P a g e | 57 Highways Department, GoTN TNRSP-II ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN Upgrading Nanguneri - Bharatavaram - Uvari Road (SH89) upto ECR Junction km 0/000 to km 35/200 ANNEXURE 3.13: REPORTING FORMATS FOR IDENTIFICATION OF LABOUR CAMP SITE A Project Details Date of reporting: 1. Name of project stretch and SH no. 2. Name and address of the Contractor 3. Contract date and duration 4. Status of completion of the project B Site Details 1. Place Name Landmark 2. Name of Panchayat / Municipality Revenue Village 3. Taluk District 4. Nearest Chainage (km) of the project Location w.r.t. LHS/ RHS road project road 5. Area of site Current land use 6. Ownership of the land Owned /leased Survey no. 7. If leased, name, address and contact details of owner 8. Distance* from any major settlement or village 9. Distance from any major surface water course or body 10. Distance from ecologically sensitive areas 11. Distance from the Project road 12. Width and type of access road 13. No of trees with girth> 0.3m 14. No of trees to be cut 15. Is top soil conservation required (Yes/ No) Location map Layout Plan List of enclosure: Photographs of the site C. Submission Submitted by Approved / Rejected by Details (Environment & Safety Engineer of (Environmental Officer of Contractor) CSC) Signature & date Name Designation Remarks by CSC * All distances are to be measured from the boundary of the site. Note: Contractor has to fill and submit this format to the CSC upon identification of each Labour camp site. Subsequently, the EO of CSC has to visit the site and approve / reject the site with reasons. The EO of CSC has to give a copy of this format to the contractor after his approval / rejection with remarks. On approval of a site, the Contractor has to prepare the Management and Redevelopment Plan for this site as per the Guidelines given in EMP and submit to CSC for approval. DPR VOLUME VII: PART A (II) P a g e | 58 Highways Department, GoTN TNRSP-II ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN Upgrading Nanguneri - Bharatavaram - Uvari Road (SH89) upto ECR Junction km 0/000 to km 35/200 ANNEXURE 3.14: REPORTING FORMAT FOR IDENTIFICATION OF QUARRY AND STONE CRUSHER SITE A Project Details Date of reporting: 1. Name of project stretch and SH no. 2. Name and address of the Contractor 3. Contract date and duration 4. Status of completion of the project B Site Details 1. Place Name Landmark 2. Name of Panchayat / Municipality Revenue Village 3. Taluk District 4. Nearest Chainage (km) of Location w.r.t. LHS/ RHS the project road project road 5. Area of site Current land use 6. Ownership of the land Owned / leased Survey no. 7. If leased, name, address and contact details of owner 8. Type of material available and its quantity 9. Distance* of the site from: (i) any major settlement or village (ii) any major surface water course or body (iii) any bridge, water supply system, infiltration well or pumping installation (iv) any public road (v) ecologically sensitive areas (vi) nearest quarry / stone crusher 10. Distance from project road 11. Width and type of access road 12. No of trees with grid >0.3m 13. No of trees to be cut 14. Is top soil conservation required: Yes/ No 15. Place identified for top soil conservation List of enclosure: (a) Location map (b) Layout plan (c) Photographs of the site (d) List of schools and hospitals within 200 m distance from the boundary of the site C. Submission Submitted by (Environment & Safety Approved / Rejected by Details Engineer of Contractor) (Environmental Officer of CSC) Signature & date Name Designation Remarks by CSC * All distances are to be measured from the boundary of the site. Note: Contractor has to fill and submit this format to the CSC upon identification of each quarry and stone crusher site. Subsequently, the EO of CSC has to visit the site and approve / reject the site with reasons. The EO of CSC has to give a copy of this format to the contractor after his approval / rejection with remarks. On approval of a site, the Contractor has to prepare the Management and Redevelopment Plan for this site as per the Guidelines given in EMP and submit to CSC for approval. DPR VOLUME VII: PART A (II) P a g e | 59 Highways Department, GoTN TNRSP-II ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN Upgrading Nanguneri - Bharatavaram - Uvari Road (SH89) upto ECR Junction km 0/000 to km 35/200 ANNEXURE 3.15: REPORTING FORMAT FOR IDENTIFICATION OF BORROW AREAS A Project Details Date of Reporting: 1. Name of project stretch and SH no. 2. Name and address of the Contractor 3. Contract date and duration 4. Status of completion of the project B Site Details 1. Place Name Landmark 2. Name of Panchayat / Municipality Revenue Village 3. Taluk District 4. Nearest Chainage (km) of the project location w.r.t. project road LHS/ RHS road 5. Area of site Current land use 6. Ownership of the land Owned / leased Survey no. 7. If leased, name, address and contact details of owner 8. Distance* from any major settlement or village 9. Distance from any major surface water course or body 10. Distance from ecologically sensitive areas 11. Distance from the Project road 12. Width of and type of access road 13. No of trees with girth> 0.3m 14. No of trees to be cut 15. Is top soil conservation required (Yes/ No) Location map Layout Plan List of enclosure: Photographs of the site C. Submission Submitted by (Environment & Safety Engineer Approved / Rejected by Details of Contractor) (Environmental Officer of CSC) Signature & date Name Designation Remarks by CSC * All distances are to be measured from the boundary of the site. Note: Contractor has to fill and submit this format to the CSC upon identification of each borrow area. Subsequently, the EO of CSC has to visit the site and approve / reject the site with reasons. The EO of CSC has to give a copy of this format to the contractor after his approval / rejection with remarks. On approval of a site, the Contractor has to prepare the Management and Redevelopment Plan for this site as per the Guidelines given in EMP and submit to CSC for approval. DPR VOLUME VII: PART A (II) P a g e | 60 Highways Department, GoTN TNRSP-II ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN Upgrading Nanguneri - Bharatavaram - Uvari Road (SH89) upto ECR Junction km 0/000 to km 35/200 ANNEXURE 3.16: REPORTING FORMAT FOR IDENTIFICATION OF DEBRIS DISPOSAL SITE A Project Details Date of Reporting: 1. Name of project stretch and SH no. 2. Name and address of the Contractor 3. Contract date and duration 4. Status of completion of the project B Site Details 1. Place Name Landmark 2. Name of Panchayat / Revenue Municipality Village 3. Taluk District 4. Nearest Chainage (km) of location w.r.t. LHS/ RHS the project road project road 5. Area of site Current land use 6. Ownership of the land Owned / leased Survey no. 7. If leased, name, address and contact details of owner 8. Distance* from any major settlement or village 9. Distance from any major surface water course or body 10. Distance from ecologically sensitive areas 11. Distance from the project road 12. Width and type of access road 13. No of trees with girth> 0.3m 14. No. of trees to be cut 15. Is top soil conservation required (Yes/ No) Location map List of Layout Plan enclosur Photographs of the site e: C. Submitted by Approved / Rejected by Submiss (Environment & Safety Engineer of (Environmental Officer of ion Contractor) CSC) Details Signature & date Name Designation Remarks by CSC * All distances are to be measured from the boundary of the site. Note: Contractor has to fill and submit this format to the CSC upon identification of each debris disposal site. Subsequently, the EO of CSC has to visit the site and approve / reject the site with reasons. The EO of CSC has to give a copy of this format to the contractor after his approval / rejection with remarks. On approval of a site, the Contractor has to prepare the Management and Redevelopment Plan for this site as per the Guidelines given in EMP and submit to CSC for approval. DPR VOLUME VII: PART A (II) P a g e | 61 Highways Department, GoTN TNRSP-II ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN Upgrading Nanguneri - Bharatavaram - Uvari Road (SH89) upto ECR Junction km 0/000 to km 35/200 ANNEXURE 3.17: REPORTING FORMAT FOR IDENTIFICATION OF SOURCES OF WATER FOR CONSTRUCTION A Project Details Date of Reporting: 1. Name of project stretch and SH no. 2. Name and address of the Contractor 3. Contract date and duration 4. Status of completion of the project B Site Details 1. Place Name Landmark 2. Name of Panchayat / Municipality Revenue Village 3. Taluk District 4. Nearest Chainage (km) Location w.r.t. LHS/ RHS of the project road project road 5. Type of water body (River / Canal / lake) 6. Existing users 7. Ownership of the water body 8. Authority responsible for giving permission 9. If private, name, address and contact details of owner 10. Distance from project road 11. Width and type of access road List of enclosure: Location map Photographs of the site C. Submission Submitted by (Environment & Safety Approved / Rejected by Details Engineer of Contractor) (Environmental Officer of CSC) Signature & date Name Designation Remarks by CSC * All distances are to be measured from the boundary of the site. Ground water should not be used for construction. Note: Contractor has to fill and submit this format to the CSC upon identification of each water source for construction. Subsequently, the EO of CSC has to visit the site and approve / reject the site with reasons. The EO of CSC has to give a copy of this format to the contractor after his approval / rejection with remarks. DPR VOLUME VII: PART A (II) P a g e | 62 Highways Department, GoTN TNRSP-II ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN Upgrading Nanguneri - Bharatavaram - Uvari Road (SH89) upto ECR Junction km 0/000 to km 35/200 ANNEXURE 3.18: FORMAT FOR REGISTER OF COMPLAINTS AND IT’S REPORTING A Project Details Information 1. Name of project stretch and SH no. 2. Name and address of the Contractor 3. Contract date and duration B Details of Complaint Received Site Name Sl. Date of Name and address of person Complaint Action taken with date Signature of ESE of No. Complaint with contact details Contractor 1 2 3 A register in this format shall be maintained at each site office of the contractor. This same format shall be used to compile and report the details of complaints received at all sites to the CSC along with the Monthly Report of the Contractor. The EO of CSC has to give instruction to the Contractor, if any further action has to be taken on any complaint. DPR VOLUME VII: PART A (II) P a g e | 63 Highways Department, GoTN TNRSP-II ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN Upgrading Nanguneri - Bharatavaram - Uvari Road (SH89) upto ECR Junction km 0/000 to km 35/200 ANNEXURE 3.19: FORMAT FOR REGISTER OF SITES OPENED AND CLOSED AND IT’S REPORTING A. Project Details Information 1. Name of project stretch and SH no. 2. Name and address of the Contractor 3. Contract date and duration B. Site Details Sl. Site Type of Address of Site Name List of Issue Expiry Site Redevel Remarks Signature No. Opening Site* (Place name, And Clearance Date of Date of Closing opment of ESE of Date Landmark, Revenue Address Required each each Date Status Contractor Village, Survey No., of the Clearance Clearance Panchayath, Taluk Owner and District) 1 2 * Construction Camp / Labour camp / Quarry Area and Stone Crusher Unit / Borrow Area / Debris Disposal Site / Water Source. A site should be opened only after submitting the Management and Redevelopment Plan prepared as per the Guidelines given in EMP and got it approved by the EO of the CSC. A register in this format (preferably in A3 size paper) should be maintained by the contractor for each road. This same format shall be used to report the details of sites opened and closed to the CSC along with the Monthly Report of the Contractor. The EO of CSC has to give instruction to the contractor if any clearance is pending for any site. DPR VOLUME VII: PART A (II) P a g e | 64 Highways Department, GoTN TNRSP-II ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN Upgrading Nanguneri - Bharatavaram - Uvari Road (SH89) upto ECR Junction km 0/000 to km 35/200 ANNEXURE 3. 20. CHECKLIST FOR MONITORING OF CONSTRUCTION CAMP MANAGEMENT A Project Details Date of Monitoring: 1. Name of project stretch and SH no. 2. Name and address of the Contractor 3. Contract date and duration 4. Status of completion of the project 5. Name of Construction Camp with sl. no. in Register of Sites B. Monitoring Details Sl. Environmental Management Measures CSC's Corrective Actions Proposed Remarks No. observation (Yes / No / Not Applicable) 1. Whether concrete flooring and oil interceptors are provided for hot mix plant area and work shop, vehicle washing and fuel handling area? 2. Are all the first aid facilities provided in the camp? 3. Whether the plant is located in such a way that there are no residences, public institutions or hospital within a radius of 250 M from the centre of the plant? 4. Whether the vehicle movement in and out of the camp is in a controlled manner? 5. Does water in cross drainage channels block? 6. Whether all the plant and machineries are well maintained and regularly serviced? 7. Whether all the drains and channels are covered? 8. Whether a green belt is provided along the periphery of camp? 9. Whether water is stored for dust suppression in the DPR VOLUME VII: PART A (II) P a g e | 65 Highways Department, GoTN TNRSP-II ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN Upgrading Nanguneri - Bharatavaram - Uvari Road (SH89) upto ECR Junction km 0/000 to km 35/200 camp? 10. Whether sanitation facilities are provided for male and female? 11. Whether separate garbage bins are provided to collect the garbage? 12. Whether septic tanks with soak pits are provided? 13. Whether the location of soak pit is in such a way that it does not pollute the ground water? 14. Whether a qualified safety officer is appointed for ensuring safety? 15. Whether noise barriers near sensitive receptors are provided? 16. Whether personal protective equipments are provided? 17. Whether warning sign boards are set up at the entrance gate for the public? 18. Whether all applicable clearances are obtained and valid till date? Signature of Environment and Safety Engineer (ESE) of the Contractor with date Signature of Environmental Officer of the CSC with date Note: The Environmental Officer of the CSC has to use this format to monitor the implementation of Environmental Management Measures for each Construction Camp Quarterly. Corrective actions with specific timeframe should be proposed for each Environmental Management Measure, which is not implemented satisfactorily. A copy of the filled up format should be given to the ESE of the Contractor. CSC has to attach this format to the Quarterly Report to be submitted to PIU, with details of corrective action taken by the Contractor. DPR VOLUME VII: PART A (II) P a g e | 66 Highways Department, GoTN TNRSP-II ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN Upgrading Nanguneri - Bharatavaram - Uvari Road (SH89) upto ECR Junction km 0/000 to km 35/200 ANNEXURE 3.21: CHECKLIST FOR MONITORING OF LABOUR CAMP MANAGEMENT A Project Details Date of Monitoring: 1. Name of project stretch and SH no. 2. Name and address of the Contractor 3. Contract date and duration 4. Status of completion of the project 5. Name of Labour Camp with sl. no. in register of sites B Monitoring Details Sl. Environmental Management Measures CSC's observation Corrective Actions Proposed Remarks No. (Yes / No / Not Applicable) 1. Whether the camps are floored with concrete? 2. Are all the first aid facilities provided in the camp? 3. Whether the camp is located in such a way that there are no residences, public institutions or biosensitive area within a radius of 500 m from the camp? 4. Whether the vehicle movement in and out of the camp is in a controlled manner? 5. Whether LPG for cooking is provided? 6. Whether safe drinking water is provided? 7. Whether all the drains and channels are covered? 8. Whether a green belt is provided along the periphery of camp? 9. Whether day care centres are provided with in the camp? 10. Whether sanitation facilities are provided separately for male and female? DPR VOLUME VII: PART A (II) P a g e | 67 Highways Department, GoTN TNRSP-II ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN Upgrading Nanguneri - Bharatavaram - Uvari Road (SH89) upto ECR Junction km 0/000 to km 35/200 11. Whether separate garbage bins are provided to collect the garbage? 12. Whether septic tanks with soak pits are provided? 13. Whether the location of soak pit is in such a away that it does not pollute the ground water? 14. Whether a qualified safety officer is appointed for ensuring safety? 15. Whether proper fencing of the camp is done? 16. Whether the workers are well aware of cleanliness, hygiene, community livings, AIDS etc.? 17. Whether all applicable clearances are obtained and valid till date? Signature of Environment and Safety Engineer (ESE) of the Contractor with date Signature of Environmental Officer of the CSC with date Note: The Environmental Officer of the CSC has to use this format to monitor the implementation of Environmental Management Measures for each Labour Camp Quarterly. Corrective actions with specific timeframe should be proposed for each Environmental Management Measure, which is not implemented satisfactorily. A copy of the filled up format should be given to the ESE of the Contractor. CSC has to attach this format to the Quarterly Report to be submitted to PIU, with details of corrective action taken by the Contractor. DPR VOLUME VII: PART A (II) P a g e | 68 Highways Department, GoTN TNRSP-II ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN Upgrading Nanguneri - Bharatavaram - Uvari Road (SH89) upto ECR Junction km 0/000 to km 35/200 ANNEXURE 3.22: CHECKLIST FOR MONITORING OF QUARRY AND STONE CRUSHER MANAGEMENT A Project Details Date of Monitoring: 1. Name of project stretch and SH no. 2. Name and address of the Contractor 3. Contract date and duration 4. Status of completion of the project 5. Name of Quarry & Crusher with sl. no. in register of sites B Monitoring Details Sl. Environmental Management Measures CSC's Corrective Remarks No. observation Actions (Yes / No / Proposed Not Applicable) 1. Whether the crusher units and/or other dust- producing units are housed in a building with a wall of minimum 23 cm thickness and with suitable roofing? 2. Whether quarry site is located at a distance of minimum 500 m from human settlement, railway line, national highway, state highway, eco-sensitive area or district road*? 3. Whether stone quarry is located at a minimum distance of 50mts. from a water body4? 4. Whether the vehicle movement in and out of the camp is in a controlled manner? 5. Whether a dust extraction with collection system is provided in the crusher unit and all transfer points? 6. Whether safe drinking water is provided for the workers? 7. Whether a dust extraction unit with collection system is provided in the crusher unit and all transfer points? 8. Whether a green belt is provided along the periphery of quarry? 9. Whether adequate systems with water spray and sprinkling is provided for dust suppression? 10. Whether the roads inside the crusher premises is tarred or concreted? 11. Whether separate garbage bins are provided to collect the garbage? 12. Whether the crusher, impactor and other connecting unit working time is restricted to day time (6 am to 6 pm)? 13. Whether dust sealing arrangement is provided in the impactor to avoid fugitive emission? DPR VOLUME VII: PART A (II) P a g e | 69 Highways Department, GoTN TNRSP-II ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN Upgrading Nanguneri - Bharatavaram - Uvari Road (SH89) upto ECR Junction km 0/000 to km 35/200 14. Whether the ambient sound level (Leq) at a distance of 1 m away from the boundary of the site is within 55 dB(A)? 15. Whether the occupier is conducting air monitoring on the suggested frequency? 16. Whether contour trenches are made to control soil erosion? 17. Whether workers are properly trained? 18. Whether sign boards of size 6’ x 4’ mentioning the project details and Contractor’s details are placed for public? 19. Whether the stack height of the D.G set is adequate? 20. Whether arrangement made for avoiding fugitive emission from plants/ premises are adequate? 21. Whether natural drainage patterns are kept clear without not alteration or blockage? 22. Whether top soil conservation has been undertaken? 23. Whether all applicable clearances are obtained and valid till date? Signature of Environment and Safety Engineer (ESE) of the Contractor with date Signature of Environmental Officer of the CSC with date Note: The Environmental Officer of the CSC has to use this format to monitor the implementation of Environmental Management Measures for each Quarry & Crusher Quarterly. Corrective actions with specific timeframe should be proposed for each Environmental Management Measure, which is not implemented satisfactorily. A copy of the filled up format should be given to the ESE of the Contractor. CSC has to attach this format to the Quarterly Report to be submitted to PIU, with details of corrective action taken by the Contractor. DPR VOLUME VII: PART A (II) P a g e | 70 Highways Department, GoTN TNRSP-II ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN Upgrading Nanguneri - Bharatavaram - Uvari Road (SH89) upto ECR Junction km 0/000 to km 35/200 ANNEXURE 3.23: CHECKLIST FOR MONITORING OF BORROW AREA MANAGEMENT A Project Details Date of Monitoring: 1. Name of project stretch and SH no. 2. Name and address of the Contractor 3. Contract date and duration 4. Status of completion of the project 5. Name of Borrow Area with sl. no. in register of sites B Monitoring Details Sl. Environmental Management Measures CSC's observation Corrective Actions Remarks No. (Yes / No / Not Applicable) Proposed 1. Whether the work at night is fully avoided? 2. Whether the approach road to the borrow area well maintained? 3. Whether the necessary traffic sign board is kept to control the traffic flow? 4. Whether any record is kept for the number of trees cut? 5. Whether a record on total quantity of earth evacuated is maintained? 6. Whether all waste materials from the borrow area is properly disposed? 7. Whether the relaying of the preserved top soil is carried out? 8. Whether required signages for the protection of the works or safety and convenience of public provided? 9. Whether effective measures are taken to control nuisance and disturbance arising from the execution work? 10. Whether the excavation is carried out in such a manner that the activity will not damage adjacent properties or cause contamination of nearby stream or other water bodies? 11. Whether the land is leveled after completion of work? 12. Whether the borrow pits are redeveloped? 13. Whether water logging is avoided? 14. Whether arrangements are made for regular sprinkling of water? DPR VOLUME VII: PART A (II) P a g e | 71 Highways Department, GoTN TNRSP-II ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN Upgrading Nanguneri - Bharatavaram - Uvari Road (SH89) upto ECR Junction km 0/000 to km 35/200 15. Whether all applicable clearances are obtained and valid till date? Signature of Environment and Safety Engineer (ESE) of the Contractor with date Signature of Environmental Officer of the CSC with date Note: The Environmental Officer of the CSC has to use this format to monitor the implementation of Environmental Management Measures for each Borrow Area Quarterly. Corrective actions with specific timeframe should be proposed for each Environmental Management Measure, which is not implemented satisfactorily. A copy of the filled up format should be given to the ESE of the Contractor. CSC has to attach this format to the Quarterly Report to be submitted to PIU, with details of corrective action taken by the Contractor. DPR VOLUME VII: PART A (II) P a g e | 72 Highways Department, GoTN TNRSP-II ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN Upgrading Nanguneri - Bharatavaram - Uvari Road (SH89) upto ECR Junction km 0/000 to km 35/200 ANNEXURE 3.24: CHECKLIST FOR THE MONITORING OF DEBRIS DISPOSAL SITE MANAGEMENT A Project Details Date of Monitoring: 1. Name of project stretch and SH no. 2. Name and address of the Contractor 3. Contract date and duration 4. Status of completion of the project 5. Name of Debris Disposal Site with sl. no. in register of sites B Monitoring Details Sl. Environmental Management Measures CSC's observation (Yes / Corrective Actions Remarks No. No / Not Applicable) Proposed 1. Whether the construction operations are carrying out in such a manner that no waste material is dumped or disposed off in an unhealthy manner that causes any environmental hazard? 2. Whether the debris forming work close to the streams and water bodies are generally avoided during the monsoon period? 3. Whether the debris disposal site is at least 200 meter away from the surface water body? 4. Whether the debris disposal site is at least 500 meter away from the ecologically sensitive are, residential area or main road? 5. Whether the debris disposal along the water courses and close to the drainage channels are in such a manner that it do not cause any blockage to the flow of water? 6. Whether the bituminous waste is used as a surfacing material to the access roads to base camps, quarries, borrow area, temporary diversion, haulage routes etc.? 7. Whether the waste disposal details are submitted to the CSC in the prescribed format? 8. Whether the spoils from excavation of the river bed are disposing off at specified area suggested by the engineers? 9. Whether the debris generated due to dismantling of existing permanent structure is reused in the temporary diversion? DPR VOLUME VII: PART A (II) P a g e | 73 Highways Department, GoTN TNRSP-II ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN Upgrading Nanguneri - Bharatavaram - Uvari Road (SH89) upto ECR Junction km 0/000 to km 35/200 10. Whether the preserved topsoil is used for redevelopment of the area? 11. Whether green belt is developed? 12. Whether all applicable clearances are obtained and valid till date? Signature of Environment and Safety Engineer (ESE) of the Contractor with date Signature of Environmental Officer of the CSC with date Note: The Environmental Officer of the CSC has to use this format to monitor the implementation of Environmental Management Measures for each Debris Disposal Site Quarterly. Corrective actions with specific timeframe should be proposed for each Environmental Management Measure, which is not implemented satisfactorily. A copy of the filled up format should be given to the ESE of the Contractor. CSC has to attach this format to the Quarterly Report to be submitted to PIU, with details of corrective action taken by the Contractor. DPR VOLUME VII: PART A (II) P a g e | 74 Highways Department, GoTN TNRSP-II ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN Upgrading Nanguneri - Bharatavaram - Uvari Road (SH89) upto ECR Junction km 0/000 to km 35/200 ANNEXURE 3.25: CHECK LIST FOR MONITORING OF REDEVELOPMENT OF CONSTRUCTION CAMP SITE A Project Details Date of Monitoring: 1. Name of project stretch and SH no. 2. Name and address of the Contractor 3. Contract date and duration 4. Status of completion of the project 5. Name of Construction Camp with sl. no. in register of sites B Monitoring Details Sl. Environmental Management Measures CSC's observation Corrective Remarks No. (Yes/No/Not Applicable) Actions Proposed 1. Are all the temporary structures cleared as per the list in the redevelopment plan? 2. Are all building debris, garbage, night soils and POL waste disposed off safely? 3. Are all disposal pits or trenches filled, disinfected and effectively sealed off? 4. Are the facilities that could be put to re-use maintained well ? 5. Are all the spills within the camp site effectively disposed off from the site? 6. All the area within the camp site is leveled and spread over with stored top soil. 7. Has the residual top soil been utilized effectively? 8. Has the entire camp area been made clean and tidy without disturbing the adjacent lands? 9. Are the plantations / green belt along the boundary of the camp maintained well ? 10. Are the ‘before’ and ‘after’ scenarios of the site documented through photographs and submitted to CSC? 11 Are the conditions mentioned by the owner in the agreement adhered to ? 12. If not, mention details of the conditions that are not adhered to & further steps to be taken. 13. Can ‘works completion’ certificate be issued to this site ? Signature of Environment and Safety Engineer (ESE) of the Contractor with date Signature of Environmental Officer of the CSC with date Note: The Environmental Officer of the CSC has to use this format to monitor the implementation of Environmental Management Measures for the redevelopment of each Construction Camp Site as & when it is closed. Corrective actions with specific timeframe should be proposed for each Environmental Management Measure, which is not implemented satisfactorily. A copy of the filled up format should be given to the ESE of the Contractor. CSC has to attach this format to the Quarterly Report to be submitted to PIU, with details of corrective action taken by the Contractor. DPR VOLUME VII: PART A (II) P a g e | 75 Highways Department, GoTN TNRSP-II ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN Upgrading Nanguneri - Bharatavaram - Uvari Road (SH89) upto ECR Junction km 0/000 to km 35/200 ANNEXURE 3.26: CHECK LIST FOR MONITORING OF REDEVELOPMENT OF LABOUR CAMP SITE A Project Details Date of Monitoring: 1. Name of project stretch and SH no. 2. Name and address of the Contractor 3. Contract date and duration 4. Status of completion of the project 5. Name of Labour Camp with sl. no. in register of sites B Monitoring Details Sl. Environmental Management Measures CSC's observation Corrective Actions Remarks No. (Yes/No/Not Proposed Applicable) 1. Are all the temporary structures cleared as per the list in the redevelopment plan? 2. Are all building debris, garbage, night soils and POL waste disposed off safely? 3. Are all disposal pits or trenches filled, disinfected and effectively sealed off? 4. Are the facilities that could be put to re-use maintained well ? 5. Are all the spills within the camp site effectively disposed off from the site? 6. All the area within the camp site is leveled and spread over with stored top soil. 7. Has the residual top soil been utilized effectively ? 8. Has the entire camp area been made clean and tidy without disturbing the adjacent lands? 9. Are the plantations / green belt along the boundary of the camp maintained well ? 10. Are the ‘before’ and ‘after’ scenarios of the site documented through photographs and submitted to CSC? 11 Are the conditions mentioned by the owner in the agreement adhered to? 12. If not, mention the details of the conditions that are not adhered to and further steps to be taken. 13. Can ‘works completion’ certificate be issued to this site? Signature of Environment and Safety Engineer (ESE) of the Contractor with date Signature of Environmental Officer of the CSC with date DPR VOLUME VII: PART A (II) P a g e | 76 Highways Department, GoTN TNRSP-II ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN Upgrading Nanguneri - Bharatavaram - Uvari Road (SH89) upto ECR Junction km 0/000 to km 35/200 Note: The Environmental Officer of the CSC has to use this format to monitor the implementation of Environmental Management Measures for the redevelopment of each Labour Camp Site as and when it is closed. Corrective actions with specific timeframe should be proposed for each Environmental Management Measure, which is not implemented satisfactorily. A copy of the filled up format should be given to the ESE of the Contractor. CSC has to attach this format to the Quarterly Report to be submitted to PIU, with details of corrective action taken by the Contractor. DPR VOLUME VII: PART A (II) P a g e | 77 Highways Department, GoTN TNRSP-II ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN Upgrading Nanguneri - Bharatavaram - Uvari Road (SH89) upto ECR Junction km 0/000 to km 35/200 ANNEXURE 3.27: CHECK LIST FOR MONITORING OF REDEVELOPMENT OF QUARRY AND STONE CRUSHER SITE A Project Details Date of Monitoring: 1. Name of project stretch and SH no. 2. Name and address of the Contractor 3. Contract date and duration 4. Status of completion of the project 5. Name of Quarry & Crusher with sl. no. in register of sites B Monitoring Details Sl. Environmental Management Measures CSC's observation Corrective Remarks No. (Yes / No / Not Actions Applicable) Proposed 1. Are all the temporary structures cleared as per the list in the redevelopment plan? 2. Are all debris, garbage, night soils and POL waste disposed off safely? 3. Are the facilities that could be put to re-use maintained well ? 4. Has the conserved top soil been reused ? 5. Are the improvement measures identified in the redevelopment plan implemented ? 6. If not, mention the measures yet to be implemented. 7. Has the residual top soil been utilized effectively? 8. Has the entire area been made clean and tidy without disturbing the adjacent lands? 9. Are the plantations / green belt along the boundary of the camp maintained well ? 10. Has additional tree plantation been undertaken as mentioned in the re-development plan ? 11 Has erosion control measures and slope stabilization measures been undertaken ? 12. Whether pits created by blasting are filled with overburden soil. 13. Has the local community been involved in the implementation of redevelopment plan ? 14. Are the required photographs submitted to CSC? 15. Are the conditions mentioned by the owner in the agreement adhered to? DPR VOLUME VII: PART A (II) P a g e | 78 Highways Department, GoTN TNRSP-II ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN Upgrading Nanguneri - Bharatavaram - Uvari Road (SH89) upto ECR Junction km 0/000 to km 35/200 16. If not, mention the details of the conditions that are not adhered to and further steps to be taken. 17. Can ‘works completion’ certificate be issued to this site? Signature of Environment and Safety Engineer (ESE) of the Contractor with date Signature of Environmental Officer of the CSC with date Note: The Environmental Officer of the CSC has to use this format to monitor the implementation of Environmental Management Measures for the redevelopment of each Quarry and Crusher Site as and when it is closed. Corrective actions with specific timeframe should be proposed for each Environmental Management Measure, which is not implemented satisfactorily. A copy of the filled up format should be given to the ESE of the Contractor. CSC has to attach this format to the Quarterly Report to be submitted to PIU, with details of corrective action taken by the Contractor. DPR VOLUME VII: PART A (II) P a g e | 79 Highways Department, GoTN TNRSP-II ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN Upgrading Nanguneri - Bharatavaram - Uvari Road (SH89) upto ECR Junction km 0/000 to km 35/200 ANNEXURE 3.28: CHECK LIST FOR MONITORING OF REDEVELOPMENT OF BORROW AREAS A Project Details Date of Monitoring: 1. Name of project stretch and SH no. 2. Name and address of the Contractor 3. Contract date and duration 4. Status of completion of the project 5. Name of Borrow Area with sl. no. in register of sites B Monitoring Details Sl. Environmental Management Measures CSC's observation Corrective Remarks No. (Yes / No / Not Actions Applicable) Proposed 1. Has slope stabilization been undertaken along the edges (if there is a level difference) ? 2. Is all the waste material raised from the borrow area disposed off properly ? 3. Has the preserved top soil been used in redevelopment of site ? 4. Has the borrow areas been re-vegetated properly ? 5. Is the cross drainage system and the flood water drains managed properly to avoid occurrence of flooding ? 6. Are the borrow area pits re-developed ? 7. Is the leveling of depression after filling-in of wastes undertaken? 8. Selection of Species as per OSRP Project Guidelines for plantation. 9. Has bund creation and temporary fencing been undertaken? 10. Ponds including creation of new ones and enhancing capacity of existing ones (for irrigation; pissiculture and general uses by people and/or cattle) Signature of Environment and Safety Engineer (ESE) of the Contractor with date Signature of Environmental Officer of the CSC with date Note: The Environmental Officer of the CSC has to use this format to monitor the implementation of Environmental Management Measures for the redevelopment of each Borrow Area as and when it is closed. Corrective actions with specific timeframe should be proposed for each Environmental Management Measure, which is not implemented satisfactorily. A copy of the filled up format should be given to the ESE of the Contractor. CSC has to attach this format to the Quarterly Report to be submitted to PIU, with details of corrective action taken by the Contractor. DPR VOLUME VII: PART A (II) P a g e | 80 Highways Department, GoTN TNRSP-II ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN Upgrading Nanguneri - Bharatavaram - Uvari Road (SH89) upto ECR Junction km 0/000 to km 35/200 ANNEXURE 3.29: CHECK LIST FOR MONITORING OF REDEVELOPMENT OF DEBRIS DISPOSAL SITE A Project Details Date of Monitoring: 1. Name of project stretch and SH no. 2. Name and address of the Contractor 3. Contract date and duration 4. Status of completion of the project 5. Name of Borrow Area with sl. no. in register of sites B Monitoring Details Sl. Environmental Management Measures CSC's Corrective Remarks No. observation (Yes Actions Proposed / No / Not Applicable) 1. Rehabilitation of the dump site by planting local shrubs and other plant species. 2. Conversion of debris site into farm land, playground, parking area, block plantation area etc. 3. Maintenance of the hydrological flow in the area. Signature of Environment and Safety Engineer (ESE) of the Contractor with date Signature of Environmental Officer of the CSC with date Note: The Environmental Officer of the CSC has to use this format to monitor the implementation of Environmental Management Measures for the redevelopment of each Debris Disposal Site as and when it is closed. Corrective actions with specific timeframe should be proposed for each Environmental Management Measure, which is not implemented satisfactorily. A copy of the filled up format should be given to the ESE of the Contractor. CSC has to attach this format to the Quarterly Report to be submitted to PIU, with details of corrective action taken by the Contractor. DPR VOLUME VII: PART A (II) P a g e | 81 Highways Department, GoTN TNRSP-II ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN Upgrading Nanguneri - Bharatavaram - Uvari Road (SH89) upto ECR Junction km 0/000 to km 35/200 ANNEXURE 3.30: REPORTING FORMAT FOR WORK FORCE MANAGEMENT A Project Details Date of Reporting: 1. Name of project stretch and SH no. 2. Name and address of the Contractor 3. Contract date and duration 4. Status of completion of the project 5. Name of Work Site with sl. no. in register of sites B. Status of work force SI. Category of work Work force in the Work force added in the Work Force left in the Total work force in the Nforce Previous Month (No.) reporting month (No.) reporting month (No.) reporting month (No.) o . 1. Unskilled Labourers 2. Skilled labourers 3. Supervisors 4. Engineers 5. Office Staff Sub Total Grand Total C. Categorization of work force SI. Category of work Male Female Employment Status Residential Status Accommodation Status Nforce < 18 > 18 < 18 > 18 Regular Temporary Migrant Local Staying in Labour Others o yrs. yrs. yrs. yrs. Camp / Quarters . 1. Unskilled Labourers 2. Skilled labourers 3. Supervisors DPR VOLUME VII: PART A (II) P a g e | 82 Highways Department, GoTN TNRSP-II ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN Upgrading Nanguneri - Bharatavaram - Uvari Road (SH89) upto ECR Junction km 0/000 to km 35/200 4. Engineers 5. Office Staff Sub Total Grand Total D. Details of non-working migrated people, living in the Labour Camps / Staff Quarters as part of work force family No. of children (0-6 yrs.) No. of children (7-18 yrs.) No. of adults Grand Total Male Female Total Male Female Total Male Female Total C. Submission Details Submitted by Approved by (Environmental & Safety Engineer of Contractor) (Environmental Officer of CSC) Signature & date Name Designation Remarks by CSC Note: Contractor has to fill and submit this format to the CSC along with the Monthly Report. In addition to that, the Contractor has to maintain the database of work force in the form of a register. An attendance register for the work force should also be maintained by the Contractor. Contractor has to report the details of migrant work force to the nearest police station. The CSC has to visit the sites and verify the details. The EO of CSC has to give back a copy of this format to the contractor after his approval with remarks. DPR VOLUME VII: PART A (II) P a g e | 83 Highways Department, GoTN TNRSP-II ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN Upgrading Nanguneri - Bharatavaram - Uvari Road (SH89) upto ECR Junction km 0/000 to km 35/200 ANNEXURE 3.31: REPORTING FORMAT FOR OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH AND SAFETY MEASURES A Project Details Date of Reporting: 1. Name of project stretch and SH no. 2. Name and address of the Contractor 3. Contract date and duration 4. Status of completion of the project B Implementation Status of Health and Safety Measures Sl. Health and Safety Measures Implementation Status Remarks No. (Yes / No) 1 Appointment of qualified Environment and Safety Engineer 2 Approval for Construction Safety Management Plan by the Engineer. 3 Provision for flags and warning lights for potential hazards 4 Provision of adequate staging, form work and access (ladders with handrail) for works at a height of more than 3.0 m 5 Provision of adequate shoring / bracing / barricading / lighting for all deep excavations of more than 3.0 m depth. 6 Provision for sufficient lighting especially for night time work 7 Construction Workers safety - Provision of personnel protective equipments A. Helmets B. Safety Shoe C. Dust masks D. Hand Gloves E. Safety Belts F. Reflective Jackets G. Earplugs for labour 8 Workers engaged in welding work shall be provided with welder protective shields 9 All vehicles are provided with reverse horns. 10 All scaffolds, ladders and other safety devices shall be maintained in as safe and sound DPR VOLUME VII: PART A (II) P a g e | 84 Highways Department, GoTN TNRSP-II ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN Upgrading Nanguneri - Bharatavaram - Uvari Road (SH89) upto ECR Junction km 0/000 to km 35/200 condition 11 Regular health checkup for labour/ Contractor's personnel 12 Ensuring the sanitary conditions and all waste disposal procedures & methods in the camps. 13 Provision for insurance coverage to the workers C. Submission Details Submitted by Approved by (Environment & Safety Engineer of Contractor) (Environmental Officer of CSC) Signature & date Name Designation Remarks by CSC Note: Contractor has to fill and submit this format to the CSC along with the Monthly Report. The CSC has to visit the sites and verify the details. Further mitigation measures, if required, can be suggested by the CSC. The EO of CSC has to give back a copy of this format to the contractor after his approval with remarks. DPR VOLUME VII: PART A (II) P a g e | 85 Highways Department, GoTN TNRSP-II ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN Upgrading Nanguneri - Bharatavaram - Uvari Road (SH89) upto ECR Junction km 0/000 to km 35/200 ANNEXURE 3.32: REPORTING FORMAT FOR TOP SOIL CONSERVATION A Project Details Date of Reporting: 1. Name of project stretch and SH no. 2. Name and address of the Contractor 3. Contract date and duration 4. Status of completion of the project 5. Name of Site with sl. no. in register of sites B Top Soil Conservation Details SI. List of Activities Status Remarks No. (Yes / No) 1. Whether the location was pre-identified? 2. Whether the slope is < 1:2 ? 3. Whether height is less than 2 m? 4. Whether edges of pile are protected by silt fencing? 5. Whether multiple handling is kept to a minimum 6. Whether measures are taken to prevent the loss during rains? 7. Whether any other measure are provided? If yes, What is it? C. Submission Details Submitted by Approved by (Environment & Safety Engineer of Contractor) (Environmental Officer of CSC) Signature & date Name Designation Remarks by CSC Note: Contractor has to fill and submit this format to the CSC along with the Monthly Report. This format is to be filled for each site, after opening the site. The CSC has to visit the sites and verify the details. Further mitigation measures, if required, can be suggested by the CSC. The EO of CSC has to give back a copy of this format to the contractor after his approval with remarks. DPR VOLUME VII: PART A (II) P a g e | 86 Highways Department, GoTN TNRSP-II ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN Upgrading Nanguneri - Bharatavaram - Uvari Road (SH89) upto ECR Junction km 0/000 to km 35/200 ANNEXURE 3.33: REPORTING FORMAT FOR WATER SPRINKLING FOR DUST SUPPRESSION A Project Details Month and Year of reporting: 1. Name of project stretch and SH no. 2. Name and address of the Contractor 3. Contract date and duration 4. Status of completion of the project 5. Location of water sprinkling B Water Sprinkling Details Particulars Days 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 No. of trips per day Quantity of Water Sprinkled (KLD) If not sprinkled, reason for the same C. Submission Details Submitted by Approved by (Environment & Safety Engineer of Contractor) (Environmental Officer of CSC) Signature & date Name Designation Remarks by CSC Note: Contractor has to fill this format for each construction site (preferably in A3 size paper) and submit to the CSC along with the Monthly Report. The CSC has to visit the sites and verify the details. Additional water sprinkling, if required, can be suggested by the CSC. The EO of CSC has to give back a copy of this format to the contractor after his approval with remarks. DPR VOLUME VII: PART A (II) P a g e | 87 Highways Department, GoTN TNRSP-II ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN Upgrading Nanguneri - Bharatavaram - Uvari Road (SH89) upto ECR Junction km 0/000 to km 35/200 ANNEXURE 3.34: REPORTING FORMAT FOR ROAD SAFETY MEASURES DURING CONSTRUCTION A Project Details Date of Reporting: 1. Name of project stretch and SH no. 2. Name and address of the Contractor 3. Contract date and duration 4. Status of completion of the project B Details of Safety Measures S.No Safety Measures Compliance Status (Yes / No) Remarks a. General 1 A qualified Environment and Safety Engineer should be appointed 2 A Traffic Management Plan should be prepared in accordance with IRC: SP: 55-2001 and got approved by the Engineer 3 Maintenance of existing road stretches handed over to the Contractor should be carried out b. Details of Construction Zone 1 Length of transition sub zone should be min 50 m for a speed of 50km/hr 2 Length of work sub zone in urban stretch should be<2 km 3 Length of work sub zone in rural stretch should be 5-10 km c. Signages in construction zones 1 Sign saying ‘Men at Work’ should be kept 1 km ahead of Transition sub zone 2 Supplementary sign saying Diversion 1 km should be provided 3 Sign saying ‘Road Closed ahead’ should be provided 4 Compulsory Tum Right/Left sign should be provided 5 Detour sign should be placed 6 Sharp Deviation sign should be placed at end of advance warning sub zone 7 Signage should be provided in Transition Sub Work Zone 8 Signage saying ‘Keep Right/Left should be provided 9 Signage should be placed in work sub zone 10 Hazard Marker should be placed where railing for CD structure on diversion starts DPR VOLUME VII: PART A (II) P a g e | 88 Highways Department, GoTN TNRSP-II ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN Upgrading Nanguneri - Bharatavaram - Uvari Road (SH89) upto ECR Junction km 0/000 to km 35/200 11 Barricade should be provided on either side of work sub zone 12 Flag persons should be provided for traffic control 13 Flags and warning lights should be provided at Construction zones 14 Metal drum /empty bitumen drum delineator, painted in circumferential strips of alternate black and white 100mm wide 2 coats fitted with reflectors 3 No’s of 7.5cm diameter or Barricades/caution tapes should be provided in construction zones 15 Plastic crash barriers should be provided 16 Demarcations (fencing, guarding and watching) should be provided at bridge / culvert construction sites 17 Arrangements should be made for controlled access and entry to Construction zones 18 Regular Inspection of Work Zone Traffic Control Devices should be carried out by authorized contractor personnel 19 All vehicles should be provided with reverse horns 20 Speed of construction vehicles should be controlled through road safety training of drivers d. Signage in Termination sub zone 1 Sign for indication of end of work zone should be placed 120m from end of termination sub zone e. Road Delineators 1 Roadway indicators should be provided 2 Hazard markers should be provided 3 Object markers should be provided C. Submission Details Submitted by Approved by (Environment & Safety Engineer of Contractor) (Environmental Officer of CSC) Signature & date Name Designation Remarks by CSC Note: Contractor has to fill this format and submit to the CSC along with the Monthly Report. The CSC has to visit the sites & verify the details. Additional safety measures, if required, can be suggested by the CSC. The EO of CSC has to give back a copy of this format to the contractor after his approval with remarks. DPR VOLUME VII: PART A (II) P a g e | 89 Highways Department, GoTN TNRSP-II ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN Upgrading Nanguneri - Bharatavaram - Uvari Road (SH89) upto ECR Junction km 0/000 to km 35/200 ANNEXURE 3.35: FORMAT FOR REGISTER OF ACCIDENTS AND IT’S REPORTING A Project Details Date of Reporting: 1. Name of project stretch and SH no. 2. Name and address of the Contractor 3. Contract date and duration 4. Status of completion of the project B Details of Accident and People Involved in Accident Name of site where accident happened Name and address of people involved in the accident Whether Contractor’s personnel or General public Details of Injury Details of treatment given Details of compensation given C Type of Accident (√) Fall of person from a height Explosion Slip, trip or fall on same level Fire Struck against fixed objects Contact with hot or corrosive substance Struck by flying or falling objects Contact with poisonous gas or toxic substances. Struck by moving objects Contact with poisonous gas or toxic substances Struck / caught by cable Hand tool accident Stepping on hail etc. Vehicle / Mobile plant accident Handling without machinery Machinery operation accident Crushing / burying Other (please specify) Drowning or asphyxiation D Agent Involved in Accident (√) Machinery Stair edge Portable power appliance Excavation / underground working Vehicle or associated Ladder equipment /machinery Material being handled, used or stored Scaffolding /gondola Gas, vapor, dust, fume or oxygen Construction formwork, shuttering and false work. Hand tools Electricity supply cable, wiring switchboard and associated equipment Floor edge Nail, slinter or chipping Floor opening Other (Please specify) Left shaft DPR VOLUME VII: PART A (II) P a g e | 90 Highways Department, GoTN TNRSP-II ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN Upgrading Nanguneri - Bharatavaram - Uvari Road (SH89) upto ECR Junction km 0/000 to km 35/200 E Unsafe Action Relevant to the Accident (√) Operating without Failure to use proper footwear authority Failure to secure Failure to use eye protector objects Making safety Failure to use respirator devices inoperative Working on Failure to use proper clothing moving or dangerous equipment Using un-safety Failure to use warn others or given equipment proper signals Adopting unsafe Horseplay position or posture Operating or No unsafe action working at unsafe speed Unsafe loading, Others (please specify) Placing, mixing et Failure to use helmet F Lack of Safety Measures Relevant to the Accident (√) No protective gear Unsafe layout of job, traffic etc. Defective Unsafe process of job methods protective gear Improper dress / Poor housekeeping footwear Improper guarding Lack of warning system Improper Defective tool, machinery or materials ventilation Improper No unsafe condition illumination Improper Others (please specify) procedure G Personal Factor Relevant to the Accident (√) Incorrect attitude No unsafe personal factor. /motive Unsafe act by Other (please specify) another person H Details of Corrective and Preventive action taken 1 2 3 4 DPR VOLUME VII: PART A (II) P a g e | 91 Highways Department, GoTN TNRSP-II ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN Upgrading Nanguneri - Bharatavaram - Uvari Road (SH89) upto ECR Junction km 0/000 to km 35/200 I Submission Details Submitted by Approved by (Environment & Safety (Environmental Officer of CSC) Engineer of Contractor) Signature & date Name Designation Remarks by CSC Note: Contractor has to fill this format as and when an accident happens and submits to the CSC along with the Monthly Report. The CSC has to visit the sites and verify the details. Additional safety measures, if required, can be suggested by the CSC. The EO of CSC has to give back a copy of this format to the contractor after his approval with remarks. DPR VOLUME VII: PART A (II) P a g e | 92 Highways Department, GoTN TNRSP-II ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN Upgrading Nanguneri - Bharatavaram - Uvari Road (SH89) upto ECR Junction km 0/000 to km 35/200 ANNEXURE 3.36: REPORTING FORMAT FOR ENVIRONMENTAL QUALITY MONITORING A Project Details Date of Reporting: 1. Name of project stretch and SH no. 2. Name and address of the Contractor 3. Contract date and duration 4. Status of completion of the project B Environmental Monitoring Details SI. Details of Monitoring Period of Details of values exceeding the Reasons for Details of Corrective Remarks No Location Monitoring relevant standards pollution actions taken a. Air Monitoring 1. 2. 3. b. Water Monitoring 1. 2. 3. c. Noise Monitoring* 1. 2. 3. C Submission Details Submitted by Approved by (Environment & Safety Engineer of Contractor) (Environmental Officer of CSC) Signature & date Name DPR VOLUME VII: PART A (II) P a g e | 93 Highways Department, GoTN TNRSP-II ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN Upgrading Nanguneri - Bharatavaram - Uvari Road (SH89) upto ECR Junction km 0/000 to km 35/200 Designation Remarks by CSC * Noise monitoring along the road will be done by the CSC, using the Noise Meter of PIU. The CSC has to give the monitoring results to the Contractor for corrective actions, if any, required and including in this report. Note: The Contractor has to conduct Environmental Monitoring through a NABL approved Laboratory as per the Environmental Monitoring Plan given in the EMP, fill this format and submit to the CSC along with the Monthly Report, if monitoring was due in that month. A copy of the monitoring report given by the Laboratory has to be attached to this format. The CSC has to visit the sites and verify the details. Additional mitigation measures, if required, can be suggested by the CSC. The EO of CSC has to give back a copy of this format to the contractor after his approval with remarks. DPR VOLUME VII: PART A (II) P a g e | 94 Highways Department, GoTN TNRSP-II ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN Upgrading Nanguneri - Bharatavaram - Uvari Road (SH89) upto ECR Junction km 0/000 to km 35/200 ANNEXURE 3.37: REPORTING FORMAT FOR ENHANCEMENT AND MITIGATION OF CULTURAL PROPERTIES A Project Details Date of reporting: 1. Name of project stretch and SH no. 2. Name and address of the Contractor 3. Contract date and duration 4. Status of completion of the project B Details of Enhancement and Mitigation of Cultural Properties Sl. Location with % work completed Remarks and reasons for delay, if No. Chainage any C Submission Details Submitted by Approved by (Environment & Safety Engineer of (Environmental Officer of CSC) Contractor) Signature & date Name Designation Remarks by CSC Note: The Contractor has to fill the details of cultural properties for which enhancement and mitigation measures were carried out during the reporting month in this format and submit to the CSC along with the Monthly Report. Overall progress in this activity for the entire project road is to be included in the Monthly Report. The CSC has to visit the sites and verify the details. Additional mitigation measures, if required, can be suggested by the CSC. The EO of CSC has to give back a copy of this format to the contractor after his approval with remarks. DPR VOLUME VII: PART A (II) P a g e | 95 Highways Department, GoTN TNRSP-II ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN Upgrading Nanguneri - Bharatavaram - Uvari Road (SH89) upto ECR Junction km 0/000 to km 35/200 ANNEXURE 3.38: REPORTING FORMAT FOR ENHANCEMENT MEASURES OTHER THAN CULTURAL PROPERTIES A Project Details Date of reporting: 1. Name of project stretch and SH no. 2. Name and address of the Contractor 3. Contract date and duration 4. Status of completion of the project B Details of Enhancement Measures Sl. Location % work completed Remarks and No. with reasons for Chainage delay, if any. a Raising embankment height b Ponds c Bus stops and bus bays f Sign Boards h Any other measures C Submission Details Submitted by Approved by (Environment & Safety Engineer of Contractor) (Environmental Officer of CSC) Signature & date Name Designation Remarks by CSC Note: The Contractor has to fill the details of enhancement measures carried out for amenities / facilities other than cultural properties during the reporting month in this format and submit to the CSC along with the Monthly Report. Overall progress in this activity for the entire project road is to be included in the Monthly Report. The CSC has to visit the sites and verify the details. Additional mitigation measures, if required, can be suggested by the CSC. The EO of CSC has to give back a copy of this format to the contractor after his approval with remarks. DPR VOLUME VII: PART A (II) P a g e | 96 Highways Department, GoTN TNRSP-II ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN Upgrading Nanguneri - Bharatavaram - Uvari Road (SH89) upto ECR Junction km 0/000 to km 35/200 ANNEXURE 3.39: REPORTING FORMAT FOR TREE PLANTATION A Project Details Date of reporting: 1. Name of project stretch and SH no. 2. Name and address of the Contractor 3. Contract date and duration 4. Status of completion of the project B Details of Trees Planted Sl. Location with No. of Trees to % work Remarks and reasons for No. Chainage be Planted completed delay, if any C Submission Details Submitted by Approved by (Environment & Safety Engineer of (Environmental Officer of CSC) Contractor) Signature & date Name Designation Remarks by CSC Note: The Contractor has to fill the details of Trees planted during the reporting month in this format and submit to the CSC along with the Monthly Report. Overall progress in this activity for the entire project road is to be included in the Monthly Report. The CSC has to visit the sites and verify the details. The EO of CSC has to give back a copy of this format to the contractor after his approval with remarks. DPR VOLUME VII: PART A (II) P a g e | 97 Highways Department, GoTN TNRSP-II ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN Upgrading Nanguneri - Bharatavaram - Uvari Road (SH89) upto ECR Junction km 0/000 to km 35/200 ANNEXURE 3.40: REPORTING FORMAT FOR MONTHLY REPORT FROM CONTRACTOR TO CSC A. Project Details Period of Reporting: 1. Name of project stretch and SH no. 2. Name and address of the Contractor 3. Contract date and duration 4. Status of completion of the project B. Physical B Progress Report Sl. Enhancement Physical Units carried Units started Units Units carried Cumulative units % target Remarks No. Measure target over from in reporting completed in over to next completed till complet / reasons (Nos.) previous month month reporting month month end of reporting ed for delay month (a) (b) (c) (d=a+b-c) 1. Noise barrier 2. Hand pumps 3. Bus Shelter 4. Sign Boards 5. Preserving and landscaping cultural properties like 6. Constructing new well 7. providing new water taps 8. Parking space for auto rickshaws, cars and jeep 9. Landscaping of DPR VOLUME VII: PART A (II) P a g e | 98 Highways Department, GoTN TNRSP-II ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN Upgrading Nanguneri - Bharatavaram - Uvari Road (SH89) upto ECR Junction km 0/000 to km 35/200 type C oxbow lands 10. Planting trees along road side 11. Planting trees on inner side of sound insulating wall 12. Providing 1.2 mt. high fencing under via duct 13. Concrete flooring with slope drains and oil interceptors in construction camps C. Details of Sites for Project Ancillary facilities Sl. Type of camp / Cumulative No of No of sites operational Cumulative No of sites Cumulative Remarks No. site sites opened redeveloped No of sites closed* 1. Construction camp 2. Labour camp 3. Quarry & stone crusher unit 4. Borrow Area 5. Debris disposal site 6. Water sources NA * A site will be considered closed after redeveloping and obtaining closure certificate from CSC. DPR VOLUME VII: PART A (II) P a g e | 99 Highways Department, GoTN TNRSP-II ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN Upgrading Nanguneri - Bharatavaram - Uvari Road (SH89) upto ECR Junction km 0/000 to km 35/200 D. Summary of machinery and equipment available SI. Type of equipment / machinery / vehicles Nos. Validity date of PUC Remarks No. available certificate (as applicable) 1. E. Details of lapses and notices Sl. Details of notices issued by CSC Date of Type of lapse Notice No. * Corrective Remarks No. notice (Major / Minor) actions taken *In case of minor lapse, specify whether original notice, first reminder or second reminder. F. REPORTING FORMATS TO BE ANNEXED WITH THIS MONTHLY REPORT BY THE CONTRACTOR SL. NO. REPORTING FORMAT YES/NO SL. NO REPORTING FORMAT YES/NO 1 Format for Register of sites opened and closed and its 8 Reporting Format for Register of Accidents and reporting it’s Reporting 2 Format for Register of complaints and its reporting 9 Reporting Format for Enhancement and Mitigation of Cultural Properties 3 Reporting Format for Work Force Management 10 Reporting Format for Noise Barrier Construction 4 Reporting Format for Occupational Health and Safety 11 Reporting Format for Enhancement Measures Measures Other than Cultural Properties 5 Reporting Format for Top Soil Conservation 12 Reporting Format for Tree Plantation 6 Reporting Format for Water Sprinkling for Dust 13 Reporting Format for Environmental Quality Suppression Monitoring 7 Reporting Format for Road Safety Measures During - - - Construction G. SUBMISSION SUBMITTED BY APPROVED BY DETAILS (ENVIRONMENT & SAFETY ENGINEER OF (ENVIRONMENTAL OFFICER OF CSC) CONTRACTOR) DPR VOLUME VII: PART A (II) P a g e | 100 Highways Department, GoTN TNRSP-II ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN Upgrading Nanguneri - Bharatavaram - Uvari Road (SH89) upto ECR Junction km 0/000 to km 35/200 Signature & date Name Designation Remarks by CSC DPR VOLUME VII: PART A (II) P a g e | 101 Highways Department, GoTN TNRSP-II ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN Upgrading Nanguneri - Bharatavaram - Uvari Road (SH89) upto ECR Junction km 0/000 to km 35/200 ANNEXURE 3.41: REPORTING FORMAT FOR MONTHLY REPORT FROM CSC TO PIU A Project Details Period of Reporting: 1. Name of project stretch and SH no. 2. Name and address of the Contractor 3. Contract date and duration 4. Status of completion of the project B. Physical Progress Report Sl. No. Enhancement Measure Physical Units carried Units Units Units Cumulative % target Remarks target over from started in completed carried units complete / reasons (Nos.) previous reporting in over to next completed till d for delay month month reporting month end of reporting month month (a) (b) (c) (d=a+b-c) 1. Noise barrier 2. Hand pumps 3. Bus Shelter 4. Sign Boards 5. Preserving and landscaping the cultural properties like shrines and hyundi 6. Constructing new well 7. providing new water taps 8. Parking space for auto rickshaws, cars and jeep 9. Landscaping of type C oxbow lands DPR VOLUME VII: PART A (II) P a g e | 102 Highways Department, GoTN TNRSP-II ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN Upgrading Nanguneri - Bharatavaram - Uvari Road (SH89) upto ECR Junction km 0/000 to km 35/200 10. Planting trees along road side 11. Planting trees on inner side of sound insulating wall 12. Providing 1.2 mt. high fencing under via duct 13. Concrete flooring with slope drains and oil interceptors C. Details of Sites for Project Ancillary facilities SI. No. Type of camp / site Cumulative No No of sites Cumulative No of Cumulative No of sites closed* Remarks of sites opened operational sites redeveloped 1. Construction camp 2. Labour camp 3. Quarry & stone crusher unit 4. Borrow Area 5. Debris disposal site 6. Water sources NA * A site will be considered closed after redeveloping and obtaining closure certificate from CSC. D. Summary of machinery and equipment available SI. No. Type of equipment / machinery / vehicles Nos. available Validity date of PUC certificate (as applicable) Remarks 1. 2. 3. E. Details of lapses for which notices were issued during the previous reporting month Sl. No. Details of notices issued Date of notice Type of lapse Notice No. Corrective actions taken by Remarks by CSC (Major / Minor) * Contractor 1. 2. DPR VOLUME VII: PART A (II) P a g e | 103 Highways Department, GoTN TNRSP-II ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN Upgrading Nanguneri - Bharatavaram - Uvari Road (SH89) upto ECR Junction km 0/000 to km 35/200 3. *In case of minor lapse, specify whether original notice, first reminder or second reminder. F. Details of major lapses for which notices were issued during the current reporting month SI. No. List of major lapses Date of issuing notice Whether invoking penalty clause from next Remarks interim payment certificate is recommended? 1. 2. 3. G. Details of minor lapses for which notices were issued during the current reporting month SI. No. List of minor lapses Date of issuing notice Whether invoking penalty clause from Remarks next interim payment certificate is recommended? Original First Second notice Reminder Reminder 1. 2. 3. H. Reporting / Monitoring formats to be annexed with this monthly report by the CSC Sl. No. Reporting / Monitoring format Yes/ No Sl. No Reporting / Monitoring format Yes/No 1 Format for Register of sites opened and closed and its 13 Reporting Format for Environmental reporting Quality Monitoring 2 Format for Register of complaints and its reporting 14 Checklist For Monitoring Of Construction Camp Management 3 Reporting Format for Work Force Management 15 Checklist For Monitoring Of Labour Camp Management 4 Reporting Format for Occupational Health and Safety 16 Checklist For Monitoring Of Quarry Measures and Stone Crusher Management 5 Reporting Format for Top Soil Conservation 17 Checklist For Monitoring Of Borrow Area Management 6 Reporting Format for Water Sprinkling for Dust 18 Checklist For The Monitoring Of Debris Suppression Disposal Site Management DPR VOLUME VII: PART A (II) P a g e | 104 Highways Department, GoTN TNRSP-II ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN Upgrading Nanguneri - Bharatavaram - Uvari Road (SH89) upto ECR Junction km 0/000 to km 35/200 7 Reporting Format for Road Safety mseasures During 19 Check List For Monitoring of - Construction Redevelopment Of Construction Camp Site 8 Reporting Format for Register of Accidents and it’s 20 Check List For Monitoring Of Reporting Redevelopment Of Labour Camp Site 9 Reporting Format for Enhancement and Mitigation of 21 Check List For Monitoring Of Cultural Properties Redevelopment Of Quarry And Stone Crusher Site 10 Reporting Format for Noise Barrier Construction 22 Check List For Monitoring Of Redevelopment Of Borrow Areas 11 Reporting Format for Enhancement Measures 23 Check List For Monitoring Of Other than Cultural Properties Redevelopment Of Debris Disposal Site 12 Reporting Format for Tree Plantation I. Submission Details Submitted by Approved by (Environmental Officer of CSC) (Environmental Engineer of PIU) Signature & date Name Designation Remarks by PIU DPR VOLUME VII: PART A (II) P a g e | 105 Highways Department, GoTN TNRSP-II ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN Upgrading Nanguneri - Bharatavaram - Uvari Road (SH89) upto ECR Junction km 0/000 to km 35/200 ANNEXURE 3.42: LIST OF PERMISSIONS TO BE OBTAINED BY THE CONTRACTOR Type of Clearance / Statutory S. No. Applicability Project stage Responsibility Permission Authority Consent to Establish under the Air (Prevention & For establishment of Control of Pollution) construction camp, Pre 1. Act, 1981 and the TNPCB construction plant, Contractor crusher, batching plant construction Water (Prevention &Control of Pollution) Act, etc. 1974 Consent to Operate under the Air Construction (Prevention & For operating stage 2. Control of Pollution) construction plant, TNPCB (Prior to Contractor Act, 1981 and the crusher, batching plant initiation of Water (Prevention etc. any work &Control of Pollution) Act, 1974 Construction Permission to withdraw stage 3. water for construction from TN Irrigation Use of surface water (Prior to Contractor surface water sources Department for construction initiation of such as Rivers/Ponds any work) Construction Permission to withdraw State and stage 4. ground water for Central Extraction of ground (Prior to Contractor construction from new Ground Water water initiation of sources Boards any work) Construction Permission for storage, Manufacture, storage stage 5. handling and transport of TNPCB and import of (Prior to Contractor hazardous materials Hazardous Chemical initiation of any work Construction Chief For storing fuel oil, stage 6. Explosive License Controller of lubricants, diesel etc. (Prior to Contractor Explosives at construction camp initiation of any work) Dept. of Quarry operation (for Mining; Construction Quarry Lease Deed and new quarry) Concerned stage 7. Quarry License from State Environmental District (Prior to Contractor Department of Mines and Clearance from SEIAA Administration; initiation of Geology and CTE/CTO from SEIAA; any work) TNPCB. TNPCB Construction PUC for vehicles for Motor Vehicle For all stage 8. construction under Central Department of construction (Prior to Contractor Motor and Vehicle Act Tamil Nadu vehicles initiation of 1988 State any work) Construction Labor stage 9. Labor license commissioner Engagement of Labor (Prior to Contractor office initiation of any work) DPR VOLUME VII: PART A (II) P a g e | 106 Highways Department, GoTN TNRSP-II ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN Upgrading Nanguneri - Bharatavaram - Uvari Road (SH89) upto ECR Junction km 0/000 to km 35/200 ANNEXURE 3.43: SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM OF CATCH DRAIN AND OIL INTERCEPTORS DPR VOLUME VII: PART A (II) P a g e | 107 Highways Department, GoTN TNRSP-II ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN Upgrading Nanguneri - Bharatavaram - Uvari Road (SH89) upto ECR Junction km 0/000 to km 35/200 ANNEXURE 3.44: PUBLIC WATER SOURCES ALONG PROJECT ROAD, IMPACT AND MITIGATION Chainage Distance Mitigation/ Side CPR Village Impact (Km) from CL Enhancement No Direct Drain and soak pit as 2.710 LHS Hand Pump Eraippuvari 13m Impact per Drawing No. 1 No Direct Drain and soak pit as 5.550 LHS Hand Pump Eamankulam 15m Impact per Drawing No. 1 Will be relocated to the nearest place 5.790 LHS Hand Pump Eamankulam 8m Direct Impact Drain and soak pit as per Drawing No. 1 No Direct Drain and soak pit as 6.010 LHS Hand Pump Eamankulam 11m Impact per Drawing No. 1 Subramaniya No Direct Drain and soak pit as 9.580 LHS Hand Pump 12m puram Impact per Drawing No. 1 Mannarpura No Direct Drain and soak pit as 19.300 RHS Hand Pump 14m m Impact per Drawing No. 1 Will be relocated to the nearest place 33.600 LHS Hand Pump Idaiyangudi 8m Direct Impact Drain and soak pit as per Drawing No. 1 Open Well No Direct 0.060 LHS and Water Naguneri 12m Impact Drain and soak pit as Tank per Drawing No. 2 No Direct 2.700 LHS Open Well Eraippuvari 12m Impact Open Well No Direct Subramaniya 8.210 LHS and Over 14-15m Impact Drain and soak pit as puram Water Tank per Drawing No. 2 Subramaniya No Direct Drain and soak pit as 9.580 LHS Open Well 12-15m puram Impact per Drawing No. 2 Will be relocated to South the nearest place 15.400 LHS Open well Vijaynarayan 7m Direct Impact Drain and soak pit as am per Drawing No. 2 South No Direct Drain and soak pit as 16.440 RHS Open Well Vijaynarayan 9-10m Impact per Drawing No. 2 am South No Direct Drain and soak pit as 17.780 LHS Open Well Vijaynarayan 10-11m Impact per Drawing No. 2 am Kumaraapur No Direct Drain and soak pit as 25.100 LHS Open Well 11m am Impact per Drawing No. 2 DPR VOLUME VII: PART A (II) P a g e | 108 Highways Department, GoTN TNRSP-II ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN Upgrading Nanguneri - Bharatavaram - Uvari Road (SH89) upto ECR Junction km 0/000 to km 35/200 Chainage Distance Mitigation/ Side CPR Village Impact (Km) from CL Enhancement Kumaraapur No Direct Drain and soak pit as 25.750 LHS Open Well 11.5m am Impact per Drawing No. 2 Drain and soak pit as 31.400 LHS Open Well Idaiyangudi 7.5m No Impact per Drawing No. 2 No Direct 0.035 RHS Tube Well Naguneri 9.5 Impact Tube well Will be relocated to Thattankual 2.200 LHS with Tap 5m Direct Impact the nearest place m Water Tank Tube well Will be relocated to 2.760 LHS with Tap Eraippuvari 7m Direct Impact the nearest place Water Tank Tube well Will be relocated to Perumal 3.680 LHS with Tap 7-8m Direct Impact the nearest place Nagar Water Tank Tube well No Direct 5.550 LHS with Tap Eamankulam 9-10m Impact Water Tank Tube well Will be relocated to 5.780 LHS with Tap Eamankulam 5.5m Direct Impact the nearest place Water Tank Tube well Will be relocated to Subramaniya 8.390 RHS with Tap 7-8m Direct Impact the nearest place puram Water Tank Tube well No Direct Subramaniya 8.600 LHS with Tap 9-10m Impact puram Water Tank Tube well No Direct 10.580 RHS with Tap Elangulan 15m Impact Water Tank Tube well No Direct 11.400 LHS with Tap Elangulan 10-11m Impact Water Tank Tube well Will be relocated to Kamaraj 12.190 LHS with Tap 7-8m Direct Impact the nearest place Nagar Water Tank Tube well Vijaynarayan No Direct 12.400 RHS with Tap 10-12m am Impact Water Tank Tube well South Will be relocated to 16.300 RHS with Tap Vijaynarayan 8-10m Direct Impact the nearest place Water Tank am Tube well Will be relocated to 34.000 LHS and Uvary 5m Direct Impact the nearest place Chamber DPR VOLUME VII: PART A (II) P a g e | 109 Highways Department, GoTN TNRSP-II ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN Upgrading Nanguneri - Bharatavaram - Uvari Road (SH89) upto ECR Junction km 0/000 to km 35/200 Tube well Will be relocated to 34.400 LHS and Uvary 4m Direct Impact the nearest place Chamber Tube well Will be relocated to 34.580 LHS and Uvary 4.5m Direct Impact the nearest place Chamber Tube well Will be relocated to Fully 34.650 LHS and Uvary 4m the nearest place Impacted Chamber Over Head No Direct Water Impact 2.700 LHS Eraippuvari 13m Supply Tank Will be relocated to Tap Water 5.300 LHS Eamankulam 8m Direct Impact the nearest place Tank Will be relocated to Tap Water 10.800 RHS Elangulan 7m Direct Impact the nearest place Tank Tap Water Vijaynarayan No Direct 13.100 RHS 9-10m Tank am Impact South Direct Impact Will be relocated to Open Water 14.650 RHS Vijaynarayan 5m the nearest place Tank am South Direct Impact Will be relocated to Tap Water 15.450 LHS Vijaynarayan 6.5m the nearest place Tank am Over Head No Direct South Water Impact 16.300 LHS Vijaynarayan 10m Supply am Tank Over Head No Direct Water Kumaraapur Impact 24.800 RHS 11m Supply am Tank Over Head No Direct Water Kumaraapur Impact 25.300 LHS 12m Supply am Tank Over Head No Direct Water Bala Impact 27.800 LHS 7m Supply Sithivanagar Tank Water No Direct Supply Impact 29.500 RHS Appuvilai 5.5m Tank (PHED) 29.600 LHS Over Head Appuvilai 11m No Direct DPR VOLUME VII: PART A (II) P a g e | 110 Highways Department, GoTN TNRSP-II ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN Upgrading Nanguneri - Bharatavaram - Uvari Road (SH89) upto ECR Junction km 0/000 to km 35/200 Chainage Distance Mitigation/ Side CPR Village Impact (Km) from CL Enhancement Water Impact Supply Tank Over Head No Direct Water Impact 33.600 LHS Idaiyangudi 11m Supply Tank Drawing No. 1: Conceptual plan of Soak Pit for Hand Pump DPR VOLUME VII: PART A (II) P a g e | 111 Highways Department, GoTN TNRSP-II ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN Upgrading Nanguneri - Bharatavaram - Uvari Road (SH89) upto ECR Junction km 0/000 to km 35/200 Drawing No. 2: Conceptual Plan of Soak Pit for Open Well DPR VOLUME VII: PART A (II) P a g e | 112 Highways Department, GoTN TNRSP-II ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN Upgrading Nanguneri - Bharatavaram - Uvari Road (SH89) upto ECR Junction km 0/000 to km 35/200 ANNEXURE 3.45: LOCATION OF BUS BAYS/BUS SHELTER Existing Chainage S. No. Design Chainage (km) Side Village Name (km) 1 0+216 0+230 LHS Tattankulam 2 2+138 2+110 LHS Eraippuvare 3 3+962 3+925 LHS Perumalnagar 4 4+150 4+110 RHS Perumalnagar 5 5+910 5+890 LHS Ammankulam 6 8+207 8+205 LHS Supramanyapuram 7 9+090 9+105 LHS Parapanathapuram 8 10+704 10+740 LHS Parapadi 9 10+774 10+810 RHS Parapadi 10 11+995 12+035 LHS Kamarajnagar 11 12+170 12+210 RHS Kamarajnagar 12 13+365 13+410 LHS INS Kattabomman 13 13+415 13+460 RHS INS Kattabomman 14 22+430 22+410 RHS Ariel Nagar 15 23+575 23+555 RHS Nalandala Junction 16 23+590 23+570 LHS Nalandala Junction 17 25+097 25+055 LHS Indranagar 18 25+150 25+110 RHS Indranagar DPR VOLUME VII: PART A (II) P a g e | 113 Highways Department, GoTN TNRSP-II ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN Upgrading Nanguneri - Bharatavaram - Uvari Road (SH89) upto ECR Junction km 0/000 to km 35/200 ANNEXURE 3.46: WATER BODIES ALONG PROJECT ROAD, IMPACT, MITIGATION AND ENHANCEMENT Sl. Ch. LHS/ Type of Distance Impacted/No Mitigation No. (km) RHS Water Body From CL Impact /Enhancement Pond on No Direct 1 0+350 LHS 8.0m rocky surface Impact No Direct 2 1+100 RHS Pond 40m Impact No Direct Bund Wall is 5- Check Impact (saved 3 1+300 LHS 7m from dam\Bund through RHS centreline widening) Water Pond No Direct 4 1+500 RHS 15-20m on Rocky Pit Impact Rehabilitation of damaged bund Small earthen Partially wall , Provision of 5 2+650 RHS Check 5-30m Impacted Retaining Wall, dam\Bund Safety provisions along bund Check dam No Direct 6 5+000 LHS 200m \Bund Impact Check dam No Direct 7 8+400 RHS 10-30m \Bund Impact Both Check dam Adjoining on No Direct 8 9+3 sides \Bund both side Impact No Direct 9 13+00 LHS Coffer dam 50-60m Impact No Direct Enhancement Impact measure 10 15+00 LHS Pond 8.2m proposed (Ref Annexure 3.51) Pond and No Direct 11 16+580 LHS 12m Drain Impact 10-12m and RHS and No Direct 12 21+750 Canal crossing at crossing Impact 22.800 Partially Provision of 13 23+400 LHS Pond 8-9m Impacted retaining wall No Direct Check Impact (Saved 14 24+450 RHS 7-8m dam\Bund by realignment on LHS) DPR VOLUME VII: PART A (II) P a g e | 114 Highways Department, GoTN TNRSP-II ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN Upgrading Nanguneri - Bharatavaram - Uvari Road (SH89) upto ECR Junction km 0/000 to km 35/200 ANNEXURE 3.47: QUARRY AND BORROW AREAS NEAR PROJECT ROAD Details of aggregate and gravel quarries are as follows: Table 1: Aggregate Quarry Details S.no Quarry Location Side Quarry Name Lead Quantities Blue Metal One Plant 240 Tones Ansiu Road (SH-93) Company Pvt. Per Hour, Second 1 R.H.S 1 km inside KM at 47+200 Ltd. at Plant 180 Tones Per Kumbikulam hour Table 2: Gravel Quarry Details S.no Quarry Location Side Quarry Name Lead Quantities (Cum) 1 6+800 L.H.S Pond 1 km 150000 2 23+200 L.H.S Pond 0.25 km 600000 3 31+000 L.H.S Pond 0.70 km 220000 DPR VOLUME VII: PART A (II) P a g e | 115 Highways Department, GoTN TNRSP-II ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN Upgrading Nanguneri - Bharatavaram - Uvari Road (SH89) upto ECR Junction km 0/000 to km 35/200 ANNEXURE 3.48: MATERIAL SOURCES AVAILABLE NEAR PROJECT ROAD Cement, bitumen, and Steel are the manufactured materials. Cement and steel with IS certification are available at Tisaiyanvillai, at km 27/000 along the road. Bitumen is available at three different sources as below: Kochi refinery, IOCL, average lead of 344 km Chennai Depot (Hincol, Emulsion), average lead of 689 km Chennai refinery, IOCL, average lead of 689 km DPR VOLUME VII: PART A (II) P a g e | 116 Highways Department, GoTN TNRSP-II ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN Upgrading Nanguneri - Bharatavaram - Uvari Road (SH89) upto ECR Junction km 0/000 to km 35/200 ANNEXURE 3.49: DETAILS OF LIKELY TREE REMOVAL ALONG PROJECT ROAD SH-89: Tree >30 cm girth size LHS RHS Girth Size (cm) Local Name of Scientific Name of Girth Size (cm) 30- 60- 90- 120- 150- 180- Above Tree Tree 30- 60- 90- 120- 150- 180- Above 60 90 120 150 180 210 210 60 90 120 150 180 210 210 1 2 1 1 1 2 1 Aalamaram Ficus bengalensis 2 1 1 1 1 1 2 Arasu Ficus religiosa 1 1 1 Atti Ficus racemosa 1 1 Chinnapu Chinnapu Eucalyptus Eucalyptus alba 5 Kaju Badam Anacardium occidentale 1 2 3 2 Konnai Delonix regia 1 2 1 1 Konrai Delonix regia 3 1 2 3 4 Malai vembu Melia dubia 1 Malaipoovarasu Biscofia javanica 1 2 Mango Mangifera indica 1 5 1 Manjanathi Morinda tomentosa 1 2 1 Manjapoo Nyctanthes arbor- 1 pavazha malli tristis 2 9 2 Murungai Moringa oleifera 2 1 Naaval Pazham Syzygium cumini Nandiavattai Tabernaemontana 2 divartica 2 1 Naval Eugenia argentea 2 69 46 19 7 3 2 1 Neem Azadirachta indica 43 37 14 5 1 1 4 DPR VOLUME VII: PART A (II) P a g e | 117 Highways Department, GoTN TNRSP-II ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN Upgrading Nanguneri - Bharatavaram - Uvari Road (SH89) upto ECR Junction km 0/000 to km 35/200 LHS RHS Girth Size (cm) Local Name of Scientific Name of Girth Size (cm) 30- 60- 90- 120- 150- 180- Above Tree Tree 30- 60- 90- 120- 150- 180- Above 60 90 120 150 180 210 210 60 90 120 150 180 210 210 1 1 2 Neer karuvai Prosopis juliflora 17 6 1 Nelli Phyllanthes emblica 1 1 Neermarudu Terminalia arjuna 3 Nettalinkam Polyalthia longifolia 8 1 2 1 Odai Acacia planiforns 1 2 3 15 6 2 Palmyra palm Borassus flabellifer 1 5 18 24 7 2 3 2 2 Pulee Tamarindus indica 2 7 6 1 2 1 Pulla Kydia calycina 1 4 9 2 Pungan Pongamia pungan 9 3 8 13 3 2 1 Puvarasu Thespesia populnea 6 11 6 3 1 5 1 Rohida Tecomella undulata 14 6 Savukku Casurina equisetifolia 2 3 1 6 Tekku Tectona grandis 1 1 35 14 Thenna Tree Cocos nucifera 29 17 2 1 3 1 1 5 Usil Albizia procera Uthian Lannea coromandelica 1 2 2 2 1 2 6 1 1 Vagai Albizia labbeck 5 2 4 3 2 1 Vatha narayanam Delonix elata 1 2 3 131 97 82 34 12 11 16 122 94 85 56 11 7 15 Total no. of trees in LHS 383 Total no. of trees in RHS 390 DPR VOLUME VII: PART A (II) P a g e | 118 Highways Department, GoTN TNRSP-II ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN Upgrading Nanguneri - Bharatavaram - Uvari Road (SH89) upto ECR Junction km 0/000 to km 35/200 SH-89: Tree <=30 cm girth size Up to 10 cm 10 – 30 cm Up to 10 cm 10 – 30 cm Local Name of Tree Scientific Name of Tree LHS RHS 3 Arasas Ficus religiosa 2 3 Badam Terminalia Kadappa 2 1 Baniyan Ficus Benghalensis 7 Manjanathi Morinda Tomentosa 2 1 Murungai Moringa Oleifera Lank 1 32 Neem Azadirachta indica 30 4 Nettalingam Polyalthia Longifolia 1 Poo Maram Thalpoo 12 Poonga Pongamia pinnata 3 6 Poovarasu Thespesia Populnea 1 5 Sowkku Casurina Equisetifolio 10 1 Tamarind Tamarindus Indica 1 3 Thalpoo Thalpoo 2 1 Usil Albizia Amara 6 Vasamadaki Delonix Elata 1 81 1 57 Summation of girthwise impacted trees (>30cm) along the project road LHS/ RHS Summary of Impacted Trees (Girth wise , cm) 30-60 60-90 90-120 120-150 150-180 180-210 Above 210 Total LHS 131 97 82 34 12 11 16 383 RHS 122 94 85 56 11 7 15 390 Total 253 191 167 90 23 18 31 773 DPR VOLUME VII: PART A (II) P a g e | 119 Highways Department, GoTN TNRSP-II ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN Upgrading Nanguneri - Bharatavaram - Uvari Road (SH89) upto ECR Junction km 0/000 to km 35/200 ANNEXURE 3.50: LANDSCAPING, TREE PLANTING AND ENVIRONMENTAL ENHANCEMENT PLAN Due to the proposed project, there will be direct and long term impacts on the flora, which is unavoidable. Therefore, to reduce the impact on flora, plantation of trees has been proposed. The mitigation and enhancement measures taken along the project corridor includes, Transplantation of trees (girth size up to 30 cm): to save the existing tree species Compensatory Plantation: to compensate the felling of trees Avenue Plantation Plantation at realignment sections TRANSPLANTATION OF TREES As per the actual scenario of existing tree species, 112 trees have been identified for transplantation out of total 251 no. of trees of girth size <30cm. Major species, which can be transplanted, are Neem, Manjanathi, Poovarasu and Arasas. Details of trees for transplantation (<30cm) Girth Size SH-89 Existing No. of Trees Can be Transplanted LHS RHS LHS RHS < 10 cm 13 5 12 4 10–30 cm 131 102 49 45 Total 144 107 63 49 251 110 The Chainage and species wise details of trees <30 cm which can be transplanted are as tabulated below: SH-89: Trees (<30cm) on LHS Existing Approx. Local Name Botanical Name Girth Size (m) Chainage Height (m) 0.2-0.3 Manjanathi Morinda tomentosa 0.15 2 2.0-2.1 Neem Azadirachta indica 0.17 2 2.0-2.1 Neem Azadirachta indica 0.12 2 2.0-2.1 Neem Azadirachta indica 0.19 2 2.0-2.1 Neem Azadirachta indica 0.22 2.5 2.1-2.2 Neem Azadirachta indica 0.2 2.5 2.1-2.2 Arasu Ficus religiosa 0.12 1.5 2.2-2.3 Neem Azadirachta indica 0.22 2 2.3-2.4 Neem Azadirachta indica 0.14 2 2.3-2.4 Neem Azadirachta indica 0.19 2.5 2.3-2.4 Neem Azadirachta indica 0.22 1 2.3-2.4 Neem Azadirachta indica 0.27 2.5 2.4-2.5 Pulee Tamarindus indica 0.27 2.5 DPR VOLUME VII: PART A (II) P a g e | 120 Highways Department, GoTN TNRSP-II ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN Upgrading Nanguneri - Bharatavaram - Uvari Road (SH89) upto ECR Junction km 0/000 to km 35/200 Existing Approx. Local Name Botanical Name Girth Size (m) Chainage Height (m) 2.5-2.6 Neem Azadirachta indica 0.12 2 3.0-3.1 Neem Azadirachta indica 0.12 2 4.8-4.9 Pungan Pongamia pungan 0.14 1.5 4.8-4.9 Manjanathi Morinda tomentosa 0.2 1.5 4.8-4.9 Manjanathi Morinda tomentosa 0.22 2 5.1-5.2 Neem Azadirachta indica 0.12 2 5.6-5.7 Neem Azadirachta indica 0.17 2.5 5.6-5.7 Neem Azadirachta indica 0.09 1.5 5.8-5.9 Manjanathi Morinda tomentosa 0.09 1.5 5.8-5.9 Manjanathi Morinda tomentosa 0.28 2 5.8-5.9 Manjanathi Morinda tomentosa 0.12 1.5 5.8-5.9 Manjanathi Morinda tomentosa 0.16 2 6.0-6.1 Manjanathi Morinda tomentosa 0.17 2 6.5-6.6 Manjanathi Morinda tomentosa 0.16 1.5 6.7-6.8 Usil Albizia procera 0.15 2 7.8-7.9 Neem Azadirachta indica 0.09 1.5 7.9-8.0 Neem Azadirachta indica 0.09 1.5 10.3-10.4 Neem Azadirachta indica 0.17 2.5 10.4-10.5 Puvarasu Thespesia populnea 0.18 2.5 10.5-10.6 Neem Azadirachta indica 0.12 2 12.0-12.1 Puvarasu Thespesia populnea 0.18 2 12.0-12.1 Puvarasu Thespesia populnea 0.12 1.5 13.7-13.8 Neem Azadirachta indica 0.15 2.5 13.7-13.8 Neem Azadirachta indica 0.15 2 13.7-13.8 Neem Azadirachta indica 0.08 1.5 20.8-20.9 Neem Azadirachta indica 0.15 2 21.0-21.1 Neem Azadirachta indica 0.12 1.5 21.2-21.3 Aalamaram Ficus bengalensis 0.25 2 22.1-22.2 Aalamaram Ficus bengalensis 0.24 2 23.0-23.1 Neem Azadirachta indica 0.1 1.5 23.0-23.1 Manjanathi Morinda tomentosa 0.12 1.5 23.1-23.2 Neem Azadirachta indica 0.1 1.8 25.3-25.4 Puvarasu Thespesia populnea 0.15 2 25.6-25.7 Puvarasu Thespesia populnea 0.02 2.5 25.6-25.7 Puvarasu Thespesia populnea 0.22 2.5 26.7-28.8 Neem Azadirachta indica 0.17 2.5 26.8-26.9 Neem Azadirachta indica 0.13 2 30.5-30.6 Tekku Tectona grandis 0.1 1.5 30.5-30.6 Tekku Tectona grandis 0.09 1.5 31.4-31.5 Neem Azadirachta indica 0.12 1 31.5-31.6 Vatha narayanam Delonix elata 0.15 2 DPR VOLUME VII: PART A (II) P a g e | 121 Highways Department, GoTN TNRSP-II ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN Upgrading Nanguneri - Bharatavaram - Uvari Road (SH89) upto ECR Junction km 0/000 to km 35/200 Existing Approx. Local Name Botanical Name Girth Size (m) Chainage Height (m) 31.5-31.6 Poo Maram Thalpoo 0.18 2 31.7-31.8 Poo Maram Thalpoo 0.08 1.5 32.0-32.1 Aalamaram Ficus bengalensis 0.17 2 32.0-32.1 Poo Maram Thalpoo 0.16 2 34.7-34.8 Neem Azadirachta indica 0.07 1 34.7-34.8 Neem Azadirachta indica 0.2 2 34.7-34.8 Neem Azadirachta indica 0.22 2 SH-89: Trees (<30cm) on RHS Existing Girth Size Approx. Local Name Botanical Name Chainage (m) Height (m) 1.0-1.1 Neem Azadirachta indica 0.2 2 1.0-1.1 Neem Azadirachta indica 0.19 2 1.5-1.6 Neem Azadirachta indica 0.09 1.5 1.6-1.7 Neem Azadirachta indica 0.17 2.5 1.9-2.0 Arasu Ficus religiosa 0.18 2 2.0-2.1 Vatha narayanam Delonix elata 0.3 2.5 2.0-2.1 Neem Azadirachta indica 0.17 1.8 2.0-2.1 Neem Azadirachta indica 0.15 2.3 2.1-2.2 Arasu Ficus religiosa 0.16 1.8 2.2-2.3 Pungan Pongamia pungan 0.09 1.5 2.2-2.3 Pulee Tamarindus indica 0.24 2 2.2-2.3 Neem Azadirachta indica 0.13 2 2.2-2.3 Neem Azadirachta indica 0.12 2 2.3-2.4 Neem Azadirachta indica 0.26 2.5 4.3-4.4 Neem Azadirachta indica 0.18 1.8 4.3-4.4 Manjanathi Morinda tomentosa 0.12 1.8 4.9-5.0 Manjanathi Morinda tomentosa 0.23 2 5.6-5.7 Neem Azadirachta indica 0.18 2.5 5.7-5.8 Neem Azadirachta indica 0.12 2 7.5-7.6 Neem Azadirachta indica 0.11 1.5 7.6-7.7 Neem Azadirachta indica 0.17 2 8.4-8.5 Neem Azadirachta indica 0.18 2.5 8.7-8.8 Neem Azadirachta indica 0.24 2 9.0-9.1 Manjanathi Morinda tomentosa 0.18 1.5 10.6-10.7 Puvarasu Thespesia populnea 0.14 1.8 13.6-13.7 Neem Azadirachta indica 0.12 1 13.6-13.7 Neem Azadirachta indica 0.12 1.5 14.3-14.4 Neem Azadirachta indica 0.1 1.8 14.7-14.8 Badan Terminalia Kadappa 0.12 1.5 14.7-14.8 Neem Azadirachta indica 0.2 2.5 14.7-14.8 Badan Terminalia Kadappa 0.12 1.5 DPR VOLUME VII: PART A (II) P a g e | 122 Highways Department, GoTN TNRSP-II ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN Upgrading Nanguneri - Bharatavaram - Uvari Road (SH89) upto ECR Junction km 0/000 to km 35/200 Existing Girth Size Approx. Local Name Botanical Name Chainage (m) Height (m) 14.7-14.8 Pungan Pongamia pungan 0.13 2 15.9-16.0 Neem Azadirachta indica 0.12 1.5 16.4-16.5 Neem Azadirachta indica 0.11 1 16.5-16.6 Aalamaram Ficus bengalensis 0.15 2 16.5-16.6 Aalamaram Ficus bengalensis 0.18 2 19.9-20.0 Neem Azadirachta indica 0.09 1.5 19.9-20.0 Neem Azadirachta indica 0.12 2 20.7-20.8 Pungan Pongamia pungan 0.12 1.8 31.1-31.2 Pungan Pongamia pungan 0.24 2.5 31.1-31.2 Manjanathi Morinda tomentosa 0.2 2 31.2-31.3 Manjanathi Morinda tomentosa 0.12 1.5 31.3-31.4 Neem Azadirachta indica 0.12 1.5 31.5-31.6 Poo Maram Thalpoo 0.15 1.8 32.1-32.2 Poo Maram Thalpoo 0.15 2.5 32.3-32.4 Badam Terminalia Catappa 0.15 2 32.3-32.4 Pungan Pongamia pungan 0.17 2.5 34.9-35.0 Puvarasu Thespesia populnea 0.12 2 34.9-35.0 Puvarasu Thespesia populnea 0.11 2 Note: Above trees have been identified for transplantation. However, contractor in consultation with CSC/TNRSP can transplant trees based upon the land availability and site assessment during execution. It is preferred that trees ranging between girth size 20cm-30cm should be given preference for transplantation. Transplantation will be done as per below GUIDELINES FOR TRANSPLANTATION OF TREES GUIDELINES FOR TRANSPLANTATION OF TREES If trees are not very old, they can be transplanted easily. The percentage of survival can be hundred percent if the work is done properly and during the rainy season. The following steps are involved: 1. The sites where the trees are to be shifted should be selected first. The sites should be free of overhead telephone or power lines. Large pits should be dug at these sites to comfortably accommodate the ‘tree roots’ ball of earth. 2. Distance between pits depends on the variety. Since less than 30 cm girth size trees are proposed to be transplanted, the distance of 3 m should be considered. 3. When pits are dug at the selected sites, their sizes would depend on the dimensions/ age of the tree. For trees of medium size the pit size will be around 8 feet in diameter and 5 feet deep. The actual pit size for different trees can be adjusted with experience. The point to be kept sight of is that ‘trees roots’ ball of earth should fit in comfortably with at least 6 to 12 inches clearance all around. Usually the pit size in feet should be directly proportional to the girth of the trees in inches. 4. Adequate quantity of soil and manure mixture @ 4:1 is necessary for each pit. A little bone meal can also be added. To start with only about 60cm soil mixture is to be filled in each pit and watered well to form a puddle before the actual transplantation. The total quantity of soil and manure required for all the pits should be mixed and arrange before the start of the actual operation. DPR VOLUME VII: PART A (II) P a g e | 123 Highways Department, GoTN TNRSP-II ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN Upgrading Nanguneri - Bharatavaram - Uvari Road (SH89) upto ECR Junction km 0/000 to km 35/200 5. Before transplantation, the trees should be ‘extensively pruned’. That is, the foliage should be completely removed and all the branches should be cut off with a pruning saw. The cut surfaces should be painted with non-synthetic white paint to anaesthetize these portions. ‘Extensive pruning ‘ helps in easier ‘replanting balance’ and handling, thereby reducing the shock effect. This also aids the plant roots in recovering and adhering to the new soil and reduces transpiration and/or loss of moisture. 6. The trees are now ready for lifting or uprooting. A deep trench of at least up to 5 feet in depth is to be dug around the base of the tree at least 2 to 3 feet away from the trunk in the case of trees with a girth of up to 60cm. The depth of the trench and its distance from the trunk would therefore vary with the size of the tree. The trench should be dug to gradually converge towards the base of the tree so that ‘tree roots’ ball of earth can ultimately be detached from the ground. 7. The trees are then to be lifted with the help of a suitable size crane. Before lifting, a piece of gunny should be wound round the trunk, with a few wooden batons secured around the gunny pack on the outside by a steel wire rope. This will facilitate lifting without injuring the bark. Immediately the ‘trees roots’ ball should be sprayed with potassium phosphate solution and then wrapped and tied with a piece of very wet gunny. 8. Before replanting, the soil at the base of the pit should be watered heavily after which the uprooted tree along with the ‘tree roots’ ball should be lowered carefully into the new pit with the help of the crane. 9. The empty space in this pit is to be filled with the previous prepared mixture of soil, bone meal and manure and thoroughly rammed in tightly, so that no air gaps are left inside the soil. Air gaps could result in fungal infection to the roots. Sand can also be added which will fill up the air gaps when watered. 10. The trunk can now be sprayed with Blytox, a copper sulphate compound whose action is anti- fungicidal in nature. 11. The transplanted tree should be watered heavily at the base. 12. Guy ropes, angle iron or bamboos should be used for a few days to secure the tree till the soil hardens around the transplanted tree to hold it erect. 13. Four to five days after transplantation the trunk can be sprayed with potassium nitrate solution for facilitating the initiation of new shoots. 14. If rains are inadequate watering should continue for three months. The heavily pruned transplanted tree is not a pretty sight, but this should not deter the optimist, as the chances of survival are maximum without the branches and foliage. A) COMPENSATORY PLANTATION As per the recent High Court order, ten saplings should be planted against each tree felled. The TNRSP will bear the cost of such plantation. To minimise loss of trees, clearance of only those trees identified from the design will be removed. Endangered species, if found during construction, will be transplanted as detailed in above section. For compensatory plantation, 10-times plantation against each felled tree of >30 cm girth size has been considered. Tree fencing will be provided. 773 trees of girth size > 30 cm need to be uprooted along the alignment of SH-89 because of project intervention. Following the guideline mentioned above, 7730 trees are recommended for plantation against felled trees>30cm girth size. DPR VOLUME VII: PART A (II) P a g e | 124 Highways Department, GoTN TNRSP-II ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN Upgrading Nanguneri - Bharatavaram - Uvari Road (SH89) upto ECR Junction km 0/000 to km 35/200 Depending on the area available at ground within EROW, 7217 trees (3900 on LHS and 3317 on RHS) trees can be planted along SH-89. The area available throughout the stretch is not homogenous. Therefore, 1/2/3 rows plantation has been taken care in small patch, depending on availability of area. A maximum of 7217 saplings can only be planted in this available area along the road as a part of compensatory plantation. Remaining 513 sapling plantation will be taken up along with avenue plantation. GUIDELINES FOR SELECTION OF TREE SPECIES Road side plantation may be of various species, some of which are not appropriate. There may be giant trees with strong stems and horizontally spreading roots or trees which branch out early and have short stems or trees without deep roots system overturn when old in rain or wind. Trees To Be Avoided: On all account, the following trees should be avoided along the roadside: S. No. Trees Name Characteristics 1 Eucalyptus All these tree species have very weak wood and consequently break (all species) easily in windstorm. After a heavy storm, roads become blocked and traffic is stopped for a considerable length of time. During a storm, these trees are threats to vehicles plying and pedestrians on the road. Besides the eucalyptus has a few other negative environmental impacts. 2 Acacia (all species) They are thorny trees to be avoided close to urban stretches. Their thorns are nuisances for the pneumatic tyres of small vehicles. 3 Ficus bengalensis, The Ficus species are of tap root system but flowing type (average Ficus religiosa depth of root system is 1.5m). Therefore, these, when mature, may overturn in strong-wind, storm, etc. Even the existing trees may be recommended for removal from safety points of view 1. Trees To Be Selected: On the other hand, some trees are appropriate for highway landscaping. These include trees, which have thinner stem but dense foliage; that absorb/ retain dust and other atmospheric pollutants; those, which erosion resistant species, etc. Moreover, the species, which are native to this area, should be preferred for replanting. These trees include: S. Remarks Trees Name Characteristics No. 1 Azardiracta indica The leaves, barks are used for medicinal Recommended for nd rd (Neem) purposes, and the seeds yield valuable plantation in the 2 / 3 oil. It can grow on alkaline usar soil row 2 Tamarindus indica A beautiful tree, which stands the dust of Recommended for nd rd (Pulee) roads very well. Its fruit and timber are plantation in the 2 / 3 also valuable; suitable for dry area row 3 Mangifera indica Yield valuable fruit Recommended for nd rd (Mango) plantation in the 2 / 3 row 4 Albizia amara (Usil) Small tree with a wide, dense, round or Recommended for st umbrella-shaped canopy. Bark greyish plantation in the 1 row and creviced, twigs dark yellowish-grey, with lenticels. 5 Delonix elata (Vatha Flowering species Recommended for st nd narayanam), plantation in the 1 / 2 DPR VOLUME VII: PART A (II) P a g e | 125 Highways Department, GoTN TNRSP-II ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN Upgrading Nanguneri - Bharatavaram - Uvari Road (SH89) upto ECR Junction km 0/000 to km 35/200 S. Remarks Trees Name Characteristics No. Delonix regia (Konrai) row 6 Morinda tomentosa Flowering species with medicinal values. Recommended for st Root, Leaves, Fruits are used plantation in the 1 row 7 Crataeva religiosa Though it is a flowering tree, fruit of the Recommended for st nd tree is edible plantation in the 1 / 2 row 2. Dust Resistance: Many of the species resists pollution. Almost all trees have capability to absorb dust. Available data (from CPCB) shows that different species have different dust collection efficiency, although dust collection depends on the total leaf area. Mean Dust S. Dust Collection Total leaf Area Species 2 2 Collection (g/tree- No. Efficiency (g/m -d) (m /tree) d) 1 Ficus bengalensis 3.59 107-125 416.44 2 Ficus religiosa 4.15 55-62 242.76 3 Magnifera indica 1.05 60-76 275.40 4 Polyalthia longifolia 4.56 8-12 45.60 5 Tectona grandis 5.35 35-38 195.26 6 Terminalia arjuna 4.49 48-52 224.50 3. Characteristics of Major Tree Species Found Along Project Corridor S No. Species Characteristics 1 Tamarindus indica Category of wood is E. Seed yields fellose, which is used as a (Pulee) sizing agent. It is dust resistant, gas absorbent. Controls erosion, is drought resistant and supports wildlife. 2 Azadirachta indica Category of wood is E. It is dust resistant, gas absorbent. Controls (Neem) erosion, is drought resistant and supports wildlife. Seeds yield margosa oil, which has medicinal properties including being extremely effective in treatment of leprosy and skin diseases. 3 Pongamia pungan Category of wood is E. Dust resistant, gas resistant. Controls (Pungan) erosion. Drought resistant. Seeds are effective in treating bronchitis. Seeds/oil have antiseptic/antiparasitic properties. 4 Morinda tomentosa Deciduous trees, bark pale brown, thick, vertically fissured and (Manjanathi) irregularly cracked; blaze turmeric yellow. 5 Prosopis juliflora The tree has a trunk with a diameter of up to 1.2 metres (3.9 ft). Its (Neer karuvai) leaves are deciduous, bi-pinnate, light green. Flowers shortly after leaf development. A mature plant can produce hundreds of thousands of seeds. The tree reproduces by way of seeds, not vegetative. Seeds are spread by cattle and other animals that consume the seed pods and spread the seeds in their droppings. Its roots are able to grow to a great depth in search of water. This species has thorns in pairs at the nodes but thorn less internodes. It may also be almost thorn less. DPR VOLUME VII: PART A (II) P a g e | 126 Highways Department, GoTN TNRSP-II ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN Upgrading Nanguneri - Bharatavaram - Uvari Road (SH89) upto ECR Junction km 0/000 to km 35/200 S No. Species Characteristics 6 Albizia lebbeck A nitrogen-fixing tree, with value for shade, quality hardwood (Vagai) (cabinet, veneer, construction), fuel-wood and charcoal, and honey (source of nectar and pollen); various parts of the tree are used in folk remedies for many ailments. It is also used as an ornamental and avenue tree, and sometimes as a shade tree in coffee and tea. 7 Thespesia populnea It is a flowering plant. It is a small tree or arborescent shrub that (Puvarasu) has a pan tropical distribution, found on coasts around the world The heartwood of the Portia Tree is dark reddish brown to chocolate brown. It is used to make the thavil, a Carnatic musical instrument of South India. B) AVENUE PLANTATION In addition to the compensatory plantation, trees shall be planted along the project corridors by the TNRSP through Contractors. Such plantations will be initiated once the construction is complete. The objective behind such plantation is to cover/ re-vegetate the areas within the RoW that are presently barren. The selection of the plants for greenery development is to be made as per the following criteria: Plants should be fast growing & have dense canopy cover Preferably with large leaf area Indigenous species Species resistant to air pollutants Should help to maintain the ecological and hydrological balance of the region A provision of 1 m along both side of the road has been kept in the design in rural stretches for avenue plantation along with utilities. Since the area available will be used for plantation and utilities, 5m spacing will be maintained instead of 3m (as considered in compensatory plantation). This space will be utilized for transplantation of trees (girth size <30 cm). Out of total length, 24.185 km is rural stretch, where 9674 nos. of saplings can be planted covering both side of this stretch. GUIDELINE FOR AVENUE PLANTATION 1 GENERAL DESCRIPTION 1.1 Avenue plantation is suggested all along the rural stretches of the project corridor. 1.2 Planting should generally be done at the height of the monsoons in the month of July. 1.3 It is felt that a weighted emphasis should be paid to protection, maintenance and safety of the planted trees. Suitable full-timers should be employed for this purpose. 1.4 The species to be planted would be to enhance the visual experience of the road corridor. One/ two / three rows of trees are recommended in accordance to the varying width available of different sections. Tree spacing should not be less than 3m (Refer Figure below.) DPR VOLUME VII: PART A (II) P a g e | 127 Highways Department, GoTN TNRSP-II ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN Upgrading Nanguneri - Bharatavaram - Uvari Road (SH89) upto ECR Junction km 0/000 to km 35/200 1.5 The plants will be at spacing of 3 meters and size of the pits for planting will be 0.6m /0.6m dia and deep. Plantation will be done within the EROW in those stretches, where barren land is available. 1.6 The species recommended for avenue plantation should be able to withstand extreme temperature and climate conditions and also has low requirements of water. These species have been proposed considering the climatic conditions, requirements of water and future management. However, other species may also be used, after approval from EO/Engineer. 1.7 The surface for the avenue plantation should be well prepared. The masses of loose debris and any convexities will be removed and similarly and concavities are to be filled by good soil. The surface should have sufficient layer of good quality of soil so as to have a better growth and survival of trees, grasses and saplings. Conceptual Plan for Avenue Plantation 1.8 The height of the plants will not be less than 1.5m. and need to be in polythene bags until the planting. 1.9 All plants supplied must be planted within three days of removal from the nursery. 1.10 The contractor/ agency hired will be required to water the area in case of sufficient rains water after planting. 1.11 Size of the pits for planting saplings - 60x60x60 cm 1.12 Use of compost of manure - 1/3 of volume of pit mixed with soil, and refilled DPR VOLUME VII: PART A (II) P a g e | 128 Highways Department, GoTN TNRSP-II ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN Upgrading Nanguneri - Bharatavaram - Uvari Road (SH89) upto ECR Junction km 0/000 to km 35/200 1.13 The total no. tree saplings to be planted along the corridor S. No. Description No. of sapling Required Area for Landscaping (sqm) 1 Avenue Plantation 2 Realignment Sections 3 Cultural Properties Table-1: Activities schedule for Plantation along the Road Year Month Sl No. Activities to be done st 1 Year Jan to Mar 1 Surveying & Clearing of the area 2 Digging of Pits 3 Procurement of Angles Iron and Barbed wire (or other fencing material), and erecting the fence nd 2 Year April to June 1 Purchase of Farm yard manure st 2 Brick/Iron etc. guard for 1 row 3. Plantation along the road 4 Filling up of pits with Farm yard manure and soil July to August 1 Transportation of Plants 2 Planting of Sapling 3 Watering 4 Weeding and Hoeing Sept to Nov 1 Weeding of Hoeing 2 Watering 4 times a month Dec to Feb 1 Weeding of Hoeing 2 Maintenance March 1 Watering 4 times a month rd 3 Years April to June 1 Watering 6 times a month July to August 1 Casualty Replacement (20% of the total plants) 2 Weeding 3 Maintenance by Mali Sep to Nov 1 Watering 2 times a month 2 Maintenance by Mali Dec to Feb 1 Maintenance by Mali March 1 Watering 4 times a month 2 Maintenance by Mali th 4 Year April to March 1 Watering 2 Casualty Replacement (10% of the total plants) 3 Maintenance by Mali 2 PLANTATION Scope Contractor/ agency hired to furnish all materials, labor and related items necessary to complete the work indicated on drawing and specified herein. DPR VOLUME VII: PART A (II) P a g e | 129 Highways Department, GoTN TNRSP-II ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN Upgrading Nanguneri - Bharatavaram - Uvari Road (SH89) upto ECR Junction km 0/000 to km 35/200 2.1 MATERIALS SAPLINGS Saplings/ Seedlings shall be well-formed and free from defects such as knots, sun-scaled, windburn, injuries, abrasion or disfigurement. All saplings shall be healthy, sound, free from plant diseases, insect’s pests, of their egg and well-developed root systems. No plant will be accepted, if branches are damaged or broken. All the plant material must be protected from the sun and weather until planted. Any nursery stock shall have been inspected and approved by the EO-TNRSP. All saplings will be delivered with legible identification labels. The root system shall be conducive to successful transplantation. While necessary, the root- ball shall be preserved by suitable material. On soils where retention of a good ball is not possible, the roots should be suitably protected in some other way, which should cause any damage to roots. TOPSOIL/GOOD EARTH Topsoil or good earth shall be a friable loam, typical of cultivated topsoil of the locality containing at least 2% of decayed organic matter (humus). Stored topsoil will be used for plantation at median and also for roadside plantation. Otherwise it could be taken from a well-drained arable site. It shall be free of subsoil, stones, earth skids, sticks, roots or any other objectionable extraneous matter or debris. It shall contain no toxic material. No topsoil shall be delivered in a muddy condition. MANURE Only organic manure will be used for plantation. Composts from municipal solid wastes and distillery waste may be used. Manure shall be free from extraneous matter, harmful bacteria insects or chemicals (Subjected to safety norms). GENERAL CONDITION Saplings shall be substantially free from pests and diseases, and shall be materially undamaged. Torn or lacerated roots shall be pruned before dispatch. No roots shall be subjected to adverse conditions such as prolonged exposure to drying winds or subjection to water logging, between lifting and delivery. SUPPLY AND SUBSTITUTION Upon submission of evidence that certain materials including plant materials are not available at time of contract, the contractor shall be permitted to substitute other and plants, with an equitable adjustment of price. All substitutions shall be of the nearest equivalent species and variety to the original specified and shall be subjected to the approval of the Landscape Architect. Packaging shall be adequate for the protection of the plants and such as to avoid heating or drying out. Each specimen of tree, or each bundle, shall be legibly labeled with the following particulars: DPR VOLUME VII: PART A (II) P a g e | 130 Highways Department, GoTN TNRSP-II ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN Upgrading Nanguneri - Bharatavaram - Uvari Road (SH89) upto ECR Junction km 0/000 to km 35/200 Its name (Both common and Scientific) The name of the supplier, unless otherwise agreed. The date of dispatch from the nursery. 2.2 PLANTING Plants and Saplings All saplings should be supplied with adequate protection as approved. After delivery, if planting is not to be carried out immediately, balled plants should be placed and the ball covered with sand to prevent drying out. Bare rooted plants can be heeled in by placing the roots in prepared trench and covering them with earth, which should be watered into, avoid air pockets round the roots. Saplings shall be planted as suggested by Environment officer. Digging of Pits Tree pits shall be dug a minimum of three weeks prior to backfilling. The pits shall be 60 in diameter and 60 cms deep. While digging the pits, the topsoil up to a depth of 30cms may be kept aside, if found good (depending upon site conditions), and mixed with the rest of the soil. If the soil is normal it shall be mixed with manure. The bottom of the pit shall be forked to break up the subsoil. Back Filling The soil back filled watered through end gently pressed down, a day previous to planting, to make sure that it may not further settle down after planting. The soil shall be pressed down firmly by treading it down, leaving a shallow depression all round for watering. Planting No pits shall be dug until final position has been pegged out for approval. Care shall be taken that the plant sapling when planted is not be buried deeper than in the nursery, or in the pot. Planting should not be carried out in waterlogged soil. Plant saplings at the original soil depth; soil marks on the stem is an indication of this and should be maintained on the finished level, allowing for setting of the soil after planting. All plastic and other imperishable containers should be removed before planting. Any broken or damage roots should be cut back to sound for healthy growth. The bottom of the planting pit should be covered with 50mm to 75mm of soil. Bare roots should be spread evenly in the planting pit; and small mound in the center of the pits on which the roots are well aid on and evenly spread. Soil should be placed around the roots, gently shaking the saplings to allow the soil particles to shift into the root system to ensure close contact with all roots and prevent air pockets. Back fill soil should be firmed as filling proceeds, layer by layer, care being taken to avoid damaging the roots. DPR VOLUME VII: PART A (II) P a g e | 131 Highways Department, GoTN TNRSP-II ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN Upgrading Nanguneri - Bharatavaram - Uvari Road (SH89) upto ECR Junction km 0/000 to km 35/200 Staking Newly planted saplings must be held firmly although not rigidly by staking to prevent a pocket forming around the stem and newly formed fibrous roots being broken by mechanical pulling as the tree rocks. Methods: The main methods of staking shall be: A single vertical shake, 900mm longer than the clear stem of the saplings driven 600mm into the soil. Two stakes as above driven firmly on either side of the saplings with a cross bar to which the stem is attached. Suitable for bare- rooted or Ball material. A single stake driven in at an angle at 45 degrees and leaning towards the prevailing wind, the stem just below the lowest branch being attached to the stake. Suitable for small bare- rooted or Ball material For plant material 3m to 4.5m high with a single stem a three- wire adjustable guy system may be used in exposed situations. The end of stake should be pointed and the lower 1m to 1.2m should be coated with a non-injurious wood preservative allowing at least 150mm above ground leveI. Tying Each sapling should be firmly secured to the stake so as to prevent excessive movement. Abrasion must be avoided by using a buffer, rubber or Hessian, between the saplings and stake. The saplings should be secured at a point just below its lowest branch, and also just above ground level; normally two ties should be used for saplings. These should be adjusted or replaced to allow for growth. Watering The Landscape Contractor should allow for the adequate watering in of all newly planted trees and saplings immediately after planting and during the growing season, keep the plant material well watered. Manure/ Fertilizer usage The fertilizers/manure usage should be such that the turn of all the fertilizers comes after, every 15 days from the beginning of the monsoon till the end of winter: Organic well-rotted dry farm yard manure: 0.05 cum or tussle. 1. Urea 25gm. 2. Ammonium sulphate 25gm. 3. Potassium sulphate 25gm. All saplings, which are supplied pot grown, shall be well soaked prior to planting. Watering in and subsequent frequent watering of summer planted container- grown plants is essential. Application of inorganic manure should as for possible be avoided. Form yard manure as biofertilizer with for better option. 4. COMPLETION On completion, the ground shall be formed over and left tidy. Special Conditions and Particular Specifications: DPR VOLUME VII: PART A (II) P a g e | 132 Highways Department, GoTN TNRSP-II ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN Upgrading Nanguneri - Bharatavaram - Uvari Road (SH89) upto ECR Junction km 0/000 to km 35/200 1. Wherever applicable, work shall be done according to P.W.D. specifications 2. At the time of invitation of tender. 3. Water shall be made available, near the tube well at one point. Contractors shall make their own arrangement for drawing water from there. Water charges as per the value of work done shall be deducted from the contractors Bills. 4. If electricity is required for the works, the same shall be made available at one point within the site of works, for which recovery at the prevailing rate per unit shall be deducted from the contractors’ bill. 5. The work mentioned in the schedule of Quantities include grassing as well as planting of trees and saplings. 'Contractors' quoted rates shall include execution of these works at different levels. No extra cost shall be paid for any item, for working at these levels. 6. The Contractor shall provide all facilities to subcontractor (plantation) / Environment Officer / or his authorized representatives to make frequent inspection of their Nursery and ascertain the process / quality of various categories of trees/plants etc., grown by them. 7. The safe custody and up-keep of various categories of plants brought to site is the sole responsibility of the contractor and he shall employ sufficient supervisory personnel to ensure the safety of these items. 8. The site of work may be handed over to the contractors for execution of work in phases, as soon as the same are available. Nothing extra shall be payable for such phased execution of work. 9. While excavating / executing the work the contractors shall ensure that existing cables / pipe lines / structures / fittings are not damaged. 10. The Contractor shall co-ordinate his work with other agencies employed by the Clients and ensures that the work of other agencies is not hampered in any way during the duration of contract. 11. The Contractor shall keep the site of works neat and clean during the execution of the work. Any debris found at or near the site of work shall be rescued immediately as and when so required by the Contractor. 12. On completion of the work, the site of work shall be thoroughly cleaned and all debris removed before the work is handed over satisfactorily. 13. The Contractors shall, without any additional charge to the clients, renew or replace any dead or defective plants/grass and shall fully maintain the whole landscape for a period of 12 months after the certified date of completion. 14. Saplings/small tree shall be of minimum length straight and symmetrical with a crown and having a persistent main stem. The size of crown shall be in good over all proportion to the height of the tree. 15. Small trees and saplings shall be well formed with the crown typical of the species or variety. 16. General Requirements of Plants: Plants shall be typical of their species and variety, well-developed branches, and well foliated with fibrous root system. Plants shall be free from defects and injuries. Plants shall not be pruned before planting. DPR VOLUME VII: PART A (II) P a g e | 133 Highways Department, GoTN TNRSP-II ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN Upgrading Nanguneri - Bharatavaram - Uvari Road (SH89) upto ECR Junction km 0/000 to km 35/200 Plants shall be free from defects and injuries. Plants shall not be pruned before planting. Plants shall not be freshly dug and nursery grown. Nursery grown plants shall have been at least once transplanted. Bark shall be free from abrasion. All trees, soon after planting, shall be properly supported with bamboo stocks to ensure their safety against winds or any other factor, which may affect it adversely. C) PLANTATION AT REALIGNMENT SECTION Provision of tree plantation is proposed for the road sections abandoned due to realignments Chainage Total no of Total no Length in (km) From (km) To (km) Rows of trees of trees 1 row @3m c/c on both sides for 133 0/550 0/800 0.25 200m length 1 row @3m c/c on both sides for 240 24/100 24/600 0.5 360m length 2 rows @3m c/c on both sides for 400 26/200 26/700 0.5 300m length 2 rows @3m c/c on LHS for 300m 167 2/950 26/700 0.5 length Total 940 LANDSCAPING It is proposed to plant dwarf shrubs along the major Junctions. List of Major Junctions Existing Design Type of Sl. Chainage Chainage Junction Category of Cross Road Cross Road leads to No. (km) (km) (+,T,Y) 1 0+280 0+350 Y MDR - 292 Moolakaraipati 2 20+735 20+720 X SH - 93 Saathangulam, Valliyur 3 26+884 26+800 Y SH (Start of Bypass) Thisayanvilai 4 30+295 29+672 Y SH (End of Bypass) Thisayanvilai Thirusanthuir, 5 SH - 176 35+160 34+880 X Kaniyakumari DPR VOLUME VII: PART A (II) P a g e | 134 Highways Department, GoTN TNRSP-II ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN Upgrading Nanguneri - Bharatavaram - Uvari Road (SH89) upto ECR Junction km 0/000 to km 35/200 ANNEXURE 3.51: ENVIRONMENTAL ENHANCEMENT DRAWING The details of road specific environmental enhancement measure are as follows: Reference Drawing for Sl. No. Ch. (Km) Impact on Pond Enhancement measures Enhancement 1. 15+000 Partially Provision of 2.0m high stone wall of 60m length along pond As follows DPR VOLUME VII: PART A (II) P a g e | 135 Highways Department, GoTN TNRSP-II ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN Upgrading Nanguneri - Bharatavaram - Uvari Road (SH89) upto ECR Junction km 0/000 to km 35/200 ANNEXURE 3.52: SPOIL AND SCARIFIED MATERIAL DISPOSAL PLAN FOR PROJECT ROAD The total estimated quantity of scarified material for Nanguneri - Bharatavaram - Uvari Road (km 0/000 to km 35/200), Section of SH 89 is 5665 cu.m (considering 7m of average width of scarification and 0.050m of average thickness of scarification) The entire material will be required for base filling of the corridor. The topsoil in all cases is about 50 cm. This will be removed and heaped to use for productive purposes. The total fill material required would be 50cm pit developed after the topsoil removal and additional 50 cm new scarified material would also be filled in the case of new alignments. The mass balance would be achieved by filling along the construction alignments for access roads etc. The detailed plan should be in conformity with the Construction scheduling prepared by the PIU. The Contractor will have to obtain approval from the Engineer regarding Contractors plan to use the material. DPR VOLUME VII: PART A (II) P a g e | 136 Highways Department, GoTN TNRSP-II ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN Upgrading Nanguneri - Bharatavaram - Uvari Road (SH89) upto ECR Junction km 0/000 to km 35/200 ANNEXURE 3.53: CULTURAL PROPERTIES REHABILITATION MEASURES The project needs to develop measures for the rehabilitation of cultural properties that will be affected by the road improvement programme. WHAT DOES CULTURAL PROPERTY MEAN? The United Nations term “Cultural Property” includes sites having archaeological (prehistoric), palaeontological, historical, religious, and unique natural values. Cultural Property, therefore, encompasses remains left by previous inhabitants, for example, middens, shrines, and battlegrounds) and unique natural environmental features such as canyons and waterfalls. The rapid loss of cultural property in many countries is irreversible and often unnecessary. Detailed background information on all aspects of this note are contained in the technical paper of the same title, available from the office of Environmental and Scientific Affairs, Project Policy Department of UN, which is ready to provide assistance on request. Source: World Bank Draft OP 4.11 TYPES OF RELIGIOUS PROPERTIES IDENTIFIED IN THE PROJECT LOCATION The environmental and social surveys and the detailed social impact studies have identified all cultural properties (five temples are impacted, and boundary wall of two church are in direct impact) that will be affected by the Nanguneri - Bharatavaram - Uvari Road (km 0/000 to km 35/200), Section of SH 89 road improvement. These are presented as below. Chainage Distance Impact Within Side CPR Village (Km) from CL (m) (No/Full/Partial) RoW Sudalai swamy 2.790 LHS Eraippuvari 3.5m Fully Impacted Yes Temple St. Antony S. West Boundary wall is 3.300 LHS 11-12m No Church KaranKadu impacted Shri Athisaya Perumal 3.700 LHS Vinayagar 5-7m Partially Impacted Yes Nagar Temple Sudalai Andavar Subramaniyap 8.630 RHS 7-10m Impacted Yes Temple Temple uram South 17.350 RHS Sodalai Temple Vijaynarayana 7-8m Impacted Yes m Essaki amman 19.300 RHS Mannarpuram 8m Partially Impacted Yes Temple Boundary wall 31.100 LHS Church Idaiyangudi 6m No impacted Focused group discussions were held regarding the relocation of above e impacted cultural properties. Details are provided in RAP (section 6.2). DPR VOLUME VII: PART A (II) P a g e | 137 Highways Department, GoTN TNRSP-II ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN Upgrading Nanguneri - Bharatavaram - Uvari Road (SH89) upto ECR Junction km 0/000 to km 35/200 ANNEXURE 3.54: ENVIORNMENTAL STANDARDS FOR AIR, WATER AND NOISE NATIONAL AMBIENT AIR QUALITY STANDARDS (CPCB 2009) Concentration in Ambient Air Ecologically Industrial, Time Sensitive Area Residential, Method of Pollutant Weighted (notified by Rural and Measurement Average Central Other Area Government) Sulphur Annual* 50 20 Improved West and Dioxide (SO2) Geake Method µg/m3 24 hours** 80 80 Ultraviolet Fluorescence Jacob & Hochheiser Oxides of Modified Nitrogen Annual* 40 30 (Na-Arsenite) Method (NOx) Chemiluminescence µg/m3 Gas Phase 24 hours** 80 80 Chemiluminescence Particulate Annual* 60 60 Matter (Size Gravimetric less than 10 TOEM µm) or PM10 24 hours** 100 100 Beta attenuation µg/m3 Particulate Annual* 40 40 Matter (Size Gravimetric less than 2.5 TOEM µm) or PM2.5 24 hours** 60 60 Beta attenuation µg/m3 8 hours** 100 100 UV Photometric Ozone (O3) Chemiluminescence µg/m3 1 hour** 180 180 Chemical Method Annual* 0.5 0.5 ASS/ ICP Method after sampling on EPM 2000 or equivalent Filter Lead (Pb) paper µg/m3 24 hours** 1.0 1.0 ED – XRF using Teflon filter Carbon 02 8 hours** 02 Non Dispersive Infra Monoxide Red (NDIR) (CO) 1 hour** 04 04 Spectroscopy mg/m3 Ammonia Annual* 100 100 Chemiluminescence (NH3) 24 hours** 400 400 Indophenol blue method µg/m3 DPR VOLUME VII: PART A (II) P a g e | 138 Highways Department, GoTN TNRSP-II ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN Upgrading Nanguneri - Bharatavaram - Uvari Road (SH89) upto ECR Junction km 0/000 to km 35/200 Concentration in Ambient Air Ecologically Industrial, Time Sensitive Area Residential, Method of Pollutant Weighted (notified by Rural and Measurement Average Central Other Area Government) Gas Chromatography based continuous Benzene analyzer (C6H6) Annual* 05 05 Adsorption and µg/m3 Desorption followed by GC analysis Benzo (a) pyrene (BaP) Solvent extraction – Particulate Annual* 01 01 followed by HPLC/GC phase only, analysis ng/m3 AAS/ICP method after Arsenic (As) Annual* 06 06 sampling on EPM 2000 ng/m3 or equivalent filter paper AAS/ICP method after Nickel (Ni) Annual* 20 20 sampling on EPM 2000 ng/m3 or equivalent filter paper *Annual Arithmetic mean of minimum 104 measurements in a year at a particular site taken twice a week 24 hourly at uniform interval. **24 hourly or 08 hourly or 01 hourly monitored values, as applicable, shall be complied with 98% of the time in a year. 2% of the time, they may exceed the limits but not on two consecutive days of monitoring. DPR VOLUME VII: PART A (II) P a g e | 139 Highways Department, GoTN TNRSP-II ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN Upgrading Nanguneri - Bharatavaram - Uvari Road (SH89) upto ECR Junction km 0/000 to km 35/200 USE BASED CLASSIFICATION OF SURFACE WATERS IN INDIA Class of Designated-Best-Use Criteria water i. Total Coliforms Organism MPN/100ml shall be 50 or less Drinking Water Source without ii. pH between 6.5 and 8.5 conventional treatment but after A disinfections iii. Dissolved Oxygen 6mg/l or more iv. Biochemical Oxygen Demand 5 days 20oC 2mg/l or less i. Total Coliforms Organism MPN/100ml shall be 500 or less ii. pH between 6.5 and 8.5 Outdoor bathing (Organized) B iii. Dissolved Oxygen 5mg/l or more iv. Biochemical Oxygen Demand 5 days 20oC 3mg/l or less i. Total Coliforms Organism MPN/100ml shall be 5000 or less Drinking water source after ii. pH between 6 to 9 conventional treatment and C disinfections iii. Dissolved Oxygen 4mg/l or more iv. Biochemical Oxygen Demand 5 days 20oC 3mg/l or less i. pH between 6.5 to 8.5 Propagation of Wild life and ii. Dissolved Oxygen 4mg/l or more D Fisheries iii. Free Ammonia (as N) 1.2 mg/l or less i. pH between 6.0 to 8.5 ii. Electrical Conductivity at 25oC Irrigation, Industrial Cooling, micro mhos/cm Max.2250 E Controlled Waste disposal iii. Sodium absorption Ratio Max. 26 iv. Boron Max. 2mg/l Source: Guidelines for Water Quality Management – CPCB 2008. DPR VOLUME VII: PART A (II) P a g e | 140 Highways Department, GoTN TNRSP-II ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN Upgrading Nanguneri - Bharatavaram - Uvari Road (SH89) upto ECR Junction km 0/000 to km 35/200 WATER QUALITY STANDARD AS PER BIS (IS: 10500:2012) S. Max. Permissible Limits in the Parameters Desirable Limit No. absence of alternate source Essential Characteristics: 1. Colour 5 25 2. Odour Unobjectionable Unobjectionable 3. Taste Agreeable Agreeable 4. Turbidity, NTU 5 10 5. pH Value 6.5 to 8.5 No relaxation Total Hardness (as CaCO3), 6. 300 600 mg/l 7. Iron as Fe, mg/l 0.3 1.0 8. Chloride as Cl, mg/l 250 1000 9. Residual free Chlorine, mg/l 0.2 - Desirable Characteristics 10. Dissolved Solids, mg/l 500 2000 11. Calcium as Ca, mg/l 75 200 12. Copper as Cu, mg/l 0.05 1.5 13. Manganese as Mn, mg/l 0.10 0.3 14. Sulphate as SO4, mg/l 200 400 15. Nitrate as NO3, mg/l 45 100 16. Fluoride as F, mg/l 1.0 1.5 Phenolic Compounds as 17. 0.001 0.002 C6H5OH, mg/l 18. Mercury as Hg, mg/l 0.001 No relaxation 19. Cadmium as Cd, mg/l 0.01 No relaxation 20. Selenium as Se, mg/l 0.01 No relaxation 21. Arsenic as As, mg/l 0.05 No relaxation 22. Cyanide as CN, mg/l 0.05 No relaxation 23. Lead as Pb, mg/l 0.05 No relaxation 24. Zinc as Zn, mg/l 5.0 15.0 Anionic detergent as MBAS, 25. 0.2 1.0 mg/l 6+ 26. Chromium as Cr , mg/l 0.05 No relaxation Polynuclear aromatic hydro 27. - - carbon as PAH, g/l 28. Mineral Oil, mg/l 0.01 0.03 29. Pesticide, mg/l Absent 0.001 Radioactive materials: 30. i. Alpha Emitters, Bq/l - 0.1 ii. Beta Emitters, Bq/l - 1.0 31. Alkalinity, mg/l 200 600 32. Aluminum as Al, mg/l 0.03 0.2 33. Boron, mg/l 1.0 5.0 DPR VOLUME VII: PART A (II) P a g e | 141 Highways Department, GoTN TNRSP-II ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN Upgrading Nanguneri - Bharatavaram - Uvari Road (SH89) upto ECR Junction km 0/000 to km 35/200 NATIONAL AMBIENT NOISE MONITORING STANDARDS, 2000 Noise Level (Leq dB (A))* Area/Class Day Time Night Time Industrial 75 70 Commercial/Mixed 65 55 Residential/Rural 55 45 Sensitive 50 40 Note-: 1. Day time shall mean from 6 a.m. to 10 p.m. 2. Night time shall mean from 10 p.m. to 6 a.m. 3. Silence Zone is an area comprising not less than 100 meters around hospitals, education institutions, courts, religious places or any other area, which is declared as such by Competent Authority. 4. Mixed categories of areas may be declared as one of the four above-mentioned categories by the Competent Authority. *dB(A) Leq denotes the time weighted average of the level of decibels on scale A which is related to Human Beings A “decibel” is the unit in which noise is measured “A” in dB(A) Leq, denotes the frequency weighted in the measurement of the noise corresponds to frequency response characteristics of the human ear. Leq: It is an energy means of the noise level over a specified period. DPR VOLUME VII: PART A (II) P a g e | 142 Highways Department, GoTN TNRSP-II ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN Upgrading Nanguneri - Bharatavaram - Uvari Road (SH89) upto ECR Junction km 0/000 to km 35/200 ANNEXURE 3.55: REFERENCE ENVIRONMENTAL, HEALTH AND SAFETY INTERNATIONAL PRACTICES The following section provides a summary of EHS issues associated with road projects, which occur during the construction and operation phase, along with recommendations for their management. 1. Environment Environmental issues during the construction and operation of roads are similar to those of other large infrastructure projects involving significant earth moving and civil works. These impacts include, among others, construction site waste generation; soil erosion and sediment control from materials sourcing areas and site preparation activities; fugitive dust and other emissions (e.g. from vehicle traffic, land clearing and movement, and materials stockpiles); noise from heavy equipment and truck traffic; and potential hazardous materials and oil spills associated with heavy equipment operation and fuelling activities. Environmental issues specific to construction and operation of roads include the following: Stormwater Waste Noise Air emissions Wastewater Stormwater Construction or widening of sealed roads increases the amount of impermeable surface area, which increases the rate of surface water runoff. High stormwater flow rates can lead to stream erosion and flooding. Stormwater may be contaminated with oil and grease, metals (e.g. lead, zinc, copper, cadmium, chromium, and nickel), particulate matter and other pollutants released by vehicles on the roadway, in addition to deicing salts (e.g. sodium chloride and magnesium chloride) and their substitutes (e.g. calcium magnesium acetate and potassium acetate) from road maintenance facilities in colder climates. Storm water may also contain nutrients and herbicides used for management of vegetation in the rights-of- way. Practices applicable to roadways include the following: General Storm water Management Use of stormwater management practices that slow peak runoff flow, reduce sediment load, and increase infiltration, including vegetated swales (planted with salt-resistant vegetation); filter strips; terracing; check dams; detention ponds or basins; infiltration trenches; infiltration basins; and constructed wetlands; Where significant oil and grease is expected, using oil / water separators in the treatment activities; Regular inspection and maintenance of permanent erosion and runoff control features; Road Paving Paving in dry weather to prevent runoff of asphalt or cement materials; Use of proper staging techniques to reduce the spillage of paving materials during the repair of potholes and worn pavement. This may include covering storm drain inlets and manholes during paving operations; using erosion and sediment control measures to decrease runoff from repair sites; and utilizing pollution prevention materials (e.g. drip pans and absorbent material on paving machines) to limit leaks and spills of paving DPR VOLUME VII: PART A (II) P a g e | 143 Highways Department, GoTN TNRSP-II ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN Upgrading Nanguneri - Bharatavaram - Uvari Road (SH89) upto ECR Junction km 0/000 to km 35/200 materials and fluids; Reducing the amount of water used to control dust, and using sweeping practices rather than washing. Collecting and returning swept material to aggregate base or disposing as solid waste Avoiding the generation of contaminated runoff from cleaning of asphalt equipment by substituting diesel with vegetable oil as a release and cleaning agent; containing cleaning products and contaminated asphalt residues; scraping before cleaning; and conducting cleaning activities away from surface water features or drainage structures. Waste Solid waste may be generated during construction and maintenance of roads and associated structures. Significant quantities of rock and soil materials may be generated from earth moving during construction activities. Solid waste generation during operation and maintenance activities may include road resurfacing waste (e.g. removal of the old road surface material); road litter, illegally dumped waste, or general solid waste from rest areas; animal carcasses; vegetation waste from right-of-way maintenance; and sediment and sludge from storm water drainage system maintenance (including sediment traps and oil / water separation systems). Paint waste may also be generated from road and bridge maintenance (e.g. due to removal of old paint from road stripping and bridges prior to re- painting). Waste management strategies include: Road Resurfacing Maximizing the rate of recycling of road resurfacing waste either in the aggregate (e.g. reclaimed asphalt pavement or reclaimed concrete material) or as a base; Incorporating recyclable materials (e.g. glass, scrap tires, certain types of slag and ashes) to reduce the volume and cost of new asphalt and concrete mixes. Miscellaneous Wastes Collecting animal carcasses in a timely manner and disposing through prompt burial or other environmentally safe methods; Composting of vegetation waste for reuse as a landscaping fertilizer; Painting Activities Grinding of removed, old road surface material and re-use in paving, or stockpiling the reclaim for road bed or other uses. Old, removed asphalt may contain tar and polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons and may require management as a hazardous waste. Noise Management practices to prevent, minimize, and control noise include: Consideration of noise impacts during road design to prevent adverse impacts at nearby properties through the placement of the road right-of-way and / or through the design and implementation of noise control measures discussed below. Design and implementation of noise control measures may include the following: o Construction of the road below the level of the surrounding land o Noise barriers along the border of the right-of way (e.g. earthen mounds, walls, and vegetation) o Insulation of nearby building structures (typically consisting of window replacements) DPR VOLUME VII: PART A (II) P a g e | 144 Highways Department, GoTN TNRSP-II ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN Upgrading Nanguneri - Bharatavaram - Uvari Road (SH89) upto ECR Junction km 0/000 to km 35/200 o Use of road surfaces that generate less pavement / tire noise such as stone- matrix asphalt Air Emissions Air emissions are typically related to dust during construction and exhaust from vehicles. Management practices for air emissions include: Use of dust control methods, such as covers, water suppression, or increased moisture content for open materials storage piles, or controls, including air extraction and treatment through a baghouse or cyclone for material handling sources, such as conveyors and bins; Use of water suppression for control of loose materials on paved or unpaved road surfaces. Oil and oil by-products is not a recommended method to control road dust. Operation and maintenance of maintenance vehicle fleets Consideration of design options for the reduction of traffic congestion, including: o Minimizing grade changes, at-grade crossings, and sharp curves which can promote congestion o Design of roadway to shed water, and prompt removal of snow to minimize rolling resistance, as well as to enhance safety o Maintenance of the road surface to preserve surface characteristics (e.g. texture and roughness) Wastewater Wastewater discharges from maintenance facilities should be managed properly, and may include connection to centralized wastewater collection and treatment systems and / or use of properly designed and operated septic systems. 2. Occupational Health and Safety Occupational health and safety issues associated with the construction and operation of roads primarily include the following: Physical hazards Chemical hazards Noise Physical Hazards Road construction and maintenance personnel, as well as landscaping workers maintaining vegetation in the rights-of-way, can be exposed to a variety of physical hazards, principally from operating machinery and moving vehicles but also working at elevation on bridges and overpasses. Management practices to prevent and control physical hazards include: Moving Equipment and Traffic Safety Development of a transportation management plan for road repairs that includes measures to ensure work zone safety for construction workers and the traveling public; · Establishment of work zones to separate workers on foot from traffic and equipment by: o Routing of traffic to alternative roads when possible DPR VOLUME VII: PART A (II) P a g e | 145 Highways Department, GoTN TNRSP-II ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN Upgrading Nanguneri - Bharatavaram - Uvari Road (SH89) upto ECR Junction km 0/000 to km 35/200 o Closure of lanes and diversion of traffic to the remaining lanes if the road is wide enough (e.g. rerouting of all traffic to one side of a multi-lane highway) o Where worker exposure to traffic cannot be completely eliminated, use of protective barriers to shield workers from traffic vehicles, or installation of channeling devices(e.g. traffic cones and barrels) to delineate the work zone o Regulation of traffic flow by warning lights, avoiding the use of flaggers if possible o Design of the work space to eliminate or decrease blind spots Reduction of maximum vehicle speeds in work zones; Training of workers in safety issues related to their activities, such as the hazards of working on foot around equipment and vehicles; and safe practices for work at night and in other low-visibility conditions, including use of high-visibility safety apparel and proper illumination for the work space (while controlling glare so as not to blind workers and passing motorists). Elevated and Overhead Work The area around which elevated work is taking place should be barricaded to prevent unauthorized access. Working under personnel on elevated structures should be avoided; Hoisting and lifting equipment should be rated and properly maintained, and operators trained in their use. Elevating platforms should be maintained and operated according to established safety procedures including use of fall protection measures (e.g. railings); equipment movement protocols (e.g. movement only when the lift is in a retracted position); repair by qualified individuals; and installation of locks to avoid unauthorized use by untrained individuals; Ladders should be used according to pre-established safety procedures for proper placement, climbing, standing, as well as the use of extensions. Fall Protection Implementation of a fall protection program that includes training in climbing techniques and use of fall protection measures; inspection, maintenance, and replacement of fall protection equipment; and rescue of fall-arrested workers, among others; Establishment of criteria for use of 100 percent fall protection (typically when working over 2 meters above the working surface, but sometimes extended to 7 meters, depending on the activity). The fall protection system should be appropriate for the structure and necessary movements, including ascent, descent, and moving from point to point; Installation of fixtures on bridge components to facilitate the use of fall protection systems; Safety belts should be not less than 16 millimeters (mm) (5/8 inch) two-in-one nylon or material of equivalent strength. Rope safety belts should be replaced before signs of aging or fraying of fibers become evident; When operating power tools at height, workers should use a second (backup) safety strap. DPR VOLUME VII: PART A (II) P a g e | 146 Highways Department, GoTN TNRSP-II ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN Upgrading Nanguneri - Bharatavaram - Uvari Road (SH89) upto ECR Junction km 0/000 to km 35/200 Chemical Hazards Chemical hazards in road construction, operations, and maintenance activities may be principally associated with exposures to dust during construction and paving activities; exhaust emissions from heavy equipment and motor vehicle during all construction and maintenance activities; potentially hazardous dust generated during bridge paint removal; and diesel fuel used as a release and cleaning agent for paving equipment. Recommendations are as follows: Use of millers and pavers with exhaust ventilation systems and proper maintenance of such systems to maintain worker exposure to crystalline silica (millers and grinders) and asphalt fumes (pavers) below applicable occupational exposure levels; Use of the correct asphalt product for each specific application, and ensuring application at the correct temperature to reduce the fuming of bitumen during normal handling; Maintenance of work vehicles and machinery to minimize air emissions; Reduction of engine idling time in construction sites; Use of extenders or other means to direct diesel exhaust away from the operator; Ventilation of indoor areas where vehicles or engines are operated, or use of exhaust extractor hose attachments to divert exhaust outside; Provision of adequate ventilation in tunnels or other areas with limited natural air circulation; Use of protective clothing when working with cutbacks (a mixture of asphalt and solvents for the repair of pavement), diesel fuel, or other solvents; Avoiding the use of lead-containing paint and using appropriate respiratory protection when removing paints (including those containing lead in older installations) or when cutting galvanized steel. Noise Construction and maintenance personnel may be potentially exposed to extremely high levels of noise from heavy equipment operation and from working in proximity to vehicular traffic. As most of these noise sources cannot be prevented, control measures should include the use of personal hearing protection by exposed personnel and implementation of work rotation programs to reduce cumulative exposure. 3. Community Health and Safety Significant community health and safety issues associated with road projects may also include: Pedestrian safety Traffic safety Emergency preparedness Pedestrian Safety Pedestrians and bicyclists are at greatest risk of serious injury from collisions with moving vehicles. Children are generally the most vulnerable due to lack of experience and knowledge of traffic related hazards, their behavior while at play, and their small size making them less visible to motorists. Recommended pedestrian safety management strategies include the following: Provision of safe corridors along the road alignment and construction areas, including DPR VOLUME VII: PART A (II) P a g e | 147 Highways Department, GoTN TNRSP-II ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN Upgrading Nanguneri - Bharatavaram - Uvari Road (SH89) upto ECR Junction km 0/000 to km 35/200 bridges (e.g. paths separated from the roadway), and safe crossings (preferably over or under the roadway) for pedestrians and bicyclists during construction and operation. Crossing locations should take into account community preferences, including those related to convenience or personal safety (e.g. the prevalence of crime at potential crossing point locations). Installation of barriers (e.g. fencing, plantings) to deter pedestrian access to the roadway except at designated crossing points; Installation and maintenance of speed control and traffic calming devices at pedestrian crossing areas; Installation and maintenance of all signs, signals, markings, and other devices used to regulate traffic, specifically those related to pedestrian facilities or bikeways. Traffic Safety Collisions and accidents can involve a single or multiple vehicles, pedestrians or bicyclists, and animals. Many factors contribute to traffic accidents. Some are associated with the behavior of the driver or the quality of the vehicle, while others are linked to the road design, or construction and maintenance issues. Recommendations to prevent minimize, and control risks to the community from traffic accidents include: Installation and maintenance of all signs, signals, markings, and other devices used to regulate traffic, including posted speed limits, warnings of sharp turns, or other special road conditions; Setting of speed limits appropriate to the road and traffic conditions; Design of roadways to accommodate anticipated traffic volume and flow; Maintenance of the road to prevent mechanical failure of vehicles due to road conditions; Installation of measures to reduce collisions between animals and vehicles (e.g. use of signs to alert drivers on road segments where animals frequently cross; construction of animal crossing structures; installation of fencing along the roadway to direct animals toward crossing structures; and use of reflectors along the roadside to deter animal crossings at night when vehicles are approaching); Targeting elimination of at-grade rail crossings; Targeting the use of a real-time warning system with signage to warn drivers of congestion, accidents, adverse weather or road conditions, and other potential hazards ahead. Emergency Preparedness Emergency situations most commonly associated with road operations include accidents involving single or multiple vehicles, pedestrians, and / or the release of oil or hazardous materials. Road operators should prepare an emergency preparedness and response plan in coordination with the local community and local emergency responders to provide timely first aid response in the event of accidents and hazardous materials response in the event of spills. DPR VOLUME VII: PART A (II) P a g e | 148